Test Bank for The Real World An Introduction to Sociology, 9th Edition by Kerry Ferris

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 1 1. What is a key difference between psychology and sociology? a. Psychology is concerned with on-the-ground interaction among people, whereas sociology is only about hard numbers and data. b. Psychology is focused on historical societies, whereas sociology is focused on present-day societies. c. Psychology specializes in internal states of mind, whereas sociology looks at the individual in relationship to external social forces. d. Psychology focuses on social forces, whereas sociology focuses on the individual.

2. How do sociologists observe society? a. by studying the various parts of a society and the ways they interact with and influence one another b. by studying society as a concrete object, the same way a geologist studies a rock c. by comparing the past and present, with a focus on the past d. by studying the relationship between individuals and society, specializing in internal states of mind

3. What sets sociology apart from the other social sciences? a. Society is always changing. b. Sociologists are trained to be everyday actors. c. There is no disagreement among sociologists about how to define the discipline. d. Sociology’s integrative approach makes it more comprehensive than other social sciences.

4. Sociology can be defined as the systematic and scientific study of human society and social behavior from __________ to __________. a. large-scale institutions; individual interactions

b. practical knowledge; scientific knowledge c. individual interactions; small groups d. economics; political science

5. During the Covid-19 pandemic, vaccination requirements and mask mandates have become a point of controversy. Many individuals argue that such mandates violate their personal rights, whereas others see them as sound public health measures. Which sociological concept best allows one to see the connection between the personal and the public? a. expert’s mind b. beginner’s mind c. culture shock d. microsociology

6. You have begun studying unemployment rates in a city with fifty million people, of which fifteen million are unemployed. If you are using your sociological imagination, what is your first consideration? a. the economic and political structures of the society b. the work ethic of the average citizen c. the intelligence level of the workers who have lost their jobs d. how much the people who are unemployed want to work

7. How can people benefit from developing a sociological imagination? a. It will help them avoid examining larger social forces. b. It can help them become aware of the connections between their own lives and the larger course of history. c. It can help them recognize something that is innately understood by nearly everyone. d. It will encourage a sole focus on micro-level interactions.

8. Which of the following is a weakness of the sociological approach? a. It accepts many things as true that cannot be verified or confirmed. b. It is a practical approach rather than a scientific approach.

c. It attempts to grasp things that everyday actors understand implicitly. d. It requires one to travel to experience culture shock.

9. Why is it beneficial for us, as sociologists, to experience culture shock? a. It makes us unable to function even in simple, everyday ways. b. It requires us to travel, which helps us grow as human beings. c. It shows us that people in foreign cultures have a way of life that seems strange to us. d. It makes us realize we lack an understanding of our surroundings, and so it compels us to perceive what is right in front of us.

10.The social analyst must take the perspective of a(n) __________ to verify what the everyday actor might just accept or assume to be true. a. social worker b. native c. stranger d. insider

11.What is one of the weaknesses of being an everyday actor when it comes to understanding everyday life? a. being forced to see everything from the perspective of a stranger b. struggling to grasp even simple, common occurrences c. only seeing things from a historical perspective d. making assumptions and failing to investigate or verify those assumptions

12.What types of factors might C. Wright Mills suggest investigating to explain the changes in divorce rates over the past several decades? a. religious b. personal c. structural d. psychological

13.Macrosociology is an approach that a. relates to the way large social institutions are created through individual interactions. b. examines large-scale social structures to see how they affect individual lives. c. focuses on creating a beginner’s mind, in contrast to microsociology, which uses an expert’s mind. d. focuses on creating scientific knowledge of the world rather than practical knowledge, in contrast to microsociology, which focuses on creating practical knowledge.

14.Researcher Christine Williams studied patterns of occupational sex segregation by examining the ways large-scale social structures create the constraints within which individuals live their lives. Which type of analysis would this research fall under? a. microsociology b. midrange c. quantitative d. macrosociology

15.Microsociology is an approach that a. examines interactions between individuals and how those interactions reflect larger societal patterns. b. examines institutional interactions that occur over time. c. quantifies data about social structures so they can be analyzed statistically. d. focuses exclusively on gender and power as they manifest themselves socially.

16.Researcher Victoria Leto DeFrancisco studied the conversations of heterosexual couples in their homes to determine how power is created and maintained through day-to-day interactions. Which type of approach was she using in this research? a. macrosociological b. historical

c. microsociological d. comparative

17.Macrosociology and microsociology approach the study of society from different perspectives. Which of the following statements explains how these two approaches are viewed within the discipline of sociology? a. Most sociologists are macrosociologists; microsociologists are a small minority. b. The two approaches are on a continuum, and sociologists can adopt the perspective more useful for a problem. c. Although the field is split relatively evenly between the two approaches, almost every sociologist feels strongly that their perspective is the correct one. d. Microsociology used to dominate the field, but more recently macrosociology has become the dominant perspective.

18.When studying social phenomena, which level of analysis is more useful: microsociological or macrosociological? a. The macrosociological level is more useful because it explains how largescale social institutions influence individuals. b. The microsociological level is more useful because it explains how individuals shape and create large-scale social institutions. c. Both are useful, and any study that uses only one or the other will be unable to explain anything useful about society. d. Both are useful in different ways because they each provide different types of information about the same object of study.

19.What could you determine about a researcher if you didn’t know anything about them except that they are studying interactions patterns within middle school classrooms? a. They are a conflict theorist. b. They are a macrosociologist. c. They are a structural functionalist. d. They are a microsociologist.

20.Why was Harriet Martineau disappointed in the United States when examining it in the 1830s? a. Sociology had yet to spread from Europe to the United States. b. It was a nation that condoned slavery and denied full citizenship rights to women and Black people. c. It was a nation that had expanded rights too quickly to all social groups. d. Not enough U.S. citizens were familiar with French culture to fully grasp sociological perspectives.

21.The theory of positivism states that an individual’s sense of perception is the only valid source of reality. What was Auguste Comte’s purpose for developing this theory? a. to explain how class conflict led to social change b. to argue that symbolic interactions between individuals were the basis for social life c. to justify a particular kind of social system based on hierarchy and privilege d. to identify laws, such as those in mathematics and physics, that describe the behavior of a particular reality

22.A set of assumptions, theories, and perspectives that make up a way of understanding social reality is a(n) a. paradigm. b. pragmatism. c. analysis. d. profane.

23.Which early social theorist sought to bring the scientific method to the discipline of sociology? a. Harriet Martineau b. Émile Durkheim c. Auguste Comte d. Karl Marx

24.Which of the following historical events influenced Auguste Comte’s concerns that society needed to be guided by thinkers who understood social laws? a. the American Civil War and the battle over slavery b. globalization and the rise of international trade and commerce c. the French Revolution and the instability that followed it d. the age of exploration and the expansion of European powers into Africa

25.Durkheim theorized that the rapidly changing conditions of modern life lead to anomie. What is anomie? a. normlessness or a loss of connections to the social world b. anger and disillusionment with progress c. the transfer of destructive urges to socially useful activities d. a kind of social solidarity based on interdependence

26.After studying the Indigenous peoples of Australia, Émile Durkheim concluded that any form of religion is united in its definition of what is/are __________ and __________. a. manifest functions; latent functions b. sacred; profane c. anomie; sacred d. positivism; anomie

27.According to Émile Durkheim, what is the basis for the bonds created through organic solidarity in industrialized societies? a. religion and tradition b. shared experience and similar beliefs c. globalization, mass communication, and technology d. difference, interdependence, and individual rights

28.According to Émile Durkheim, what was the basis for the bonds created through mechanical solidarity in traditional societies? a. interdependence and a division of labor

b. shared traditions and similar experiences c. a strong ruler who exercised absolute control over the population d. anomie

29.Karl Marx has often been quoted as saying, “Religion is the opiate of the masses.” What did he mean by this statement? a. Religion helps create and maintain a false consciousness in the working class. b. Religion distracts the lower classes with fantastic spectacles. c. The church is a means to extract economic resources from the poor. d. Keeping working-class individuals busy with religious activities and allowing them no time to organize is bad for society.

30.To end oppression and change society, Karl Marx believed that the lower classes must develop a. a critical theory of gender. b. a stronger sense of verstehen. c. class consciousness. d. false consciousness.

31.Karl Marx thought intellectuals should not just theorize about the social world but also attempt to improve it. What is the term he used to describe this idea? a. verstehen b. praxis c. rationalization d. bourgeoisie

32.Structural functionalist theory is concerned with the ways in which structures contribute to the stability of society. What is a structure? a. a social institution that is stable over time and helps meet the needs of society b. any aspect of society that generates conflict or change c. a class hierarchy

d. an informal agreement between people over a wide geographical area

33.The most significant criticism of structural functionalism is that it a. tends to argue that intellectuals should act on what they believe. b. overemphasizes the importance of the economy. c. fails to provide a universal social theory. d. tends to argue that any social feature that exists must serve a function.

34.Feminist theory is an offshoot of conflict theory. What do these two theories have in common? a. They both see the economy as central to the functioning of society. b. They both seek to not only understand inequality but also to remedy it. c. They both see gender as the most important aspect of social identity. d. They both developed at about the same time.

35.According to critical race theory, how does institutional racism affect society? a. It maintains a functional society. b. It improves the life chances of people of color. c. It perpetuates white privilege and marginalizes people of color. d. It operates exclusively on the micro level.

36.Why is the term “queer” used to describe queer theory? a. It emphasizes that some people are born with a fixed orientation and cannot change it. b. It emphasizes the importance of difference and rejects a single gay or lesbian identity. c. It is an easily definable category. d. It has a long history of use within the gay and lesbian community.

37.Max Weber believed that society became increasingly rationalized as the Industrial Revolution progressed. How did he define rationalization? a. an increasing number of rules that limit personal freedom

b. an increasing emphasis on verstehen, or the attempt to understand others’ experiences c. the application of psychology to the economy to understand how to increase productivity d. the application of economic logic to all aspects of social life

38.Max Weber’s The Protestant Ethic and TheSpirit of Capitalism discusses the origin of the capitalist system. In this work he addresses how people are trapped by the bureaucratic structure of society. What did he refer to this entrapment as? a. McDonaldization b. verstehen c. iron cage d. praxis

39.Which of the following institutions did Max Weber believe modern industrialized societies were characterized by? a. churches b. central governments c. bureaucracies d. prisons

40.According to Robert Merton, manifest functions are a. less obvious and unintended. b. intended and obvious. c. designed to alleviate inequality. d. designed to critique the social system that produced them.

41.Which of the following is a latent function of the U.S. educational system? a. teaching children to read and write b. keeping children out of trouble while parents are at work c. preparing a modern workforce to use smartphones d. teaching new immigrants about American history

42.Which of the following theories focuses on how our behaviors are dependent on the ways we interpret, make sense of, and define ourselves, others, and social situations? a. conflict theory b. symbolic interactionism c. pragmatism d. structural functionalism

43.According to symbolic interactionism, how does meaning arise? a. Meaning is inherent in objects and actions. b. Meaning is learned through the study of philosophy and history. c. Meaning is negotiated through interaction with others. d. Meaning is learned through the study of science and nature.

44.Symbolic interactionism was established by a. the Chicago School of sociology. b. French positivists. c. structural functionalists. d. queer theorists.

45.What is the relationship between the self and society according to symbolic interactionism? a. The development of a sense of self is guided by society. b. The self is shaped by society, but society is also shaped by the self. c. Both the self and society are created by the course of history. d. Both the self and society are shaped by larger external forces.

46.A dishonest judge must pretend to be an honest judge, but even an honest judge must play the role of “honest judge” for an audience in order to interact and work with others effectively. This performance is an example of what theoretical perspective? a. structural functionalism

b. dramaturgy c. ethnomethodology d. conflict theory

47.Jane Addams was an early advocate of applied sociology. This meant in addition to doing research, she also a. reported illegal activities to the proper authorities. b. examined the historical origins of the phenomena she researched. c. addressed social problems through activity in the communities she researched. d. compared the communities she studied to communities from other cultures.

48.An individual believes the advancement of science and technology will solve problems and improve everyone’s life. Based on this belief, they can best be described as a a. Marxist. b. positivist. c. modernist. d. postmodernist.

49.If a sociologist is critical of what they call “grand narratives,” which theoretical perspective do they most likely believe in? a. feminist theory b. conflict theory c. structural functionalism d. postmodernism

50.Postmodernists are interested in __________, or taking apart and examining stories and theories. a. dramaturgy b. praxis c. antitheses d. deconstruction

51.Sociology is a natural science, just like physics, chemistry, and geology. a. True b. False

52.Since sociology is more likely to concentrate on traditional or small Indigenous cultures, it differs significantly from the discipline of anthropology. a. True b. False

53.When practicing beginner’s mind, people must unlearn what they already know. a. True b. False

54.Experiencing culture shock can allow us to see how our own culture can be perceived as strange and exotic to others who come from a different culture. a. True b. False

55.Since sociology does not cover a wide range of topics, it relies almost exclusively on a micro-level analysis. a. True b. False

56.Herbert Spencer coined the phrase “survival of the fittest” to describe his claim that societies evolve by adapting to changing conditions, with less successful adaptations falling by the wayside. a. True b. False

57.Auguste Comte’s most significant contribution to the discipline of sociology was his translation of the work of Harriet Martineau. a. True b. False

58.A sociologist applying structural functionalism to their study of an education system might examine the intended and unintended functions of secondary schools. a. True b. False

59.Members of the Chicago School conducted studies that were inspired by Max Weber’s concept of verstehen. a. True b. False

60.Midrange theory, developed by Robert Merton, refers to a style of theorizing, rather than a theory of something in particular. a. True b. False

61.How does taking the sociological perspective enable sociologists to understand human life in society?

62.Which level of analysis and theoretical perspective would be best for a sociologist interested in studying your sociology class?

63.Émile Durkheim’s pioneering study Suicide used statistical data to look for correlations between demographic variables and suicide. In what ways is his work compatible with Auguste Comte’s ideas about how society should be studied?

64.Describe the three main theoretical perspectives of macrosociology, and name at least one theorist for each perspective.

65.According to conflict theory, how do most major social institutions remain integrated into the economy and therefore reinforce the class structure?

66.How does queer theory suggest that no category of sexual identity is fundamentally deviant or normal?

67.Why do structural functionalists argue that dysfunction tends to create social change?

68.According to Erving Goffman’s theory of dramaturgy, why might you dress differently for a date than you would for a sociology class?

69.What are the advantages of midrange theory?

70.How is hip-hop music an example of a postmodern art form?

71.What is the difference between practical knowledge and scientific knowledge?

Describe an activity or social phenomenon of which you have practical knowledge, and then list the steps you might take to develop scientific knowledge of it. How might your knowledge change as you develop this scientific approach to the subject?

72.Sociologists must decide if they are going to adopt a microsociological or macrosociological approach for a research project. Explain how these perspectives differ, paying special attention to the different assumptions about how society works that are contained within each perspective. In other words, what do they seek to reveal considering the starting point of each perspective?

73.Classical sociological theory arose in the nineteenth century in the aftermath of the American and French Revolutions and during the Industrial Revolution.

Summarize how the theories of Karl Marx, Émile Durkheim, and Max Weber all reflect a concern for the consequences of modern life.

74.According to Karl Marx, what is the relationship between the economy and other parts of society, including intellectual, religious, and political life?

75.If you were feeling very generous to shoe manufacturers, you might argue that the manifest function of the production of newer and more expensive athletic shoes is to increase athletic performance. For a moment, let’s not be generous.

Explain another manifest function of the appearance of new athletic shoes and at least two latent functions.

76.Structural functionalism attempts to explain the social world by examining social structures, which perform functions that contribute to the stability of society. What are the two different categories of functions that structural functionalists use?

77.Symbolic interactionism is a micro-level approach to sociology that considers face-to-face interactions as the building blocks of larger social institutions. How can individuals interacting with each other produce larger social institutions? Pick an example and describe how specific social acts can, when repeated by many people, create large-scale social structures.

78.Describe the sociological theories that developed from symbolic interactionism.

What do they have in common, and how do they contribute to the perspective?

79.According to symbolic interactionism, describe how meaningful reality is created.

80.Describe the main features of postmodern social theory and explain both positive

and negative reactions to postmodernism.

Answer Key Chapter 1 1. Answer: C 2. Answer: A 3. Answer: D 4. Answer: A 5. Answer: B 6. Answer: A 7. Answer: B 8. Answer: C 9. Answer: D 10.Answer: C 11.Answer: D 12.Answer: C 13.Answer: B 14.Answer: D 15.Answer: A 16.Answer: C 17.Answer: B 18.Answer: D 19.Answer: D 20.Answer: B

21.Answer: D 22.Answer: A 23.Answer: C 24.Answer: C 25.Answer: A 26.Answer: B 27.Answer: D 28.Answer: B 29.Answer: A 30.Answer: C 31.Answer: B 32.Answer: A 33.Answer: D 34.Answer: B 35.Answer: C 36.Answer: B 37.Answer: D 38.Answer: C 39.Answer: C 40.Answer: B 41.Answer: B 42.Answer: B

43.Answer: C 44.Answer: A 45.Answer: B 46.Answer: B 47.Answer: C 48.Answer: C 49.Answer: D 50.Answer: D 51.Answer: B 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: A 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: B 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: B 58.Answer: A 59.Answer: A 60.Answer: A 61.Answer: Taking the sociological perspective enables sociologists to view the world through a beginner’s mind.

They are able to learn about the familiar world in new ways by

eliminating their personal experiences, opinions, and biases. Additionally, they are able to understand how various cultures can be perceived by outsiders, as well as recognize connections between individuals and larger social forces.

62.Answer: Microsociology would be most appropriate to study a class, as it typically focuses on relatively smallscale, face-to-face interactions.

Symbolic interactionism would be the best choice regarding a sociological perspective, given that it is the only one of the three that is associated with the micro level.

63.Answer: Durkheim used Comte’s theory of positivism in the manner Comte intended when he conducted his famous suicide study in 1897.

Positivism was a concrete form of social research that suggested social life could be studied in a manner

comparable to the hard sciences.

64.Answer: Conflict theory, which emphasizes social inequality as the basic characteristic of society, developed out of the work of Karl Marx.

Structural functionalism looks at society as a unified whole that needs separate structures to function. Robert Merton, a wellknown sociologist who developed strain theory, would be considered a structural functionalist.

Weberian theory, which derives its name from Max Weber, studied the process of rationalization and bureaucracies.

65.Answer: Conflict theorists believe that the capitalist system of for-profit businesses causes mass poverty and class division. Karl Marx argued that capitalism, which emerged during the Industrial Revolution, enabled the owners of the means of production (the bourgeoisie) to

exploit the masses of workers (the proletariat), creating an inherently unequal system of social class.

Additionally, false consciousness can lead oppressed people to accept inequality and not challenge their position in the class structure.

66.Answer: According to queer theory, sexuality is a social construct.

Therefore, it is fluid and is viewed differently according to the social structure of the time.

Conventional dichotomies of gay and straight are limited in defining human sexual preferences and sexual involvement because these views are constantly changing.

67.Answer: When one structure of society encounters a disruption, there is a ripple effect across all social structures. This leads to the need for social change so that social systems may restore balance. For example, if a

country goes to war, there will be a deficit in the economy. As a result, money available for education decreases as tax dollars are given to the military; soldiers die, resulting in single-parent, single-income households; and people begin to struggle with their religious beliefs, reducing involvement in the volunteer structure of communities.

The system will fight for equilibrium and will eventually function, albeit in a different manner than it did before the war.

68.Answer: Goffman believed that the self is created through our interactions with other people and that how we present ourselves changes depending on the social context. You can wear casual attire without paying heed to your hair and/or makeup because a sociology class is an informal social setting. On the other hand, your clothing and grooming choices for a date would be

significantly different. In this case, you would want to a make a good impression, so you would present yourself in a way that emphasizes your positive personal qualities. The audience in each setting is often critical to how one presents themselves.

69.Answer: Midrange theory merges micro and macro levels of analysis. This approach to theorizing makes sociological research more feasible because it does not simply rely on the polarities of small- and largescale analyses.

70.Answer: Hip-hop uses several genres of music, such as reggae and rock, and it overlays beats and words to create new sounds from old, established musical forms.

71.Answer: Any answer should demonstrate knowledge of some everyday activity the student can use in a functional way but about which

they do not have completely coherent, clear, consistent, or complete knowledge.

Examples of ways to develop scientific knowledge could include schools, bookstores, libraries, or some other source of learning.

72.Answer: Microsociology focuses on the interactions between individuals, whereas macrosociology examines largescale social structures.

Microsociologists tend to think that individual-level interactions create larger patterns, processes, and institutions of society.

Macrosociologists tend to assume that large social structures create the context and conditions within which individuals act.

73.Answer: The textbook describes several concepts from each theorist that relate directly to the problems of modern life. Marx focused

on the alienation and social inequality created by the rise of urban capitalism and on how false consciousness and ideology contributed to the oppression of the working classes.

Weber was concerned about how the shift to a modern industrialized society resulted in disenchantment with the world as well as the “iron cage” of bureaucratic rules.

Durkheim theorized that anomie, or normlessness resulting from social disconnection, was a consequence of the transition from mechanical solidarity to organic solidarity.

74.Answer: Marx argued that because the ruling class controls the economy, it controls the rest of society as well. Therefore, he argued, the dominant ideology justifies and benefits those who own the means of production; religion is used by the ruling class to create false consciousness and perpetuate oppression of the

working class; and the prevailing ideas are the ideas of the ruling class.

Answers might also explain the distinction between false consciousness (a denial of the truth about the real circumstances in which one lives) and class consciousness, which is an understanding of the economic exploitation inherent in capitalism.

75.Answer: A manifest function is the obvious, intended function of a social structure, whereas a latent function is the less obvious and sometimes unintentional function. In this case, the obvious manifest function would be to increase revenue for makers of athletic apparel.

The latent functions might include increased jealousy and competition among teenagers, violence and muggings in order to obtain shoes, teenage boys showing increased fashion consciousness, the

development of sweatshops in other nations to increase profits, and the creation of a subculture that bonds over its interest in shoes.

76.Answer: The textbook examines two ways of categorizing functions. First, Talcott Parsons proposed that social structures can fulfill such functions as helping us adapt to our environment and providing us with opportunities to realize goals. They also contribute to the equilibrium of society by increasing social cohesion and maintaining cultural patterns. Second, Robert Merton theorized that functions performed by social structures can be either manifest (intended) or latent (unintended).

77.Answer: The textbook uses the example of the meaning of a tree to demonstrate the relationship between “meaning” and “interaction.”

Face-to-face interaction is the foundation of

society since it is through interaction that we create a meaningful social reality. When individuals interact and internalize something as “real,” it then can become embedded in larger social structures.

The key point is that society and the self are inexorably linked—social structures that only exist because they are created through individual action.

78.Answer: There are three offshoots of symbolic interactionism described in the textbook: Erving Goffman’s theory of dramaturgy, Harold Garfinkel’s theory of ethnomethodology, and the theory of conversation analysis. Each theory emphasizes “social acts rather than social facts,” demonstrating that larger social institutions are constantly made and remade through individual actions and interactions. They expand on the original ideas of symbolic interactionists by reinforcing specific aspects of culture

as meaningful and important in the formation of society.

79.Answer: The textbook uses the example of how a tree can mean different things to different people in different social situations. We act toward things on the basis of their meaning, which is not inherent in the things themselves but is negotiated through interaction and can change or be modified over time. This demonstrates that meaningful reality is created through interaction.

80.Answer: In postmodern theory, social reality is diverse, pluralistic, and constantly in flux. In postmodernism, there are no absolutes—no claims to truth, reason, right, order, or stability.

Everything is therefore relative— fragmented, temporary, situational, provisional, and contingent.

Postmodernists believe that certainty is illusory, and they prefer to

explore the possibilities created by fluidity, complexity, multidimensionality, and even nonsense. They propose that there is no constant or universal human truth from which we can know or interpret the meaning of existence. For proponents, postmodernism can be celebrated as a liberating influence that can rescue us from the stifling effects of rationality, essentialism, and tradition. For opponents, it can be condemned as a detrimental influence that can imprison us in a world of relativity, nihilism, and chaos.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 2 1. Brian is about to complete his dissertation when he is informed that a similar project was already done twenty years ago, and it demonstrated what he had hoped to be the first to discover. Which step of the scientific method would have allowed Brian to avoid this problem? a. developing an operational definition b. selecting a research method c. analyzing data d. reviewing the literature

2. A social research methods class wants to study smoking. To do so, the class decides that for the purposes of the study, a smoker will be defined as anyone who has smoked a cigarette in the past week and currently owns a pack of cigarettes. This is a(n) a. operational definition. b. hypothesis. c. spurious correlation. d. ethical challenge.

3. While working on a project for her sociology class, Dionne finds a surprising correlation between ice cream sales and violent crime rates. She considers the idea that eating more ice cream causes people to engage in more violent crime, but quickly realizes that a more logical explanation is that the a. correlation is deductive. b. relationship is causal. c. relationship is spurious. d. bias of the researcher is influencing the correlation.

4. Survey research tends to produce quantitative data. One key advantage of this kind of data collection method is that it a. is easy to share with the public.

b. includes observations and informal interviews. c. allows the researcher to review the literature. d. easily allows respondents the opportunity to explain the meanings behind their responses.

5. Many people have argued that texting while driving leads to an increase in motor vehicle accidents. This statement is an example of a(n) a. variable. b. paradigm shift. c. hypothesis. d. operational definition.

6. You are doing a research project on the effects of contemporary media. What are your variables if your hypothesis is “watching violence on television causes an increase in violent behavior”? a. violence on television and violent behavior b. watching television and violence on television c. watching nonviolent television d. causes of violent behavior

7. If changing one variable seems to lead to a change in another variable, this shows __________ but does not necessarily prove __________. a. a paradigm shift; causation b. correlation; causation c. causation; correlation d. applied research; a paradigm shift

8. A sociological study found that the reason higher income is associated with better physical and mental health is because higher income increases access to health care. In this study, access to health care was a(n) a. spurious variable. b. issue of reflexivity. c. paradigm shift.

d. intervening variable.

9. Why must ethnographers using participant observation always be aware of reflexivity? a. Participants may not consider their own motivations and act out of reflex. b. Ethnographers’ conclusions may not be applicable to any larger group. c. The presence of ethnographers may alter the behavior of the people they are observing. d. Practicing reflexivity helps ethnographers replicate their studies to test the validity of their findings.

10.Maya conducted an ethnography of local food truck operators. Before observing them, she let them know that she was a researcher. Maya took on a(n) __________ role in her research. a. overt b. covert c. respondent d. autoethnography

11.Which of these uses an inductive method that involves collecting data and then generating a theory by looking for relationships among categories? a. grounded theory b. chaos theory c. conflict theory d. scientific theory

12.Which of the following is a disadvantage of using ethnography as a method of social research? a. Participants are self-selected. b. Participants are not completely honest when asked to describe their attitudes and behaviors. c. It is difficult for another researcher to repeat or replicate any particular ethnography.

d. Ethnographies tend to have ethical problems that are of central concern to most sociologists.

13.In his research, sociologist David Calvey kept his identity a secret while studying masculinity and the physical culture of bouncers in British clubs. Sometimes, he even witnessed violence and criminality without intervening in order to gain the trust of the bouncers and establish a. reflexivity. b. thick description. c. rapport. d. replicability.

14.A sociologist examines the role of race and class in the lives of girls in California’s Central Valley. She collects most of her data at a high school by hanging out with students and writing down her observations. These written observations are called a. interviews. b. representativeness. c. nonverbal communication. d. field notes.

15.Jada is conducting a study on skydiving and will focus on their own thoughts and feelings on participating in the sport. This is an example of __________ research. a. comparative-historical b. survey c. autoethnography d. experiment

16.When a sociologist argues that their study of a particular group tells us something about a larger group, they are claiming a. representativeness. b. reliability. c. validity.

d. reflexivity.

17.Ethnography’s main goal is to a. develop quantitative data sets that allow researchers to discover correlations. b. conduct interviews with people who have very different ways of life. c. understand the meanings people attach to their activities. d. develop ethics and standards for sociological research.

18.A research team is curious about the relationship between exercise habits and academic performance among American college students. The researchers randomly select seventeen colleges by pulling names out of a hat. They travel to campuses and stand in prominent public places asking for volunteers until they have ten people from each campus willing to be interviewed. What is the researchers’ target population? a. students at the seventeen colleges they visited b. the 170 students who were interviewed c. young people d. American college students

19.What is a closed-ended question? a. one that allows for a wide variety of responses b. one that encourages respondents to answer creatively c. one that limits the possible responses d. one that can only be answered orally

20.What kind of question usually produces a wide variety of responses by allowing respondents to answer in whatever way seems appropriate to them? a. closed-ended b. open-ended c. double-barreled d. leading

21.Researchers should avoid using double-barreled questions when designing a survey. What are double-barreled questions? a. questions that ask about multiple issues b. questions that use emotional language that may bias the respondent c. questions that are vague or ambiguous d. questions that have a hidden agenda

22.Researchers usually transcribe responses after they conduct a series of interviews. The transcription process is time-consuming, but it is valuable because it allows researchers to a. look for patterns in their data. b. check for bias in how they asked questions. c. think up new questions they did not ask. d. determine the average age of their interviewees.

23.Kiwoong plans to join a fraternity to study how college men form friendships through Greek life. By becoming a member of the social setting he is studying, which type of research method is Kiwoong using? a. survey research b. participant observation c. interviews d. existing sources

24.Corbin is an intern at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). He has been tasked with using statistics to document trends related to the spread of Covid-19 in his home state of Georgia. What kind of research is Corbin conducting? a. experiments b. participant observation c. quantitative research d. qualitative research

25.If a researcher has obtained informed consent from all their study participants, it

means that the a. participants have all agreed to participate in the study for monetary compensation. b. participants understand the nature of the research and are participating freely. c. confidentiality of all participants has been guaranteed. d. participants have conducted a literature review.

26.Carla is worried about the number of participants in her study. She is unable to conduct a large number of interviews, because each one seems to last at least five hours. What strategy might she use to increase her sample size given that she has only one month to collect her data? a. end interviews at two hours whether all questions have been answered or not b. conduct a focus group c. ask only open-ended questions d. request that respondents write out answers during interviews instead of answering verbally

27.Which of the following is necessary for a survey to be valid? a. a large target population b. a large number of existing sources c. a large pilot study d. a high response rate

28.Researchers must avoid negative questions when writing a survey. What are negative questions? a. questions that ask about two different topics b. questions that let the respondent know how the researcher hopes they will answer c. questions that belittle or insult a group or individual d. questions that ask respondents what they do not think rather than what they do think

29.Respondents are often more comfortable addressing sensitive subjects on surveys than in other research contexts because a. they know that many other people will answer the same questions. b. they know that their answers will only be analyzed statistically. c. they can answer in private and are usually assured anonymity. d. surveys guarantee that their answers will be confidential, whereas other methods do not.

30.In sociological terms, reliability refers to a. the consistency of a question or measurement tool. b. how the identity and activities of the researcher influence what is going on in the field setting. c. the accuracy of a question or measurement tool. d. knowledge without an agenda or practical goal in mind.

31.Survey researchers often use Likert scales to construct the possible answers when they write closed-ended questions. How do Likert scales allow respondents to answer? a. They allow respondents to answer along a continuum from “strongly agree” to “strongly disagree.” b. They allow respondents to answer with their own opinions. c. They allow respondents to give simple answers such as true/false or yes/no. d. They encourage respondents to include detailed responses.

32.A small-scale study carried out to test the feasibility of conducting a study on a larger scale is referred to as a(n) a. pilot study. b. experiment. c. survey. d. sample.

33.When a sample provides the same chance of being included to every member of

the population, it is known as a. unobtrusive. b. reliable. c. a pilot study. d. a simple random sample.

34.Which type of data is gained from the analysis of documents such as medical records, photographs, diaries, letters, newspapers, and song lyrics? a. ethnographic field notes b. interview transcripts c. existing sources d. experimental data

35.Which of the following is a disadvantage of using existing sources of data for research? a. Researchers often seek answers to questions the data does not directly address. b. Researchers spend a great deal of time and money to get the data. c. Researchers do not have access to existing sources. d. Existing sources are irrelevant to the contemporary world because they are from a different time and place.

36.The primary goal of comparative and historical research methods is to a. allow interdisciplinary collaborations with researchers outside of sociology. b. understand relationships between parts of society in various regions and time periods. c. uncover issues that have been neglected by mainstream social research. d. select participants who are very similar so that the independent variable can be isolated.

37.A sociologist wants to study how educational credential requirements for employment have changed in the last fifty years in the United States, Sweden, and Germany by using newspaper classified ads. What research concept best

describes this study? a. comparative historical research b. action research c. pilot study d. life history

38.You are tasked with conducting a research project that investigates the relationship between smoking and gender in blockbuster films. What methodology would you use to conduct your research? a. quantitative research b. content analysis c. comparative or historical research d. interviews

39.Erykah is working on a project in which she examines how information about the upcoming election is shared on the social media platform TikTok. Social network analysis is a useful approach because it allows researchers to a. study how people are connected to one another and how these connections influence their everyday lives. b. utilize small data sets to understand the political beliefs of strangers. c. find inexpensive ways to avoid talking to people because they can do all their work from a computer. d. use qualitative methods to understand social networks.

40.A social scientist conducts an experiment in which participants, all of whom are college students, are divided into two groups, one in which they will be exposed to cat photos and the other in which they will not. Then, the researcher will measure all the participants’ levels of stress to determine if the two groups differ on this measure. What is the independent variable in this experiment? a. college students b. level of stress c. exposure to cat photos d. participation in the experiment

41.What does it mean for a sociologist to control for a variable? a. Research participants are divided into two groups. b. Change over time is measured by a dependent variable. c. One group is allowed to understand the nature of the experiment, while the other group is kept in the dark. d. All factors except the independent variable are held constant.

42.What is the primary reason to include a control group in an experiment? a. The control group provides feedback about the experimental group. b. The control group is ready to take the experimental treatment in case the experimental group does not work out. c. The control group allows you to make comparisons to the experimental group. d. The control group maintains control over distributing the treatment to the experimental group.

43.What is an advantage of replicability in experiments? a. Replicabiltiy allows for experiments to be performed again and again over time in order to measure change. b. Replicability allow research participants to speak in their own voices. c. Replicability allow researchers to consider how their identities can influence the field setting. d. Replicability allows each experiment to be unique and illustrate something new.

44.A sociologist wants to study racial discrimination in hiring. They debate whether to distribute a survey asking employers about their hiring methods or to conduct an experiment that involves sending fake resumes to employers to see who gets an interview. Which method would best examine racial discrimination in hiring and why? a. the experimental method because survey methods are generally unreliable b. the experimental method because the researcher can isolate the effect of race by creating otherwise identical resumes c. the survey method because employers will detect the experiment and

invalidate the results d. the survey method because experiments outside of a laboratory must deal with the unpredictable intrusions of the real world

45.What can an institutional review board do if it has reservations about the safety or ethics of a research project? a. It may appoint new researchers to complete the project. b. It may stop the project from going forward, at least until changes have been made. c. It may issue recommendations for future research. d. It may provide assistance to any research participants whose rights have been violated.

46.An ideal whereby researchers identify facts without allowing their own personal beliefs or biases to interfere is known as a. applied research. b. value-free sociology. c. reactivity. d. quantitative research.

47.Why is action research controversial among more traditional social scientists despite the methodological approach gaining popularity among students? a. The research adheres strictly to ideal-type models. b. The research is aligned with personal values, thus challenging the principle of objectivity. c. The research goals are always prioritized over practical goals. d. IRB approval is not required.

48.The tendency of research participants to change their behavior in response to being studied is known as a. reflexivity. b. reliability. c. reactivity.

d. representativeness.

49.Many kitchen tools today are made with easy-to-grip silicone handles, a vast improvement over old wire tools that were often painful to use. Although the advantages of silicone over wire might seem obvious, kitchenware makers were unaware of the problems with wire tools until they hired ethnographers.

Ethnographers visited people at home, observed how they worked in the kitchen, and were able to determine what sorts of things could be sold to them. This ethnography is an example of a. a nonacademic use of research methods. b. reflexivity. c. a way to ensure validity and reliability. d. reactivity.

50.A team of sociologists is commissioned to study the effects of lighting levels and break time on workers’ productivity in an office setting. Before the study begins, office workers are told why the researchers are there. When the team analyzes their data, they find that no matter what they do, productivity levels go up while they are physically present. When the team is not physically present, productivity levels return to normal. What is the likely explanation for these findings? a. the Hawthorne effect b. a lack of confidentiality c. excessive objectivity d. a lack of a control group

51.Quantitative methods always yield more accurate and detailed data than qualitative methods. a. True b. False

52.The steps of the scientific method must be followed exactly, without modification or updates, to yield good sociological research. a. True b. False

53.Operationalizing, or providing operational definitions for variables, is associated with the same step that involves forming a hypothesis. a. True b. False

54.A hypothesis is a clear and precise definition of a variable. a. True b. False

55.Ethnography and participant observation are often used interchangeably. a. True b. False

56.Sociologists always try to incorporate some leading questions and doublebarreled questions in order to vary the types of questions they ask in interviews. a. True b. False

57.An advantage of surveys as a research method is that they allow respondents to speak in their own words and thereby accurately reflect their social reality. a. True b. False

58.Institutional review boards (IRBs) evaluate sociological studies after they have been conducted to make sure they were ethically done. a. True b. False

59.Some “facts” that sociologists once believed to be unambiguously true are now

treated as opinions, biases, or speculation. a. True b. False

60.Ethical guidelines for sociologists strictly prohibit deception. a. True b. False

61.Explain the difference between inductive and deductive approaches to sociological research.

62.How does quantitative research differ from qualitative research?

63.Explain how a change in one variable might not be caused by a change in another variable even if the variables are correlated.

64.What are the advantages and disadvantages of asking open-ended and closedended questions?

65.In what way does a focus group differ from one-on-one interviews?

66.Why is it important that researchers have a representative sample when conducting survey research?

67.How might researchers generate a representative sample from a target population?

68.What difficulties does experimental research present for researchers?

69.What role does the population studied perform in action research?

70.What recommendations are set out in the American Sociological Association’s Code of Ethics?

71.Why should sociologists generally follow the steps of the scientific method or approach?

72.In everyday life, it is assumed that science provides access to objective truths that will never change. However, the philosopher Thomas Kuhn argues that truth is relative and dependent upon the paradigm through which one sees the world.

Explain what a paradigm is and how the scientific method can lead to paradigm shifts.

73.Each method of social research comes with its own advantages and disadvantages. This means that there is not necessarily a “right” answer to the question of which method should be used for a project. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of using ethnographic research.

74.The anthropologist Clifford Geertz coined the term “thick description” to describe well-written field notes. What does he mean by this term?

75.Both interviews and surveys require a researcher to write clear, unambiguous questions in order to generate good data. What should researchers consider when crafting questions for interviews and surveys?

76.Imagine that you are a social scientist conducting a content analysis of how mental health is represented in television shows. Provide an example of how you could use this research method to study this topic and describe one disadvantage of using content analysis as your method.

77.It has been assumed by many sociologists as far back as Auguste Comte, the theorist who coined the term “sociology,” that objectivity is important in studying society. Describe the assumptions surrounding the role objectivity plays in sociology.

78.In physics, the Heisenberg uncertainty principle states that to measure something is also to change it. Sociologists have observed a similar phenomenon— reactivity. Describe the classic example of reactivity, discussing what Elton Mayo observed at the Western Hawthorne Plant and how he explained his observations.

79.Given what you learned in Chapter 2, why would an interviewer’s appearance, including clothing and hairstyle, make a difference in determining what they learn?

80.A professor receives a grant to study local employment conditions and files the required paperwork with their university’s institutional review board (IRB). Several graduate students who were not around when the project started are later hired to take over the day-to-day management of the project. The IRB promptly cuts off the project’s funding. Explain what an IRB does and why it might revoke funding for a research project.

Answer Key Chapter 2 1. Answer: D 2. Answer: A 3. Answer: C 4. Answer: A 5. Answer: C 6. Answer: A 7. Answer: B 8. Answer: D 9. Answer: C 10.Answer: A 11.Answer: A 12.Answer: C 13.Answer: C 14.Answer: D 15.Answer: C 16.Answer: A 17.Answer: C 18.Answer: D 19.Answer: C 20.Answer: B

21.Answer: A 22.Answer: A 23.Answer: B 24.Answer: C 25.Answer: B 26.Answer: B 27.Answer: D 28.Answer: D 29.Answer: C 30.Answer: A 31.Answer: A 32.Answer: A 33.Answer: D 34.Answer: C 35.Answer: A 36.Answer: B 37.Answer: A 38.Answer: B 39.Answer: A 40.Answer: C 41.Answer: D 42.Answer: C

43.Answer: A 44.Answer: B 45.Answer: B 46.Answer: B 47.Answer: B 48.Answer: C 49.Answer: A 50.Answer: A 51.Answer: B 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: B 54.Answer: B 55.Answer: A 56.Answer: B 57.Answer: B 58.Answer: B 59.Answer: A 60.Answer: B 61.Answer: In the deductive approach the researcher uses existing theory to formulate a hypothesis first and then gathers data to test that hypothesis. In contrast, the

inductive approach is where the researcher gathers data first, then formulates a theory to fit the data.

62.Answer: Quantitative research works with numerical data using statistical analysis, and qualitative research works with nonnumerical data to describe cases of study in detail.

63.Answer: Answers will vary but should include the following: a spurious correlation results when there is an appearance of causation produced by an intervening variable, which is a third variable that explains the relationship between two other variables.

This is evidenced by the relationship between ice cream sales and violent crime. As one increases, so does the other.

However, the

increase in both ice cream sales and violent crime is caused by a third variable— the weather.

64.Answer: Open-ended questions allow for a wide variety of responses, whereas closedended questions limit possible responses. Openended questions provide data for an in-depth look into society, but they are timeconsuming to answer and analyze. Closedended questions provide quantitative data that may be analyzed quickly using statistical analysis, but they lack the qualitative understanding found in openended questions.

65.Answer: In a focus group, five to ten participants will be interviewed at the same time, which allows for group members to interact with one another.

One-on-one interviews will not have opportunities for

any interaction among group members.

66.Answer: A representative sample allows for information garnered by surveys to be utilized to make accurate inferences about the target population.

67.Answer: Answers may vary but should include the following: representative samples can be generated through probability sampling, in which the sample reflects the characteristics of the target population. This may be achieved through a simple random sample, in which everyone in a target population has an equal chance of being randomly selected, or through more advanced sampling techniques of manipulating or weighting sample population responses.

68.Answer: Experiments are only applicable in certain types of research, such as those that can be constructed and measured in a controlled setting.

Experiments do not work when it comes to explaining complex processes and interactions. In addition, researchers cannot always eliminate factors that will have an unforeseen effect on social outcomes.

69.Answer: Participants are active, collaborative, and equal participants; researchers are doing research with the people rather than on them.

70.Answer: The ASA’s Code of Ethics is a set of guidelines for researchers on how to avoid bias, adhere to professional standards, and protect respondents from harm.

71.Answer: Answers to this question should

address how the scientific method or approach has been accepted as a standard procedure for acquiring empirical and measurable knowledge. The scientific method is a process used to develop and verify scientific theories that provide explanations and predictions for various aspects of our world. It gives an important structure to the research process, without which data might be thought less rigorous or compelling. Using the scientific method helps researchers avoid common mistakes such as neglecting to conduct a literature review, which might make a study pointless.

Following the steps of the scientific method or approach helps researchers contribute to and build the field. For example, when their research findings are

disseminated, this informs participants, other professionals, and interested parties, thus creating a research community.

Finally, following Kuhn’s line of thinking, we are constantly gathering data to understand what is true. However, truth is relative and depends on the paradigm, or worldview, we are using. Using the scientific method generates data that can help us see the world in different ways and can contribute to paradigm shifts and new ways of understanding what is true.

72.Answer: Answers should begin by describing Kuhn’s work, especially the idea that paradigms are broad theoretical models about how things work.

A paradigm shift is a major break from the assumptions made by the previous model, which occurs when new

information forces a new way of looking at the world (e.g., the shift from an Earth-centered solar system to a heliocentric solar system). In addition, it is through the use of the scientific method that new data are generated; the scientific method demands that assumptions be tested with empirical data.

73.Answer: Ethnographic research allows researchers to tell detailed stories that contribute to understanding social life, study previously overlooked groups, influence social policy through the power of storytelling, challenge takenfor-granted assumptions, and develop innovative methodologies.

However, ethnographic research is hard to replicate, not always representative, and easily affected by bias.

Reflexivity must

be taken into account when doing ethnographic research. This type of research is also timeconsuming and involves many hours of fieldwork.

74.Answer: Thick description should provide both a straightforward portrait of the activities and events in a given setting and resources from which the ethnographer can identify group members’ meanings in that setting. Making field notes “thick” requires more than mere photographic details; it also requires sensitivity to context and to interactional details such as facial expressions and tone of voice, which enrich what might otherwise be just a list of happenings.

Thick description means all the possible meanings of a phenomenon within a cultural

setting.

75.Answer: Answers should mention leading, double-barreled, and negative questions. The text also mentions overly complex questions, ambiguous questions, and those that spark an emotional reaction on the part of the respondent. A discussion of open-ended versus closedended questions should include information about closed-ended questions being easier to code, but not allowing respondents to fully answer in their own words.

Open-ended questions allow respondents to fully answer questions with their own ideas but are much more timeconsuming for researchers to code.

76.Answer: Answers will vary but should be consistent with the text. For example, a student may

answer that they would study how mental health is represented in terms of how TV shows depict the acceptability of seeking medical treatment for mental health problems such as depression, and how this may vary by the age or gender of characters. One disadvantage of this approach would be that this research can’t show what message viewers actually receive or interpret from these posts.

77.Answer: Any answer should first point out that many “facts” from the past are now seen as distortions based on racism, sexism, class privilege, and even religiosity.

Second, social researchers are human and therefore understand the world through their own subjective natures. Third, some postmodern theorists have suggested that

there is no such thing as objective reality.

78.Answer: Mayo sought to examine the effect of varying work conditions on motivation and productivity in the factory. He changed various conditions such as lighting levels, rest breaks, and even rates of pay, and found that each change resulted in a rise in productivity.

However, returning to the original conditions also resulted in a rise in productivity.

Mayo concluded that the variables he had manipulated were not the only or dominant causes of productivity.

Rather, it was the effect of being studied, or what is now referred to as the Hawthorne effect, that caused the increases. It was attention that had caused the improvement.

The presence of researchers always affects those whom they study.

79.Answer: Any good answer will mention reflexivity, which is the idea that a researcher’s presence affects how people respond around him or her.

Though the presence of anyone might change certain things about a setting, most of the important effects of reflexivity are based on the particular identity and activities of a particular researcher. The way the researcher chooses to present themselves to their research participants will affect their responses.

80.Answer: The IRB is a group of scholars who review the research proposals of their colleagues at a college or university. It is the responsibility of the IRB to protect research participants from any kind of harm.

A change in researcher is not problematic in and of itself.

However, the IRB could be concerned that it might signal a larger shift in the nature of the project, possibly from a research procedure that had been approved as safe and ethical to one that had not been reviewed and may place participants at undue risk.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 3 1. The term __________ refers to the entire way of life of a group of people. a. hegemony b. technology c. folkways d. culture

2. How is culture transmitted and internalized? a. We are born with these values and beliefs. b. We learn values and beliefs slowly and incrementally. c. It is human nature to accept one’s own culture as superior. d. Values and beliefs are only taught in school.

3. Why is the article “Body Ritual among the Nacirema” useful to sociologists? a. It presents a striking example of an exotic culture. b. It challenges people’s inability to observe their own cultures. c. It demonstrates proper fieldwork techniques for studying a different culture. d. It demonstrates how different other cultures are from American culture.

4. Ethnocentrism refers to a. using one’s own culture as a standard by which to judge others. b. understanding other cultures on their own terms. c. a policy of honoring the diverse backgrounds of various individuals and groups. d. a culture within a culture.

5. A student in your sociology class claims that the United States of America is the best place to raise a female child. This assertion is an example of

a. preferring high culture to popular culture. b. ethnocentrism. c. cultural relativism. d. participating in culture wars.

6. What is the difference in how sociologists and cultural anthropologists study culture? a. Sociologists usually study a society to which they belong. b. Anthropologists often study societies inside the United States. c. Sociologists never “other” the group they are studying. d. Anthropologists only study societies from the past.

7. The controversy surrounding North Carolina’s 2016 HB2 law on bathroom use is an example of which of the following concepts? a. cultural diffusion b. cultural leveling c. cultural imperialism d. culture wars

8. What is it called when someone has the ability to understand another culture in terms of that culture’s own norms and values without reference to any other culture’s standards? a. ethnocentrism b. cultural relativism c. cultural lag d. culture shock

9. Although many people believe that expectations for personal space are inborn, members of many cultures are accustomed to noticeably less personal space than those of others. This helps demonstrate that people’s expectations for personal space are a. the direct result of hormonal differences in the limbic system. b. usually negotiable and not all that difficult to change.

c. a part of our culture and, as such, are learned rather than inborn. d. something that is inborn and more of an instinct than something learned.

10.Ethnocentric people tend to view other cultures as abnormal because they a. have values and beliefs that are universally recognized. b. use their own culture as a standard of judgment. c. are practicing cultural relativism. d. are part of a counterculture.

11.An example of something that would be part of the material culture of an individual or society would be a. weapons of war. b. democracy as a political system. c. belief in a supreme being. d. preference to have health rather than wealth.

12.Museum curators have recently experienced problems with the preservation of plastic objects, almost all of which disintegrate over time. The Smithsonian collection contains the first-ever plastic toothbrush, which one day will be nothing more than a pile of plastic particles. This problem is leading many historians to worry that we will lose the history of our a. nonmaterial culture. b. signs and gestures. c. linguistic relativity. d. material culture.

13.__________ is an example of something that would be part of an individual’s or society’s nonmaterial culture. a. Navajo jewelry b. Imported French wine c. A Rembrandt painting d. Belonging to a political party

14.Many people in the United States express disgust at the idea of people snacking on grasshoppers and crickets, even though they are a normal snack in countries such as Mexico and Thailand. This suggests that, in the United States, eating insects is a a. folkway. b. crime. c. taboo. d. sanction.

15.One of the basic functions of nonmaterial culture is that it a. exists as a backup to material culture. b. enables people to communicate. c. facilitates the distribution of Western products. d. aids the proliferation of Western media.

16.Which of the following is a characteristic of otaku culture? a. Otaku culture is an example of the East influencing the West. b. Otaku culture is limited to Asian countries. c. Otaku culture is limited to a very specific subset of people. d. Otaku culture has been around for a long time in secret.

17.Which of the following best represents the ranking of different types of norms from least to most powerful or morally significant? a. values, laws, sanctions b. folkways, mores, taboos c. mores, taboos, laws d. taboos, folkways, mores

18.Incarceration, a frown, and monetary fines are all examples of a. sanctions. b. mores. c. material culture.

d. technology.

19.At the beginning of the twenty-first century, signs with crudely painted skeletons holding cell phones were placed near some roadways, usually facing freeway ramps. These signs indicated disapproval of using cell phones while driving, a practice some states have since made illegal. As a result of this social movement, a. almost no one violates the norm of not talking on a cell phone while driving. b. talking on a cell phone while driving is taboo. c. there are no formal sanctions that can be used to enforce the norm of not talking on a cell phone while driving. d. an informal norm has become a law.

20.Jill is visiting her boyfriend’s family in China. She points at him with her index finger during a conversation, which his family doesn’t seem to like. Her boyfriend later explains that she should point with an open hand instead of using a finger.

Why is this instruction needed? a. The meaning of gestures is not universal. b. Jill was attempting to be rude to his family. c. Sanctions exist in China, but not in the United States where Jill is from. d. The action of pointing does not have nonmaterial meaning.

21.The slogan “what happens in Vegas, stays in Vegas” is an example of a. a moral escape. b. a moral holiday. c. mores. d. a sanction.

22.Anthropologists in the 1930s found that the Hopi people of the American Southwest had no words to distinguish the past, present, or future. Therefore, the Hopi did not “see” or experience time in the same way as those whose language provided such words. Which concept did this finding help develop? a. culture shock b. gestures

c. material culture d. Sapir-Whorf hypothesis

23.Unlike folkways, mores are closely related to a. the core values of a group. b. formal but not informal norms. c. the dominant culture of a group. d. culture wars between groups.

24.Informal norms are different from formal norms, in that informal norms a. are always followed. b. are legislated by the government. c. involve dress and etiquette. d. are implied and unwritten.

25.A man is listening to loud music and singing along in public. The people around him glare and frown at him in hopes that he will stop. The man ignores them, which indicates that he a. doesn’t know that some activities are taboo. b. must be part of the dominant culture. c. is engaged in a culture war. d. doesn’t seem to care about negative sanctions.

26.Which of the following is an example of a culture war? a. one Democrat and two Republicans serving together as county commissioners b. anti-abortion advocates demonstrating in front of a family planning clinic c. Christians celebrating Easter, Jews celebrating Passover, and Muslims celebrating Ramadan d. the existence of both a football team and a debate team in many high schools

27.The values, norms, and practices of the most powerful group within a society are called a. cultural leveling. b. nonmaterial culture. c. dominant culture. d. minority culture.

28.Which of the following is an example of multiculturalism? a. a policy requiring students at a university in the United States to take classes on non-Western cultures b. an assimilationist program that prepares immigrants for the workforce in the United States c. legislation declaring English as the official language of the United States d. a law requiring U.S. elementary school students to memorize the Constitution of the United States of America

29.Students for a Democratic Society (SDS) was an activist organization in the 1960s that protested the Vietnam War, racial injustice, and economic exploitation.

The organization largely favored direct action and protest, a philosophy that ran counter to traditional organizing and politics. What could you say that members of SDS were part of based on this information? a. a counterculture b. a subculture c. ideal culture d. a movement for cultural diffusion

30.Which of the following is a subculture? a. criminals b. Korean pop music fans c. North Americans d. adults

31.__________ occurs when the dominant culture succeeds in imposing its values

and ideas on all of society. a. Hegemony b. Cultural diffusion c. Cultural relativism d. Cultural leveling

32.Countercultural groups such as the those in the anti-government militia movement a. actually have a lifestyle that is similar to that of the mainstream culture. b. are considered members of the dominant culture. c. reject the norms of the dominant culture. d. are seen as members of a subculture.

33.Most large retailers such as Target, H&M, and Old Navy carry similar clothing styles, and thus there is not extreme variation in what most Americans wear.

Which sociological concept best explains this phenomenon? a. multiculturalism b. ideal culture c. hegemony d. real culture

34.In 1776, the Declaration of Independence stated, “all men are created equal.”

However, a system of racialized slavery persisted in the nation for nearly a century after this statement. This is an example of how a disconnect can exist between a. dominant culture and subculture. b. ideal culture and real culture. c. multiculturalism and hegemony. d. laws and norms.

35.Which of the following is an example of a culture war? a. a mother arguing with her daughter over curfew

b. people clashing online over celebrations of LGBTQIA+ Pride Month c. Republican and Democratic senators working together on criminal justice reform d. the establishment of an African American history museum in a local community

36.How is a counterculture different from a subculture? a. Members of a counterculture drop out of society, whereas members of a subculture actively protest and fight to change society. b. Both are distinct from mainstream culture, but only members of a subculture actively oppose important aspects of mainstream culture. c. Both are distinct from mainstream culture, but a counterculture actively opposes important aspects of the mainstream. d. Subcultures are not culturally distinct from the mainstream; they just occupy a particular geographic area.

37.The Japanese observed soldiers playing baseball during the American occupation of Japan after World War II and later adopted it as one of their pastimes. This is an example of a. material culture. b. cultural diffusion. c. counterculture. d. culture war.

38.Oftentimes, a larger number of people claim that they voted in their recent local elections than the number that actually did vote. This is perhaps because more people believed that they should have voted. This belief is an example of a. ideal culture. b. folkways. c. popular culture. d. cultural diffusion.

39.The increased use of Facebook, Twitter, and other social media by terrorist organizations in other countries to recruit new members is an example of cultural

diffusion for which reason? a. Twitter and Facebook are products of the Western world that have been adopted by people in other countries. b. Terrorist organizations are having a more difficult time spreading their message. c. White nationalist groups are most adept at using these technologies. d. Because the movements are online, they are easy to trace and stop.

40.Western companies are powerful enough to impose their products on markets worldwide because of their economic strength. This phenomenon is known as a. material culture. b. cultural relativism. c. cultural diffusion. d. cultural imperialism.

41.When cultures that were once distinct become increasingly similar, they are experiencing the phenomenon of a. cultural imperialism. b. social control. c. cultural diffusion. d. cultural leveling.

42.The global reach and influence of Hollywood films and McDonald’s restaurants cause some concern among those who see these as examples of the imposition of American beliefs and practices on other cultures, which is known as a. ethnocentrism. b. multiculturalism. c. cultural imperialism. d. cultural diffusion.

43.It is now possible to travel all over the world, especially if you visit major metropolitan areas, without ever having to eat anything but McDonald’s food. This is an example of

a. dominant culture. b. cultural diffusion. c. cultural leveling. d. counterculture.

44.The French social theorist Jean-François Lyotard described contemporary culture in this way: “One listens to Reggae, watches a Western, eats McDonald’s food for lunch and local cuisine for dinner, wears Paris perfume in Tokyo and ‘retro’ clothes in Hong Kong.” He was writing about postmodernism, but what concept can help explain this mixture of activities? a. values b. hegemony c. counterculture d. cultural diffusion

45.The spread of material and nonmaterial culture from one group to another is known as cultural a. leveling. b. diffusion. c. imperialism. d. relativism.

46.Graffiti, algorithms, and digital devices are all examples of a. technology. b. nonmaterial culture. c. multiculturalism. d. cultural imperialism.

47.When Patti traveled around the world, she had lunch at Taco Bell in Tokyo, ate dinner at the Hard Rock Cafe in Hong Kong, purchased clothes at Macy’s in London, and was entertained at a Disney show in Paris. This homogenization of cultures around the world is called a. multiculturalism.

b. cultural leveling. c. social control. d. folkways.

48.Yoko believes that religion is the basis for moral ethics and that promoting religion in society promotes social order. What perspective best describes Yoko’s views? a. structural functionalism b. conflict theory c. symbolic interactionism d. promotion of a fashion brand

49.Bhavani thinks that religion serves to control the masses by creating rules for behavior and that sanctions against violators may not be equally or fairly applied.

What perspective best describes Bhavani’s views? a. structural functionalism b. conflict theory c. symbolic interactionism d. radicalization

50.Sociologists often engage in the process of “othering” the people they study even when they study their own cultures. a. True b. False

51.Ethnocentrism and cultural relativism refer to the same concept. a. True b. False

52.Sociologists claim that culture is the lens through which we perceive and evaluate what is going on in the world around us. a. True b. False

53.Only an authoritative body or formal institution can impose negative sanctions. a. True b. False

54.Gestures are a specific type of sign that is made with the body. a. True b. False

55.Folkways are generally taken more seriously than mores. a. True b. False

56.Nonmaterial culture can be shared through cultural diffusion. a. True b. False

57.Norms are universal across cultures, time periods, and situations. a. True b. False

58.All subcultures are countercultures. a. True b. False

59.Cultural leveling means that there is greater difference and diversity across societies around the world. a. True b. False

60.Describe cultural relativism.

61.Imagine that you travel to another country for a semester of study abroad. Give an example of an ethnocentric response you might have to the local food.

62.What is culture?

63.How is culture shock useful in helping sociologists see that even what is most familiar to us can be bizarre?

64.Describe an example of how mainstream values can change or fall out of favor.

65.List four specific examples of nonmaterial culture from your own personal experience.

66.New types of material and nonmaterial culture came about in response to the Covid-19 pandemic. Provide one example of each type of culture.

67.Give an example of a gesture within your culture that may not have the same meaning or translate at all into another culture.

68.The term “culture wars” refers to the clashes that occur when there are conflicting viewpoints about efforts to change core values in society. Provide an example of a current culture war. What is the culture war about? Who or what is affected by it?

69.As a result of Western cultural imperialism, American media companies

broadcast shows in other countries that may clash with the traditional cultural values of those countries. What are some examples of American cultural values exported through the media that people in non-Western parts of the world might find distasteful?

70.Both sociologists and anthropologists study culture. Explain how sociology differs from anthropology. Explain the unique challenges anthropologists and sociologists face when studying culture.

71.What is ethnocentrism and how does it make it more difficult to understand other cultures? What kind of perspective should we adopt instead?

72.Think of a time when you expressed or experienced ethnocentrism when encountering a different culture from your own. Explain the situation and how you reacted. Then, explain how you might have responded differently from a perspective of cultural relativism.

73.

Language is the most important element of nonmaterial culture, but its role in social life is still hotly debated among sociologists. Describe the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis and its position on the role of language in creating social life.

74.

Values and norms are nonmaterial culture in action. Describe the difference between values and norms. Additionally, describe the three different types of norms and give specific examples for each type of norm.

75.What is a moral holiday? Define this concept and provide one example of it.

Then, analyze your example using one theoretical perspective (structural functionalism, conflict theory, or symbolic interactionism).

76.How are ideal culture and real culture different? Provide an example of a situation in which ideal culture and real culture contradict one another.

77.Explain the difference between subcultures and countercultures. Provide an example of each.

78.When it comes to ideas about how to ensure efficient and reliable transportation in America, the default assumption is that personal automobiles should be the main mode of travel. Define hegemony and explain how this illustrates the concept.

79.Cultures around the world are changing at an increasingly rapid pace. How does a cultural group change through contact with other cultures?

Answer Key Chapter 3 1. Answer: D 2. Answer: B 3. Answer: B 4. Answer: A 5. Answer: B 6. Answer: A 7. Answer: D 8. Answer: B 9. Answer: C 10.Answer: B 11.Answer: A 12.Answer: D 13.Answer: D 14.Answer: C 15.Answer: B 16.Answer: A 17.Answer: B 18.Answer: A 19.Answer: D 20.Answer: A

21.Answer: B 22.Answer: D 23.Answer: A 24.Answer: D 25.Answer: D 26.Answer: B 27.Answer: C 28.Answer: A 29.Answer: A 30.Answer: B 31.Answer: A 32.Answer: C 33.Answer: C 34.Answer: B 35.Answer: B 36.Answer: C 37.Answer: B 38.Answer: A 39.Answer: A 40.Answer: D 41.Answer: D 42.Answer: C

43.Answer: C 44.Answer: D 45.Answer: B 46.Answer: A 47.Answer: B 48.Answer: A 49.Answer: B 50.Answer: A 51.Answer: B 52.Answer: A 53.Answer: B 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: B 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: B 58.Answer: B 59.Answer: B 60.Answer: Cultural relativism is a way of understanding other cultures on their own terms rather than from the perspective of one’s own culture. Unlike ethnocentrism,

cultural relativism enables us to see other cultures more clearly without making value judgments.

61.Answer: If we travel to another country, we may find that people eat a certain type of food that we consider abnormal for consumption.

For example, if you travel to Scotland and are asked to try haggis, you will likely feel repulsed because you have been culturally conditioned to respond in this manner to foods that we consider odd in the United States. In Scottish culture, however, haggis is a perfectly acceptable thing to eat—in fact, it is a cultural tradition. This is an example of ethnocentrism because you would be judging another

culture based on the standards of what is considered “normal” in your own culture.

62.Answer: Culture is the entire way of life of a group of people (including both material and nonmaterial elements) that acts as a lens through which one views the world and that is passed from one generation to the next.

63.Answer: We are dependent on culture for survival, and practicing our own culture becomes “second nature.” Culture shock can help us look at our own culture in new ways rather than taking it for granted.

64.Answer: A group’s mainstream values are based on public consensus about what is good or bad.

For example,

smoking cigarettes was not universally looked down upon in the 1980s; people could even smoke in restaurants and public places.

Today, smoking tobacco is seen as an unhealthy behavior, and there is a fairly strong aversion to it. This is due to the change in the social understanding of the health risks as well as the higher insurance premiums for smokers. In recent years, vaping has risen in popularity, especially among younger people who grew up in a culture that resisted smoking tobacco. In this sense, vaping can be considered a change in the practice of smoking over time–while the substance being smoked is different, the behavior carries health risks and

addiction potential similar to smoking tobacco. This suggests that while mainstream values still view smoking tobacco as bad, smoking in general is starting to become acceptable again.

65.Answer: Examples could include a high five, saying hey or hello, dancing the salsa, or staying a polite distance away from people when speaking to them.

66.Answer: Examples of material culture include face masks, gloves, and sanitizer.

Examples of nonmaterial culture include stay-at-home orders, lockdowns, and social distancing.

67.Answer: The textbook uses the example of the “thumbs up” sign as a gesture, which

expresses praise or approval in the United States, but may be considered obscene in South America or Asia.

Similarly, the “A-OK” sign communicates praise in the United States but is not acceptable in parts of Italy.

The “middle finger” is considered obscene in the United States but means nothing to people living in Brazil.

68.Answer: Answers will vary. One example is as follows. The textbook uses the example of a culture war currently waging over what students are taught in K– 12 schools.

Recently, there have been more efforts to ban books from schools and public libraries.

Book bans have occurred in more than 5,000 schools with a

combined enrollment of almost 4 million students. These bans largely reflect the coordinated efforts of political and advocacy groups working at the local, state, and national levels to remove books from school curriculums and school libraries.

Many of the books targeted by these bans discuss race, racism, sexuality, and gender identity.

However, there are various groups that are pushing against these bans by signing petitions and voicing their concerns at school board meetings. This culture war is one example that demonstrates deep and ongoing divisions among Americans about which values should be upheld.

69.Answer: Examples could include

materialism, democracy, capitalism, Christianity, individualism, and sexual freedom.

70.Answer: Answers should start by emphasizing that anthropologists tend to study cultures that are different from their own, whereas sociologists tend to study their own cultures.

Cultural anthropologists often examine societies outside of the United States and must travel to conduct their empirical fieldwork. Since they are studying cultures that are often significantly different from their own, they can fall into the trap of engaging in ethnocentrism.

Sociologists study cultures closer to home.

Sociologists may fail to consider some aspects of

culture that are right in front of them.

71.Answer: Ethnocentrism causes us to judge other groups and individuals by using our own culture as a yardstick for normality, thus making any other culture “abnormal.”

This attitude also makes it more difficult for us to see the strangeness in our own culture.

“Body Ritual among the Nacirema” may be mentioned to make this point.

We should adopt the attitude of cultural relativism instead of ethnocentrism because relativism forces us to judge each culture on its own terms, and it opens us to a wider variety of views.

72.Answer: Answers should demonstrate the value judgment of “abnormal” or

“better than,” which is part of ethnocentrism, and state the fact that a culturally relativist approach would remove that value judgment from the example.

Students should not be deducted for focusing on cultures or subcultures that are within in the United States (or their home country), as not all students have the means to travel abroad.

73.Answer: The SapirWhorf hypothesis, or the principle of linguistic relativity, reverses the standard assumption about the relationship between language and perception.

Instead of sensory perception suggesting the need for words to describe it, the hypothesis suggests that our language helps structure

our perception and, therefore, controls what our senses notice. For example, a native Colombian perceives a lemon as both a lemon and a lime. People in the United States see a distinct difference between a lemon and a lime.

74.Answer: Values are a cultural group’s shared beliefs about what is worthwhile and desirable, good or bad, beautiful or ugly. Norms are the rules and guidelines about acceptable behavior that develop out of those values.

Folkways are loosely enforced norms involving common customs, practices, or procedures that ensure smooth social interaction and acceptance. An example of a folkway would be not chewing

food with one’s mouth open.

Mores are norms that carry great moral significance, are closely related to the core values of a cultural group, and often involve severe repercussions for violators.

One example is respecting private property by not stealing items from others. A taboo is a norm ingrained so deeply that even thinking about violating it evokes strong feelings of disgust, horror, or revulsion. If someone engages in cannibalism they would be violating a taboo.

75.Answer: A moral holiday is a specified time period during which some norm violations are allowed.

Examples may include (but are not limited to) ones mentioned in the textbook like Mardi Gras,

spring break, or Las Vegas vacations. In these cases, mild norm violations are accepted during the duration of the activity or time period.

Using structural functionalism, one might say that certain moral holidays are functional because they allow people to briefly escape from rigid norms. Using conflict theory, one might say that people with privileged positions are more likely to be able to indulge in moral holidays (e.g., college students going on expensive spring break vacations).

Using symbolic interactionism, one might examine how people interact in different contexts. For example, chugging alcohol and screaming on the beach during spring break might be accepted, but

such behavior would be condemned if it happened at noon on a busy street corner.

76.Answer: The difference between ideal culture and real culture is the distinction between the norms and values that members of a cultural group espouse and the patterns of behavior that exist in everyday life. In other words, the difference is between how people think they should behave and how they do behave. Any example should describe a situation in which some important value that is nearly universally held is contradicted by people’s actual behavior.

77.Answer: Both subcultures and countercultures can be seen as distinct from the mainstream or dominant culture.

However, while a subculture has its own values, norms, and practices, these do not contradict or stand in direct opposition to the beliefs of the mainstream culture. A counterculture, on the other hand, has beliefs, values, and practices that are incompatible with or in direct opposition to the mainstream culture. Some countercultures attempt to bring about social change; others simply try to live outside of mainstream society. For example, people who engage in activities such as LARPing (live-action roleplaying) would be considered members of a subculture, whereas people who have joined hate groups, such as the Ku Klux Klan, would be considered members of a

counterculture.

78.Answer: Hegemony is defined as the cultural aspects of social control whereby all members of a society accept the ideas and values of the dominant social group. This particular mode of travel, personal automobile, has been disseminated among the dominant social group and accepted at all levels of society. Thus, other alternatives such as lightrail, buses, biking, or even walking are given secondclass status, or not seen as an acceptable or obvious option for how to design urban transportation.

79.Answer: There are three principal concepts associated with cultural change resulting from contact between societies.

Cultural diffusion occurs when one culture begins to adopt the tools, beliefs, and/or practices of another culture to which it has been exposed.

Cultural leveling happens when formerly distinct cultures become increasingly similar. Cultural imperialism refers to the imposition of the cultural beliefs and practices of a more economically powerful group onto a less powerful group.

Within these types of cultural change, it is more likely that the flow of practices and ideas goes from the more dominant group to the less dominant group.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 4 1. What does the nature-versus-nurture debate help us understand? a. the contradictions between primary and secondary group socialization b. the complex interaction between hereditary traits and social learning c. why biology has nothing to do with human potential d. how biology determines physical characteristics, whereas social learning alone determines a person’s personality and habits

2. Some argue that individuals who repeatedly commit violent crimes have a genetic flaw that predisposes them to engaging in such acts. Others claim that these individuals are the products of their social environments and learned to act out in these ways. This is an example of a. the nature-versus-nurture debate. b. the dual nature of the self. c. dramaturgy. d. role conflict.

3. What do the several cases of children who grew up in extreme social isolation, such as the case of Genie in 1970, suggest? a. Many of our mental capacities are learned through social interaction. b. Human intelligence is almost entirely determined by heredity. c. The effects of isolation at an early age are easily reversible if caught in time. d. The effects of extreme isolation in children are irreversible if the situation isn’t corrected by the time the child is five years old.

4. Works of fiction such as The Jungle Book are retellings of myths about feral children. These stories highlight the sociological concept of __________, but some real-world examples of kidnapping and abuse are no myth. a. the generalized other

b. social isolation c. the ego d. the id

5. Parents often buy their children gender-specific toys. Boys are given action figures that encourage active and aggressive play, while girls are given dolls and toy ovens that reinforce traditional gender roles. This is part of what process? a. personality b. socialization c. social isolation d. status conflict

6. Which of the following is accurate about the process of socialization? a. It eventually stops, generally around adulthood. b. Society shapes the individual, and the individual shapes society. c. It is less influential to younger generations. d. It is more influential to individuals living in rural areas.

7. A goal of socialization is to a. ensure that society self-evaluates. b. teach norms, values, and beliefs. c. teach people how to avoid incarceration. d. teach the skills necessary to satisfy our love of technology.

8. Your textbook discusses feral children to emphasize the importance of a. socialization. b. theories of the self. c. cognitively disadvantaged children. d. environmentally challenged children.

9. Sociologists believe that the self is created through social interaction over the course of a lifetime. Which of the theories discussed in your book best describes

the following quote from William Shakespeare’s As You Like It: “All the world’s a stage, and all the men and women merely players”? a. Sigmund Freud’s psychoanalytic theory of the id, ego, and superego b. Charles Cooley’s theory of the looking-glass self c. George Herbert Mead’s theory of the generalized other d. Erving Goffman’s theory of dramaturgy

10.When a child can internalize the expectations of other specific people, they have learned how to a. overcome the looking-glass self. b. take the role of the particular or significant other. c. take the role of the generalized other. d. follow the rules of games.

11.Financial collapses, such as those of the 1930s, have occurred when rumors of financial crises are believed by enough depositors, resulting in real bank failures.

What sociological concept describes this phenomenon? a. expressions given off b. the Thomas theorem c. dramaturgy d. the generalized other

12.How do expressions given off differ from expressions given? a. Expressions given off are easy to use in deceptive ways. b. Expressions given off are usually nonverbal. c. Expressions given are almost never intentional. d. Expressions given off are almost always verbal and intentional.

13.Which part of the mind of feral children might Sigmund Freud expect to be most fully developed? a. the psychosexual side b. the id

c. the ego d. the superego

14.Jamila plans to attend graduate school because she thinks of herself as having excellent critical thinking skills and a brilliant mind. Where would Charles Cooley’s theory of the looking-glass self suggest that she got these ideas? a. These ideas are part of the structure of the personality with which she was born. b. These ideas come from teachers and fellow students expressing admiration. c. These ideas come from the ease with which she understands new concepts. d. These ideas come from the confidence she has gained from exceptional intellectual abilities.

15.Phum is hired as a restaurant waiter. They are given strict instructions on their first day to always wear black pants with a white shirt, to carry a notepad, and to always address customers as “Sir” or “Madam.” All of these things are elements of the waiter’s a. backstage. b. looking-glass self. c. status. d. personal front.

16.According to Sigmund Freud, the __________ is the realistic and practical part of the mind that works to balance our instinctive and biological drives and the internalized demands of society. a. id b. ego c. superego d. unconscious

17.Erving Goffman theorized social life as a kind of con game in which we work to control the impressions others have of us. What did Goffman call this process?

a. impression management b. definition of the situation c. cooling the mark out d. expressions of behavior

18.According to George Herbert Mead, the dual nature of the self refers to the idea that a. there is both a conscious nature and an unconscious nature of the self. b. we have both a public self and a private self. c. we experience the self as both subject and object. d. there is both a social side and an instinctual side to the self.

19.Appearance, manner, style of dress, race, gender, and age are all elements of a. an individual’s personal front. b. a setting or region. c. expressions given. d. the superego.

20.Sociologists define the self as a. the part of an individual that is displayed to other members of a society. b. only the private, innermost parts of the mind that are not usually shown to others. c. the experience of an individual’s personal identity that is distinct from other people. d. the parts of the human mind that are created through interactions with others.

21.Patrick isn’t old enough to go to school yet, but he loves to play house. He has a toy stove and pretends to be a stay-at-home father. Playing house sometimes gets boring, so he goes outside, takes a garden hose, and pretends to be a firefighter. George Herbert Mead would say that Patrick is a. in the play stage. b. in the game stage.

c. his own generalized other. d. aware of the roles of others.

22.According to the symbolic interactionist George Herbert Mead, playing organized games is important for an older child’s development of the self because game playing a. involves learning emotional self-control. b. reinforces the primary group ties that are essential to emotional well-being. c. teaches strict obedience to rules and norms. d. involves learning to anticipate and coordinate with other players’ actions.

23.Which part of the mind would Freud have described as being like a type of conscience that punishes misbehavior with feelings of guilt? a. the id b. the ego c. the superego d. the brain

24.Which theorist argued that if people define a situation as real, it is real in its consequences? a. W. I. Thomas b. Erving Goffman c. George Herbert Mead d. Charles Cooley

25.Which of the following agents of socialization has the most enduring lifelong impact on the individual? a. the family b. peers c. the media d. school

26.Young army recruits arriving at boot camp are about to enter a(n) a. total institution. b. religious institution. c. open institution. d. partial institution.

27.The family is one of the most powerful agents of socialization because a. family is a universal experience: everyone has a family. b. socialization differs from family to family. c. families try to socialize children to become productive citizens. d. as young children, we have limited outside contact and therefore few influences outside the family.

28.Churches usually teach their members rules and often codify these rules into formal commandments to be followed. Given this, churches can be considered a. dramaturgists. b. part of the media. c. total institutions. d. agents of socialization.

29.The story about the young girls with eating disorders in Fiji in the late 1990s conveys the strong influence of which agent of socialization? a. the mass media b. the family c. schools d. peers

30.What is the relationship between Sister Pauline Quinn’s program, in which prison inmates train service and therapy dogs, and sociological concepts of the self and of interaction? a. The process of training dogs helps to resocialize prisoners. b. The program demonstrates globalization, as it has branches in most

prisons in the United States. c. Quinn’s program was founded on Freudian principles including the id, ego, and superego. d. Quinn’s program was based on the work of George Herbert Mead, who laid the groundwork for research on the self and interaction.

31.Why are adults unable to be completely socialized? a. There will always be new situations and roles to learn. b. People are spending more time in school. c. The family and schools do a poor job of socializing children. d. Adults tend to watch more television than adolescents.

32.Why does the family have such a powerful impact as an agent of socialization? a. Respect for parents is one of the key values of modern society. b. Family plays an important role in our everyday lives no matter what stage of life we are in. c. Family begins the socialization process before there are any other competing influences. d. Family values are strong today in the United States.

33.A sociologist observes that kindergartners are not just being taught about arts and crafts; they are also being taught how to be students, including skills such as following rules, remaining in their seats, and other things that will be necessary for the rest of their education. What are these skills called? a. expressions of behavior b. the hidden curriculum c. theories of the self d. the ego

34.The term “master status” is defined as a a. set of behaviors that are associated with a particular position. b. status that generally overrides all other statuses a person possesses. c. set of expectations that are attached to a specific role.

d. perspective that allows a person to understand many other people’s points of view.

35.Janae and Ren are coworkers who recently started dating. One day Janae notices Ren stealing office supplies. She’s torn between being a good employee and reporting the theft, or helping her new romantic partner avoid getting in trouble. Janae is experiencing a. ego strain. b. an expression of behavior. c. role conflict. d. role strain.

36.A person who leaves their job of twenty years to retire is undergoing a. role conflict. b. role-taking emotions. c. role exit. d. role strain.

37.Which of the following refers to the set of behaviors expected of someone because of their status? a. role b. superego c. agency d. self

38.Physical beauty is considered a(n) __________ status. a. achieved b. psychosexual c. embodied d. ascribed

39.Gary is a high school football coach who is worried about how they should handle

their roster. On one hand, it’s their job to win as many games as possible, which means playing the best players. On the other hand, their contract also requires them to allow every member of the team to meaningfully participate. The tension they feel is the result of a. role strain. b. feeling rules. c. role conflict. d. emotional labor.

40.A(n) __________ status is one that is earned through individual effort or imposed by others. a. achieved b. ascribed c. master d. embodied

41.Which of the following is an example of a feeling rule? a. It is important to attend antiwar demonstrations. b. Boys don’t cry. c. Cleanliness is next to godliness. d. It is important to fast for religious purposes.

42.Which of the following statements about grief is true according to the sociological explanation of emotions? a. Both the experience and expressions of grief are universal. b. Neither the experience nor the expressions of grief are universal. c. Neither the experience nor the expressions of grief have any social component. d. The experience of grief is universal, but expressions of grief vary.

43.One of the most striking contrasts in restaurants is between the demeanor of cooks and that of servers. Servers are paid to be nice, pleasant, and courteous.

On the other hand, cooks are usually not required to act this way. The part of a

server’s job that does not apply to a cook is called a. interactional context. b. emotional labor. c. the social construction of emotions. d. being an agent of socialization.

44.Guests are expected to be happy when attending a wedding. This is an example of a. feeling rules. b. emotional labor. c. role strain. d. stereotyping.

45.Some researchers have argued that in highly individualistic cultures, such as that of the United States, the emotion of shame is usually triggered by individual actions. However, in more collectivist cultures like Japan’s, shame is linked to groups. This would seem to indicate that a. the United States is far more dramaturgically inclined than other cultures. b. Japanese people have more trouble with emotional labor than do Americans. c. emotions have a strong genetic component. d. emotions are not solely personal, because the expression of emotions can also be social and cultural.

46.Before we can experience role-taking emotions, we must a. understand the role of the particular other. b. be able to see things from another person’s point of view. c. be resocialized into a new role with new norms and values. d. avoid role strain and role conflict.

47.Which of the following describes an interaction that occurs in copresence? a. talking to your friends on Facebook

b. Skyping with your sister c. having coffee with your mother d. emailing your grandparents

48.A restaurant server remains calm even when a drunken, violent customer yells at them for not putting enough ice in their beverage. This server’s actions are an example of a. emotional labor. b. biological emotions. c. role strain. d. copresence.

49.Even very significant events in our lives increasingly take place online. It is now common for couples to break up through a text message. What is missing from these interactions compared with similar interactions in the past? a. the superego b. copresence c. emotional labor d. impression management

50.Why is it increasingly difficult to use sociological models that assume interaction involves copresence? a. Interactions are increasingly characterized by globalism. b. The family has taken on more importance in status development. c. Copresence requires cooperation, which is increasingly rare in today’s polarized political and cultural climate. d. New technology makes it much more common to interact with someone without being physically in the same place.

51.In the nature-versus-nurture debate, sociologists generally take the side of nurture. a. True b. False

52.According to sociologists, our genetic makeup determines what kind of personality and character traits we develop in life. a. True b. False

53.According to Erving Goffman, “cooling the mark out” involves helping others save face or avoid embarrassment. a. True b. False

54.Our sense of self is largely created through social processes. a. True b. False

55.The basic premise of Charles Cooley’s looking-glass self is that we care what others think of us and develop our sense of self as a result. a. True b. False

56.Children are taking on the role of the generalized other when they pretend to be a firefighter, mother, or doctor. a. True b. False

57.Sigmund Freud, Charles Cooley, and George Herbert Mead all contributed to the study of the self. a. True b. False

58.Within families, all socialization occurs intentionally. a. True b. False

59.Formal subjects such as math and reading are part of schools’ hidden curriculums. a. True b. False

60.According to sociologists, stereotyping is something people only do occasionally when they happen to encounter someone with a role conflict. a. True b. False

61.Cases in which children have been raised in social isolation demonstrate that people require socialization to develop into fully functioning human beings. In the case of Genie, describe how isolation affected her development.

62.According to Erving Goffman’s concept of dramaturgy, how can a particular social setting make a considerable difference in how we interact with other people?

63.According to George Herbert Mead, very young children under the age of three lack a developed sense of self. What does this mean, and how did Mead think they begin to develop a sense of self?

64.Why did George Herbert Mead believe that the self is created largely through social interaction?

65.According to Charles Cooley, why can there be no sense of self without society?

66.What is the looking-glass self?

67.Describe how people undergo resocialization when they move from one place, job, or life situation to another.

68.Describe how peers can be a powerful and covert agent of socialization.

69.The term “total institution” refers to institutions that strip people of their previous identities in order to resocialize them. Describe this process.

70.What is agency and how does it relate to free will?

71.Many natural scientists argue that human behavioral traits can be explained through genetics. Many social scientists believe that human behavior is learned and shaped through social interaction. How do you reconcile these two opposing views? Justify your answer.

72.What happens to the development of feral children who are raised without significant social contact? What does this demonstrate about the importance of socialization?

73.Chapter 4 presents theories of the self by Sigmund Freud, Charles Cooley, and George Herbert Mead. Describe the social component of each of these three theoretical perspectives.

74.According to Erving Goffman, people define situations interactionally through expressions of behavior, which are the tools we use to project our definition of a situation to one another. Explain what Goffman means by expressions given and expressions given off.

75.What is the Thomas theorem? Restate it in your own words and provide an example of its application.

76.What did Charles Cooley mean by the phrase “the looking-glass self”? How does his concept apply to your status as a student?

77.The satirical newspaper The Onion once ran a story with the headline “Man Reading Pynchon on Bus Takes Pains to Make Cover Visible.” The story went on to describe a bus passenger who was reading a book by the critically acclaimed, albeit difficult and confusing-to-read, author Thomas Pynchon. Instead of holding the book on his lap, he held it directly in front of his face so that the cover was visible to everyone and he occasionally glanced around to see if anyone noticed.

What would Erving Goffman say about this?

78.Define what an agent of socialization is. Then, list each of the four major agents of socialization and give an example of how each has shaped your life experiences.

79.What is resocialization? Give an example from your own life of a situation that required you to undergo resocialization.

80.How do you think new forms of technology will change the role and significance of the four major agents of socialization? Provide examples.

Answer Key Chapter 4 1. Answer: B 2. Answer: A 3. Answer: A 4. Answer: B 5. Answer: B 6. Answer: B 7. Answer: B 8. Answer: A 9. Answer: D 10.Answer: B 11.Answer: B 12.Answer: B 13.Answer: B 14.Answer: B 15.Answer: D 16.Answer: B 17.Answer: A 18.Answer: C 19.Answer: A 20.Answer: C

21.Answer: A 22.Answer: D 23.Answer: C 24.Answer: A 25.Answer: A 26.Answer: A 27.Answer: D 28.Answer: D 29.Answer: A 30.Answer: A 31.Answer: A 32.Answer: C 33.Answer: B 34.Answer: B 35.Answer: C 36.Answer: C 37.Answer: A 38.Answer: C 39.Answer: A 40.Answer: A 41.Answer: B 42.Answer: D

43.Answer: B 44.Answer: A 45.Answer: D 46.Answer: B 47.Answer: C 48.Answer: A 49.Answer: B 50.Answer: D 51.Answer: A 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: A 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: A 56.Answer: B 57.Answer: A 58.Answer: B 59.Answer: B 60.Answer: B 61.Answer: Genie was deprived of practically all human interaction. She was not exposed to language, so she did not develop this

essential tool for human interaction. She also lacked physical development because she was malnourished and was often tied to a piece of furniture, which severely restricted her movement. She lacked social skills and was fearful of strangers, even displaying some forms of animallike behavior.

62.Answer: In dramaturgy, a specific social setting or region provides a context for the types of props, mannerisms, and demeanor that are socially acceptable in that setting. For example, it would be odd to see students come to class in costumes on any day that is not Halloween, but it would be a fairly normal sight on Halloween.

Another example is that it would be inappropriate to wear swimsuits

to a church service, but the same swimsuits would be a normal outfit for the beach.

63.Answer: George Herbert Mead described children under three years of age as lacking a completely developed sense of self because they are unable to distinguish themselves from others. They begin to develop a sense of self by imitating or mimicking others around them, but they don’t understand the meaning of these behaviors.

64.Answer: Mead believed that the self is developed through interaction with others over several stages, starting with the preparatory stage, then the play stage, and finally the game stage in which the generalized other is developed. By interacting with others, our selfawareness

increases as we begin to see ourselves from others’ viewpoints, internalize the expectations of the generalized other, and evaluate our own behavior.

65.Answer: In his theory of the lookingglass self, Cooley argued that we depend on socialization and interaction with others to develop a concept of who we are in our surroundings. In this way, society acts as a mirror, reflecting an image of ourselves.

66.Answer: The lookingglass self is Charles Cooley’s term for how people act as mirrors to each other and how this reflection of the way we think other people perceive us creates our concept of the self. According to Cooley, the looking-glass self develops through a three-

step process: we imagine how we appear to others; we imagine how they are assessing us; and then we internalize these interpretations to experience feelings about ourselves.

67.Answer: Adults need to learn and adjust to the new norms, values, behaviors, and expectations that come with the new environment when they move from a familiar life situation to a new, unfamiliar one. This process is called resocialization.

For example, if you move from a customer service job to a marketing job, you learn to move away from assisting clients to trying to persuade clients to purchase a product.

68.Answer: Peers become more important than parents as agents of socialization as children get

older and enter adolescence.

Peers provide important social bonds but peer pressure can also result in adolescents engaging in risky behavior just to fit in. The textbook also points out how peers in adolescence play a strong role in the development of political values and prejudicial beliefs.

69.Answer: Total institutions sever people from their relations with society in order to systematically suppress their previous identities and create new, more desirable ones. For example, a prison is a total institution because it cuts inmates off from the rest of society in order to strip them of their identities as criminals and reform them into law-abiding citizens.

70.Answer: Agency means that individuals are active participants in their own lives and behave in spontaneous, intelligent, and creative ways.

Given this, they are able to make decisions and choose the course of their lives, which is essentially what free will is all about.

71.Answer: Both views contain elements of truth. For example, the textbook cites research that suggests that the hormone testosterone can affect behavior, but also that testosterone levels rise and fall in response to social cues.

There is a complex relationship between nature and nurture.

Either one alone is insufficient to explain what makes us human. Heredity determines our basic potential, but it is primarily our social environment that

determines whether we will realize or fall short of our potential or develop new potential. We are subject to social influences from the moment we are born, and these influences only increase over time. This is in part because the influence of social contact happens so gradually, and to some extent unconsciously, that we don’t always notice what or how we are learning.

72.Answer: The text cites the case of Genie, who was sequestered by her father in her family’s California home.

Genie did not learn to speak and communicated by making low croaking sounds. When the authorities finally discovered her, it was found that, in almost all ways, Genie had failed to develop as a normal child.

Her behavior could only be described as primitive and bizarre, although there was never evidence that she had a physical or mental disability.

It took years for her to acquire language and learn to interact with others. This case demonstrates that without socialization, we are almost totally devoid of the qualities that are normally associated with being human.

73.Answer: In Freud’s model, the social component of the self is the superego, which is formed as a result of parental guidance, especially through rewards and punishments.

Cooley’s model is much more thoroughly social than Freud’s, in that his concept of the lookingglass self emphasizes the constant role of social interaction

in the formation and maintenance of a sense of self.

For Mead as well, the self is created through social interaction. In particular, his ideas of the generalized other and the dual nature of the self point to the role that social interactions have in developing our senses of self.

74.Answer: What Goffman calls expressions given are typically verbal and intended; most speech falls into this category. Almost all of what we say we mean to say, at least in the moment we say it. Only in situations of extreme emotional response such as fear, pain, and ecstasy might we make an unintended utterance.

Expressions given off, like the eye roll and the nod, are typically

nonverbal but observable and may be intended or unintended.

Examples such as facial expressions, mannerisms, body language, and styles of dress are important indicators to others about the definition of a situation.

75.Answer: The Thomas theorem states that “if people define situations as real, they are real in their consequences.”

In other words, the way people define a situation becomes its reality for them.

The textbook gives the following example: Suppose you’re walking down the street and you witness a woman slapping a man in public.

What are the possible meanings of that situation? It could be a fight or spousal abuse, or it could be a joke or a friendly greeting,

depending on how hard the slap is. It could be the man has just passed out and the woman hopes to revive him. The participants could be actors shooting a scene from a film. Each of these interpretations leads to a different set of potential consequences depending on which meaning you act upon.

You might intervene, call the police, laugh, ignore it, summon paramedics, or ask for an autograph. Each definition of the situation lends itself to a different approach, and the consequences are real.

76.Answer: The lookingglass self is Cooley’s belief that we all act like mirrors to each other and reflect images of ourselves back to one another.

For Cooley, there could be

no sense of self without society because there are no individual selves without corresponding “others” to provide us with our lookingglass selfimages. Cooley theorized that we gain our selfimages in three steps: 1. We imagine how we look to others, not only physically but also in how we present ourselves. The idea that we have of ourselves is particularly important in relation to significant others such as parents, bosses, professors, friends, and partners because we care about how we look to them.

2. We imagine other people’s judgments of us.

We try to picture others’ reactions and attempt to interpret what they must be feeling. We ask ourselves, “What is their opinion of me?”

3. We

experience feelings about ourselves based on our perceptions of other people’s judgments.

We respond to the judgments that we believe others make about us without really knowing for sure what they think. We’re not always right, and we may draw unrealistic conclusions.

According to Cooley, it is these perceptions, not reality, that determine the feelings we ultimately have about ourselves.

The social looking-glass, the way we see ourselves reflected back from others and the feelings we develop as a result of what we imagine they see in us, forms our concept of self.

In applying this concept to student life, good answers will include the students’ internalization of their performance on

course assessments such as tests as well as reactions from both the instructor and other classmates to their presence inside and outside of the class environment.

77.Answer: Any good answer should start by pointing out the ways in which this is an example of Goffman’s theory of impression management.

Like an actor in a play, the literary bus rider is using all of his communicative resources (in this case, mostly nonverbal) to present a particular impression of himself to other people. Good answers might also mention that the bus is the man’s front (the setting that helps establish a particular meaning) and that the book is part of his region (the elements that help establish the

boundaries of interactional context). He is clearly using a so-called prop to help establish a context for his performance.

78.Answer: Agents of socialization are families, schools, peers, and the media that provide structured situations in which socialization takes place.

Examples should include how students’ families, peers, schooling, and exposure to mass media have shaped their life experiences— for example, how what students learned as children from their teachers and peers shaped their educational goals.

79.Answer: The textbook defines resocialization as the replacement of previously learned norms and values with new ones. This

is a process that happens to adults as the circumstances of their lives constantly change over time. Examples could include changing jobs, getting married or divorced, becoming a parent, entering college, and so on.

80.Answer: All answers should include how students’ families, peers, schooling, and exposure to mass media have shaped their life experiences and how these sources of socialization overlap—for example, the ways in which what students learned as children at school overlapped with what they learned at home.

Additionally, the concept of copresence should be mentioned, given how much technology replaces face-toface interaction

with virtual interaction.

Good responses to this question will discuss how the shift away from face-toface interaction will alter the experience and possibly the outcomes of agents of socialization.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 5 1. Sociologically, what is the difference between a group and a crowd? a. Individuals associated with a group don’t share any common attributes. b. Individuals associated with a group feel a shared identity and have ongoing social relations. c. Individuals associated with a group don’t have ongoing social relations. d. Individuals associated with a crowd remain in contact.

2. An example of an aggregate is a a. college sports team. b. line of people waiting to buy movie tickets. c. school’s parent-teacher association. d. book club.

3. All green-eyed people in the United States would be classified as a(n) a. category. b. crowd. c. aggregate. d. group.

4. José starts a job as a financial adviser at a local bank, where he becomes friends with his coworker Dante. Dante invites him to attend a weekly poker game, and this game soon becomes a meaningful part of José’s social life. This is an example of the a. distinction between primary groups and secondary groups. b. way secondary groups produce anonymous relationships. c. way primary groups can lead to membership in secondary groups. d. way secondary group ties can lead to membership in primary groups.

5. Some students at a college form an intramural softball team. They play other teams from their school and from the area every Sunday in a conveniently located park. What might a sociologist consider if they wanted to determine whether the team was a primary group or a secondary group? a. the age of the players b. the interactions of team members off the field c. the shared hobbies of the players d. the innate skill of the players

6. Vivek frequents a local coffee shop. One of the baristas there always greets him by name. She often asks Vivek how school is going and seems to care about his answer. How would we characterize Vivek’s relationship with the barista? a. She is a “consequential stranger” who bridges the gap between primary and secondary groups. b. She fits perfectly into what would be considered a primary group. c. She fits perfectly into what would be considered a secondary group. d. She is a member of the bourgeoisie.

7. Mark Granovetter has argued that the people you know best are likely to possess only information you already have. This is why he believed that, when looking for employment, it is advantageous to have a. a commitment to hard work and determination to succeed. b. casual acquaintances who are connected to different social networks. c. a prestigious education in order to gain access to lucrative occupations. d. a high degree of cultural capital.

8. The conclusion of Mark Granovetter’s findings in “The Strength of Weak Ties” was that a. people with high SES are likely to have direct ties to people with low SES. b. people tend to form heterogeneous social networks. c. weak ties are almost always long-lasting and durable. d. people tend to form homogeneous social networks.

9. Hank and Jon got divorced last year. Since then, two couples they were friends with also got divorced and a third couple recently separated. A sociologist might describe what is happening in their social network as a. rationalization. b. contagion. c. compliance. d. anomie.

10.Many sociologists have worried that the modern economy demands both geographic and occupational mobility, which, in turn, means that bureaucratic organizations have become the norm. What sort of groups might become weaker or strained if people have to move frequently throughout their lives for work? a. crowds b. secondary groups c. categories d. primary groups

11.The sociologist Joseph Conti studied the World Trade Organization as a social network. According to Conti, how is power measured within this type of social network? a. The most powerful members most often win their disputes with other members. b. The most powerful members have the most connections to other members. c. The most powerful members are involved in the fewest disputes with other members. d. The most powerful members most often change the minds of other members.

12.If someone wanted to examine how quickly a virus is spreading among college students, which of the following would be the best research method to use? a. interviews b. social network analysis c. ethnography d. surveys

13.Robert Putnam’s research can be exemplified by his description of a decline in bowling leagues. Which of the following might serve as evidence that Putnam’s concerns about anomie are overblown? a. the increasing number of hours people spend with electronic media b. the decline of movie theaters and the subsequent rise of services like Netflix c. the sharp spike in suicide rates in Eastern Europe over the past two decades d. the growth of online support groups to help people with rare diseases share information and find emotional support

14.During the Covid-19 lockdowns in the spring of 2020, Tanisha had much fewer social interactions than before, and she began to feel disconnected from society.

A sociologist would say that Tanisha was experiencing a. groupthink. b. weak ties. c. anomie. d. peer pressure.

15.A __________ would be most likely to draw attention to how our increasingly fragmented society threatens stability. a. structural functionalist b. conflict theorist c. critical theorist d. symbolic interactionist

16.Critics of Robert Putnam’s work argue that he a. fails to acknowledge the roles of primary groups. b. underestimates the functionality of hand gestures used in traffic. c. overestimates the need for exercise. d. longs for previous decades that were not actually as good as he describes them.

17.According to Robert Putnam, what does the decline in bowling leagues indicate? a. an increase in anomie and decline in collective bonds b. a shift from secondary groups to primary groups c. the increasing irrelevance of reference groups d. a decline in physical exercise and increase in inactive lifestyles due to electronic media

18.Members of a table tennis club in upstate New York seem to have come together as much for connections with others as for the love of the game. This club can be viewed as a counterpoint to the message of Robert Putnam’s Bowling Alone because it is an example of a. the way we continue to be socialized by the media in adulthood. b. a type of civic engagement that brings people together. c. the strength of weak ties. d. the importance of primary groups in our social lives.

19.Research has shown that when social media is used as an __________ to avoid the social world and the “social pain of interaction,” it can increase feelings of loneliness. a. altruistic maneuver b. alienation precursor c. anomic relief d. escape mechanism

20.People attend high school class reunions and often compare their own personal and professional successes and failures with those of their former classmates.

This means that classmates are a(n) __________ group. a. reference b. secondary c. professional d. identity

21.Compared to smaller groups, larger groups are more likely to be based on a. references. b. solidarity. c. personal ties. d. rules and regulations.

22.Which of the following is best suited to preventing groupthink? a. a leader who encourages and rewards the presentation of alternative opinions b. a strict policy preventing people at the lower ends of a hierarchy from challenging opinions of those at the top c. strict control over the flow of information into and out of an organization d. a strong leader who controls every aspect of the decision-making process

23.Some white Americans who praise Abraham Lincoln for being frugal and thrifty might describe an Asian American with the same qualities as being stingy and penny-pinching. What explains this double standard? a. Standards of behavior considered appropriate in Lincoln’s time are now looked down upon because of historical change. b. Lincoln was greedy, but he is remembered differently because American textbooks are not permitted to say negative things about presidents. c. Lincoln was a truly remarkable individual who acted in these ways for selfless reasons, which is something everyday people can’t hope to do. d. For these white Americans, Lincoln was a member of their racial in-group, whereas an Asian American would be a member of an out-group.

24.What happens if one person leaves a triad? a. The group stops existing. b. The triad becomes a dyad. c. The number of policies increase within the group. d. Groupthink is more likely to occur.

25.In order to be accepted as a new member of the street gang known as the South

Street Sinners, initiates must first allow themselves to be beaten up by the members of the gang. Only after this violent ceremony will they be allowed to join.

A sociologist would describe this as a. a rite of passage. b. internalization. c. social loafing. d. legal-rational.

26.What do sociologists call patterns of interaction between groups and individuals? a. rationalization b. group dynamics c. in-group solidarity d. anomie

27.People today are more likely to identify themselves through personal characteristics than through group membership or affiliation. Why is this cause for concern to some sociologists? a. People who identify themselves through personal characteristics are less likely to try to achieve their goals and advance themselves. b. People who identify themselves through personal characteristics are more likely to blindly follow orders and bow to peer pressure. c. People who identify themselves through personal characteristics are more likely to have large social networks and maintain connections to their communities. d. People who identify themselves through personal characteristics might care less about the common good.

28.What is the danger of too much group cohesion? a. It leads to endless discussion that tends to preclude any real action. b. It makes group members more susceptible to anomie or normlessness. c. It reduces the degree to which members are attracted to the group. d. It can lead to groupthink, in which dissenting opinions are strongly discouraged.

29.The Asch experiment yielded different results when other researchers tried to replicate it decades later, but a recent replication of Milgram’s experiment had virtually the same results. What important implications does Milgram’s research have for contemporary society? a. It demonstrates that the power of conformity can still lead to real-life instances of obedience. b. It demonstrates how people can avoid social influence that would lead to criminal actions. c. It challenges the notion that authoritative figures have any real power over personal decisions. d. It demonstrates that people who cave to social pressure have major character flaws, which helps employers avoid poor employees.

30.What is the strongest type of conformity that can occur as a result of social influence or peer pressure? a. social loafing b. identification c. internalization d. compliance

31.Henrik is addicted to smoking cigarettes and would smoke all day long at work if it were allowed. However, he knows that if he broke the rule against smoking in his office he would get in serious trouble and may even be fired, so he only smokes outside of work. A sociologist would describe this type of conformity as a. identification. b. internalization. c. proscription. d. compliance.

32.Only 25 percent of subjects in the Asch experiment were “independents” who refused to a. give the wrong answer. b. inhabit the role of “guard.” c. obey authorities asking them to shock participants.

d. inhabit the role of “prisoner.”

33.As Covid-19 pandemic policies loosened in his home state, Tom continued to wear a mask. Tom was not sure if wearing a mask helped reduce the spread of the virus. However, the majority of his friends still wore masks, and Tom wanted to be in good standing with them. Tom was engaging in a. internalization. b. compliance. c. shared values. d. identification.

34.Amber joins an animal rights group and adopts a vegan diet, which is a norm of the group that she believes is a morally correct practice. Which type of conformity is this an example of? a. groupthink b. compliance c. identification d. internalization

35.The Solomon Asch experiment, in which groups of participants were asked to compare the lengths of lines, demonstrated that a. an authoritarian leader can strongly influence group members. b. groups have great power to induce conformity. c. the larger the group is, the less each member has a sense of individual responsibility. d. peer pressure emerges when a group’s task is relatively difficult or demanding.

36.Coach Smith has just taken the job as a softball coach at a Division I university.

During her first meeting, she tells her student-athletes, “I don’t care about making you all feel good. I am here to win games!” Coach Smith is displaying a. instrumental leadership. b. expressive leadership.

c. rational leadership. d. groupthink.

37.The managers of a company realized that as they hired more employees each one tended to do less work and their entire organization became less efficient.

What would a sociologist most likely say is causing this lack of efficiency? a. rationalization b. groupthink c. anomie d. social loafing

38.What kind of power is exhibited by a police officer who pulls over a suspect after a high-speed pursuit? a. coercive b. influential c. traditional d. charismatic

39.A student at a university explains that he doesn’t want to join a fraternity because he believes they create negative in-group and out-group dynamics. What perspective best describes his views? a. symbolic interactionism b. coercive power c. structural functionalism d. conflict theory

40.Which of the following authority figures still derives legitimacy from traditional sources? a. a landlord b. a queen c. a mayor d. a police officer

41.Leaders who prioritize emotional and relational harmony within their group over specific tasks are called __________ leaders. a. expressive b. charismatic c. traditional d. instrumental

42.__________ authority is rooted in the personal qualities of a leader. a. Legal-rational b. Traditional c. Charismatic d. Instrumental

43.What does social identity theory suggest about teamwork? a. Teamwork and efficiency are at their best when tasks are repetitive and boring. b. Teamwork is most efficient when there is little or no recognition of individual effort. c. The most efficient teams are made up of members with a strong shared social identity. d. The most efficient teams are made up of primary group members.

44.In all probability, the sociology professor who is giving this test would be totally unable to grade a test given in the physics department. What aspect of bureaucracy does this illustrate? a. impersonality b. specialization c. rules and regulations d. hierarchy

45.Which theoretical perspective would suggest that group memberships are used to separate and differentially treat individuals on the basis of their categorization in a manner that reproduces inequality?

a. structural functionalism b. conflict theory c. symbolic interactionism d. feminist theory

46.Jacob’s uncle is currently his English professor. Jacob casually emails his uncle/professor asking if he can have an extension on his term paper because it is due the Monday after a large family reunion. Jacob is shocked to receive a response that is denial of his request, written in a cold, formal manner. What aspect of bureaucracy does this illustrate? a. impersonality b. specialization c. rules and regulations d. hierarchy

47.Which of the following statements about bureaucracies is true? a. They are organized in a way that breaks down hierarchies of management so that all members feel a sense of equality with one another. b. Their rules are written carefully so that everyone interacting with the bureaucracy is sure to understand them. c. People who work in bureaucracies may feel alienation as a result of being treated in terms of roles, rules, and functions rather than as individuals. d. Unlike Weber’s prediction, few organizations today are structured as bureaucracies.

48.An employee at the local department of motor vehicles puts in an eight-hour shift and then goes to a local bar-and-grill to celebrate a coworker’s birthday. What aspect of bureaucracy does this situation highlight? a. Interpersonal interactions help humanize bureaucracies. b. Bureaucracies do not exist outside of work hours. c. The individuals who make up a bureaucracy can turn off work as soon as their shift ends. d. Even people in the bureaucracy have to deal with other bureaucracies.

49.A high school decides that its band should wear uniforms. The school only buys uniforms in three sizes to be more efficient and forces each student to pick the size that comes closest to fitting. What does this exemplify? a. rationalization b. reference groups c. group dynamics d. network theory

50.Which of the following is an example of McDonaldization, as George Ritzer used the term? a. A worker says, “Sometimes I felt just like a robot. I would push a button and I would go this way. It was like I was a mechanical nut.” b. A small farmer who raises organic free-range chickens says, “Sometimes it’s really hard waking up before dawn and working to keep your flocks healthy, but in the end it’s very rewarding, both emotionally and financially.” c. An apprentice who makes guitars in a workshop says, “You would never believe the hard work and discipline that go into making a guitar, which is often custom-made for a specific client. It takes hundreds of hours of hard, careful labor with every step deliberated.” d. A guest at a bed-and-breakfast says, “It was marvelous; the innkeepers treated us like family. It was so comfortable and friendly as well as charming and romantic.”

51.Our social networks include only those with whom we identify and interact with regularly. a. True b. False

52.In social networks, contagion refers to how our direct social ties influence us. a. True b. False

53.A crowd, aggregate, and category are all different ways of referring to a group, according to sociologists.

a. True b. False

54.Studies have found that it’s the people at arm’s length, not those closest to you, who are best equipped to help you find new employment. a. True b. False

55.Durkheim’s concept of anomie can be analyzed using both micro- and macrosociology. a. True b. False

56.Rites of passage are often used to mark the transition of a person from a dyad to a triad. a. True b. False

57.We feel loyalty toward members of in-groups and hostility toward out-group members. a. True b. False

58.The Stanford Prison Experiment proved that one’s psychological makeup was more important in determining behavior compared to situational dynamics. a. True b. False

59.The need for most presidential candidates to draw large crowds at election rallies is an example of how charismatic authority can be used to gain legal-rational authority in the United States.

a. True b. False

60.George Ritzer’s concept of McDonaldization builds off of Max Weber’s concepts of bureaucracy. a. True b. False

61.Explain how primary groups and secondary groups are not always distinct and unique from one another.

62.What important role did Émile Durkheim suggest social groups perform for individuals?

63.What are some criticisms of Robert Putnam’s concern about the decline of participation in bowling leagues and what that means for U.S. society?

64.How might strong identification with and loyalty to an in-group result in discrimination against members of an out-group?

65.How does the size of a group affect how it operates and the sorts of relationships that are possible within it?

66.How are rites of passage used to mark a person’s transition from non-member to member of a group?

67.Why do people follow prescriptions and proscriptions?

68.What does the fact that recent replications of Solomon Asch’s experiment yielded

different results than the original research say about the role of social pressure in American culture?

69.Imagine you and a friend are building a doghouse together. Two more friends stop by and ask if they can help. Would having them help guarantee that you would finish the job sooner? Explain your answer.

70.Why is sociologist George Ritzer critical of what he calls the McDonaldization of society?

71.What is the Twenty Statements Test? Why was it developed? What does it analyze?

72.What is groupthink and how does it work? Provide an example to illustrate the concept.

73.What is a reference group? Describe two reference groups that have influenced your life: one that you belong to and one to which you aspire to belong. Be specific and provide examples.

74.What are the three types of conformity that can result from peer pressure?

Explain how these types could have impacted people during the Covid-19 pandemic.

75.What was the Asch experiment? What conclusions did Asch draw from it? What have researchers in recent decades found when trying to replicate Asch’s results?

76.What is social loafing? How could it affect a group of college students working on a group presentation? What would be some possible solutions for preventing this problem?

77.What are the three different types of authority identified by Max Weber? Define each type, and provide an example for each type of authority.

78.Imagine that a group of artists became fed up with living in a society dominated by bureaucratic rationalization. In response, they decided to create an organization that would exemplify the opposite. In short, they wanted to create the most un-bureaucratic organization in the world. Give this organization a name and describe five traits of the organization, explaining how each defies the nature of bureaucracies.

79.What does George Ritzer mean by “the McDonaldization of society”? Provide an example of an organization or institution that has been impacted by McDonaldization.

80.Identify and describe the specific organizational characteristics that Max Weber associated with bureaucracies.

Answer Key Chapter 5 1. Answer: B 2. Answer: B 3. Answer: A 4. Answer: D 5. Answer: B 6. Answer: A 7. Answer: B 8. Answer: D 9. Answer: B 10.Answer: D 11.Answer: B 12.Answer: B 13.Answer: D 14.Answer: C 15.Answer: A 16.Answer: D 17.Answer: A 18.Answer: B 19.Answer: D 20.Answer: A

21.Answer: D 22.Answer: A 23.Answer: D 24.Answer: B 25.Answer: A 26.Answer: B 27.Answer: D 28.Answer: D 29.Answer: A 30.Answer: C 31.Answer: D 32.Answer: A 33.Answer: D 34.Answer: D 35.Answer: B 36.Answer: A 37.Answer: D 38.Answer: A 39.Answer: D 40.Answer: B 41.Answer: A 42.Answer: C

43.Answer: C 44.Answer: B 45.Answer: B 46.Answer: A 47.Answer: C 48.Answer: A 49.Answer: A 50.Answer: A 51.Answer: B 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: B 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: A 56.Answer: B 57.Answer: A 58.Answer: B 59.Answer: A 60.Answer: A 61.Answer: Answers should include an explanation of how personal relationships that are found within primary groups can be a direct outgrowth of secondary

groups, such as making friends with coworkers.

An explanation of “consequential strangers” who may become a familiar and essential part of our everyday lives would also be acceptable.

62.Answer: Durkheim believed that social groups provide norms that guide our everyday lives, keep us connected, and place necessary limits on our individual actions.

Without these norms, we would experience a state of anomie or normlessness.

Ultimately, he argued, these groups serve as an anchor to the social world and help keep us alive.

63.Answer: Putnam’s concerns hinge on Americans’ decreased participation in the type of civic engagement that connects community members and keeps anomie at bay. However, his

critics argue that our social connections haven’t necessarily disintegrated; rather, the resources that we use to form them have changed.

For example, new technological developments enable individuals to form collective bonds through virtual communities. In other words, Putnam’s critics would argue that even though the way we achieve social bonds has changed, the bonds are not going away.

Additionally, some critics believe that he longs for previous times that were not as good as many people often portray.

64.Answer: Social cohesion and loyalty can intensify when differences between groups are strongly defined between the “us” of the ingroup and the “them” of the outgroup. Such definitions may give in-group members a

feeling of superiority that can result in discrimination, such as the denial of opportunities and privileges to members of the out-group. This insight draws from the work of Robert Merton.

65.Answer: The smaller the group is, the more likely it is to be based on intimate, personal ties. The larger the group is, the more impersonal it becomes and the more likely it is to be based on rules and regulations.

66.Answer: Rites of passage often involve degradation ceremonies in which a person is ritualistically stripped of their prior identity in order to prepare them for entry into a new group.

These ceremonies are usually extreme and sometimes violent. In other cases, these ceremonies strip people of their unique identities so they resemble all others in the

group.

67.Answer: We follow prescriptions, doing the things we’re supposed to do, to gain acceptance and approval (positive sanctions). We follow proscriptions, avoiding the things we’re not supposed to do, to avoid rejection and disapproval (negative sanctions).

68.Answer: Patterns of behavior can change over time.

As a result, different generations may respond differently to social pressures.

At the time of the original Asch experiment in the 1950s, American culture placed greater value on conformity.

Today, our culture places greater emphasis on the value of individualism.

69.Answer: Not necessarily.

According to social psychologist Ivan Steiner, actual group productivity can never reach

potential group productivity because there will be losses in the team process.

The time and energy that are needed to organize and coordinate efforts between more people would decrease efficiency.

Furthermore, as more people become involved, the harder it is to discern individual effort. If it is impossible for any single person to receive credit or blame, motivation usually suffers.

70.Answer: Ritzer is concerned that the hyperrationalized features of bureaucracies are spilling into other areas of everyday life. He is also critical of the dehumanizing features of McDonaldization, and he fears that it is leading to what Max Weber called the “iron cage” of bureaucracy.

71.Answer: The Twenty Statements Test (TST) was

developed by the social psychologist Manfred Kuhn in the 1950s as a way of determining the degree to which we base our selfconcepts on our membership in different groups.

In the 1950s and ’60s, people who took the test were more likely to give B-mode responses. This means they were more likely to identify themselves as having important group or institutional roles and affiliations. In the 1970s and ’80s, researchers used the TST to study the changing selfimages of Americans. The studies found that people who took the test were more likely to give C-mode responses. This means they were more likely to identify themselves as individual actors rather than as members of social institutions and structures.

72.Answer: Groupthink is a group dynamic that affects decision making.

It is most likely to occur when highly cohesive groups demand absolute conformity and punish members who violate group norms or threaten to undermine consensus.

Although groupthink helps maintain group solidarity, it can also short-circuit the decisionmaking process and let a desire for unanimity prevail over critical reasoning.

Under the influence of groupthink, a group may begin to feel invulnerable and morally superior.

Members who would otherwise wish to dissent may instead censor themselves and cave in to peer pressure. The textbook cites the Challenger disaster, the U.S. invasion of Iraq, and the Penn State child sexual abuse scandal as examples of groupthink.

73.Answer: A reference group is a group that provides a standard of comparison by which we evaluate ourselves. A reference group can set or enforce norms for a person and it can also provide a standard of comparison against which they evaluate themselves.

Examples will vary, but a common reference group is the family. We often try to “live up to” the standards of our parents, siblings, and extended family members.

We may adopt a negative selfimage if we do not see ourselves as having the qualities of a “true” family member. In terms of aspirational reference groups, celebrities, sports stars, and professional groups are common examples.

74.Answer: Social psychologists argue that social influence (peer

pressure) results in three kinds of conformity: compliance, identification, and internalization.

Compliance, the mildest kind of conformity, occurs when you go along with something in a particular instance because you expect to gain rewards or avoid punishments. For example, someone might have worn a mask during the Covid19 pandemic to avoid being punished.

Identification, a somewhat stronger kind of conformity, results from a desire to establish or maintain a relationship with a person or a group. For example, someone might have gotten a Covid-19 vaccination not because they believed it was actually the healthiest option, but because they wanted to identify with their friends who did.

Internalization, the strongest kind of conformity,

occurs when you adopt the beliefs or actions of a leader or a group and make them you own. For example, someone might have continued to wear a mask after policies had loosened because they truly believed it was a health and safety measure.

75.Answer: In the 1950s, Solomon Asch gathered groups of seven or eight college students to participate in what he called an experiment on visual acuity under varying conditions. In fact, only one of the students in each group was a real research subject.

The others knew ahead of time how they were supposed to act.

During the experiment, the participants in the group were asked to look at sets of three straight lines and to match the length of a fourth line to one of the other three.

In each case, the real research subject was the last to give an

answer. At first, all the participants gave the same correct answers each time the task was repeated.

After a few rounds, however, the confederates began to give the same consistently wrong answers.

They were completely unanimous in perceiving the line lengths incorrectly.

Despite the fact that the answers were obviously wrong, most of the subjects felt considerable peer pressure to comply with the rest of the group.

The best answers to this question will approximate some of the statistics given in the textbook.

One-third (33 percent) of the subjects went along with the group response at least half the time; in all, 73 percent of the subjects complied at least once and only 25 percent of the subjects never yielded to the majority opinion.

In a debriefing after the experiment, some

of the subjects reported that they assumed that the rest of the participants were right and they were wrong.

Other subjects knew they were right but did not want to appear different from the rest of the group.

Almost all of the subjects were greatly distressed by the discrepancy between their perceptions and those of the other participants.

From this experiment, Asch and other sociologists have concluded that peer pressure is extremely powerful. Clearly, it can be difficult to resist peer pressure and to maintain independence in a group situation.

Today, Asch’s experiment is seen as reflecting the cultural values of the 1950s.

Researchers in recent decades who attempted to replicate Asch’s results found much lower rates of compliance.

This suggests that there has been a

shift in the cultural and historical context of how we think about the value of conformity.

76.Answer: Social loafing means that as more people are added to a project, the perception of individual effort and contribution lessens. This discourages people from contributing at the same rate than they would if they were working on the project alone.

In college projects that involve group effort, some students will do less of the work and rely on their peers to complete what is necessary for the project. As a result, the students who are doing most of the work may feel resentful about the lack of contributions from their classmates.

Solutions to the problem of social loafing include recognizing individual effort, finding ways to make a group task more interesting or personally

rewarding, and developing a group identity. It is not always possible to make a task more meaningful, but social identity theory suggests that creating a sense of shared group identity can almost always enhance group performance.

Having a social identity, as opposed to a personal identity, involves thinking and feeling like a representative of a group or team and wanting to belong to the group, rather than simply keep company with it.

According to this model, the most efficient teams, or those that have the best teamwork, are characterized by the greatest social identity among their members, because this identity increases motivation and places the needs of the group above purely personal concerns.

77.Answer: Max Weber argued that authority can be

traditional, legalrational, or charismatic.

Traditional authority is based on custom, birthright, or divine right and is usually associated with monarchies.

Kings and queens have power because they have inherited the throne both through lineage and by divine appointment.

Monarchs’ personal qualities don’t matter and they cannot be removed or replaced by legal proceedings.

Legal-rational authority is based on laws, rules, and procedures, not on a leader’s heredity rights.

Modern presidencies and parliaments are based on legalrational authority.

Charismatic authority is based on a leader’s remarkable personal qualities.

Rules and traditions are unnecessary for the establishment of a charismatic leader. Indeed, this kind of leader can be a

revolutionary, breaking rules and defying traditions.

78.Answer: Answers will vary but should be based on Max Weber’s six characteristics of bureaucracies.

For example, the organization could be called the Alliance for Unpredictability and Incompetence. Its traits would be as follows: (1) no member could take on any role in the organization for which they are qualified; (2) everyone does the exact same thing; (3) everyone has the same status in the organization; (4) there is no predictability, meaning no rules except one; (5) emails, memos, notes, and documents of any sort are forbidden; (6) individuals can treat each other however they wish and use their personal relationships to their own advantage. These traits would violate the

following characteristics of bureaucracies: specialization, technical competence, hierarchy, rules and regulations, impersonality, and formal written communication.

79.Answer: Ritzer coined this phrase to describe how the rationalized features of bureaucracies are trickling into our everyday lives.

He argues that the impersonal, rule-based organizational principles that are particular to bureaucracies have permeated more of our social world. People participate in hyper-efficient, predictable, calculated, and automated interactions all day long. Ritzer is critical of the dehumanizing aspects of McDonaldization, and he hopes that increased awareness of this process will help us avoid becoming trapped in what Max Weber called the “iron cage” of

bureaucracy.

Examples will vary. A common one might be higher education, with large class sizes, teaching assistants being assigned to groups of students based on alphabetic boundaries of students’ last names, and multiple-choice exams being given.

80.Answer: 1. Specialization: all members of a bureaucracy have extremely specialized roles and tasks. 2.

Technical competence: all members of a bureaucracy are specially trained for their specific roles.

3. Hierarchy: bureaucracies always feature high-ranking managers who supervise lowerranking subordinates.

4. Rules and regulations: all bureaucracies have a system of rules and regulations that are designed to make all operations as predictable as

possible.

5. Impersonality: in a bureaucracy, rules come before people; no individual receives special or personalized treatment.

6. Formal written communication: in bureaucracies, documents such as memos (or email messages) are the heart of the organization and the most effective way to communicate.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 6 1. Which of the following would sociologists consider the best definition of deviance? a. actions that are harmful to society b. violations of social norms c. criminal activities d. immoral or unethical behaviors

2. Using the wrong fork to eat a salad at a dinner party might cause some embarrassment, but in most U.S. households, it wouldn’t usually qualify as deviance. Why is this? a. In many places across the world, eating with your hands is commonplace. b. Most dinners are eaten with friends who do not apply sanctions for deviant behavior. c. There are no norms governing food and eating. d. It is not a serious enough norm violation to provoke sanctions.

3. Most of the sociological literature on deviance traditionally focused on a. crime. b. mental illness. c. the extremely wealthy. d. the emotional appeal of deviant acts.

4. A behavior, trait, or belief is considered __________ if it departs from a norm and results in a negative reaction. a. demographic b. deviant c. criminal d. stigmatizing

5. Corporal punishments like branding or amputation, commonly used in colonial America, were designed to a. encourage deviance but not crime. b. mark the offender. c. make the offender impossible to marry. d. promote differential association theory.

6. Imagine that a powerful and influential tech company CEO living in San Francisco decides to tattoo most of her face with symbols. Would she be seen as deviant? a. No; powerful people are often allowed to do things that others find strange. b. No; there are several cultures in which face tattoos are common. c. Yes; face tattooing is always a deviant act. d. Yes, but only because she lives in the United States, where face tattoos are not the norm.

7. __________ proposed social control theory, which suggests that individuals with stronger bonds are less likely to commit crime. a. Robert Merton b. Travis Hirschi c. Richard Quinney d. Edwin Sutherland

8. Punishing crime by incarcerating individuals in prisons became common in the __________ century. a. eighteenth b. twentieth c. nineteenth d. twenty-first

9. Tye was conducting a research project on the evolution of punishment over time.

He discovered that while incarceration is the primary form of punishment in America today, colonial Americans mainly relied on corporal punishment. This shift in punishment methods is an example of how

a. sociologists make social judgments when referring to deviance. b. America has a long-standing crime problem. c. various cultures have different definitions of deviance that also change over time. d. Americans have focused on easy and convenient ways to punish criminals.

10.Some subcultures have adopted branding as a form of body art, though it is no longer used as a form of punishment in the United States. This demonstrates that a. what is considered deviant changes over time. b. many people find punishment desirable. c. some acts are simply inherently deviant. d. deviant acts of the past eventually become mainstream acts of the future.

11.The Amish have neither the resources nor the desire to use prison as a sanction against members of their community who violate the rules. What sanction do they use instead? a. Offenders are flogged or put in stocks to be publicly humiliated for a short period. b. Monetary fines are used for most norm violations. c. They use meidung, or shunning, which is a process whereby community members will not associate with a rule breaker for a set period of time. d. The offender is mandated to provide physical labor for the community.

12.Some people think that body and face tattoos are aesthetically pleasing and attractive; such tattoos are central to cultures such as the Maori of New Zealand.

However, others see them as obscene and revolting. This difference in views illustrates the sociological insight that a. the line between beauty and deviance is fluid and changes across time and place. b. there are some types of body modification that are never tolerated anywhere. c. the rest of the world keeps backward practices and superstitions. d. people who get tattoos are deviant.

13.A researcher examines the effects of learning communities on a college campus.

In these communities, students live in a small dorm together, have one faculty adviser, attend a first-year seminar together, and participate in social activities together. After completing her study, the researcher finds that compared to students living in regular dorms or off-campus, students in these communities are less likely to engage in either academic cheating or underage drinking and have fewer disciplinary actions on their records. Which sociological perspective best explains this finding? a. conflict theory b. social control theory c. structural strain theory d. structural functionalism

14.When Avi went off to college, his grandfather told him to choose his friends wisely in order to stay out of trouble. Which symbolic interactionist theory of deviance does this explanation most closely resemble? a. differential association b. labeling theory c. self-fulfilling prophecy d. structural strain theory

15.There are usually serious consequences when a politician is caught cheating on his spouse. In some cases, the politician is forced to resign from office when his constituents express their unhappiness with such behavior. According to Émile Durkheim, what function does this reaction serve? a. It helps to deter politicians from cheating in the future. b. It helps to clarify moral boundaries and reinforce the idea that marital infidelity is wrong. c. The public outcry helps rehabilitate the offender so he won’t cheat in the future. d. It helps protect the family members of the politician from scrutiny and media coverage.

16.A deviant label transitions from primary to secondary deviance when the deviant label is

a. applied by a large number of people. b. applied by someone very powerful. c. internalized. d. applied later in life.

17.Van got in a fight with another kid on the first day of school. From that day on, he had the reputation of being a troublemaker. He got into more and more trouble over the school year as he began to think of himself as a troublemaker and acted accordingly. For Van, the first fight he got into is an example of a. a stigma. b. primary deviance. c. a self-fulfilling prophecy. d. tertiary deviation.

18.Maria is the school chess champion and has been invited to compete at a regional tournament. An opponent there tells Maria that men are naturally better at chess than women. Upon hearing this, Maria becomes upset and worried about her performance and subsequently loses her first match. What has Maria just experienced? a. stereotype promise b. stereotype threat c. tertiary deviance d. differential association

19.According to labeling theory, none of the pseudo-patients in David Rosenhan’s “On Being Sane in Insane Places” were discovered because a. they all were mentally ill, at least to some extent. b. they were too “clean-cut” to be considered mentally ill. c. they were well coached in the symptoms real patients would experience. d. it is difficult for anyone to see past the label once a person has been labeled “mentally ill.”

20.What is one of the principal reasons why people turn to deviant behavior in the United States, according to the structural strain theory of deviance as articulated

by Robert Merton? a. There are a lot of people with inborn antisocial tendencies. b. American society is very lax in enforcing laws. c. The media sensationalizes deviant behavior, which is why it becomes increasingly attractive to young people. d. The goal of success is shared by a majority of people, but not everyone has equal means for achieving that goal.

21.__________ argues that punishments for rules violators are unequally distributed, with those near the top of society subject to more lenient rules and sanctions than those at the bottom. a. Labeling theory b. Conflict theory c. Functionalist theory d. Symbolic interactionism

22.Which of the following describes how deviance can be explained from the functionalist perspective? a. Deviance breaks down social cohesion and leads to revolution. b. Deviance makes it easier for the upper class to control the poor. c. Deviance helps the upper class maintain its power and influence in society. d. Deviance clarifies moral boundaries and affirms norms.

23.In his book Streetwise, Elijah Anderson argues that young African American men are more likely to be arrested. Which of the following theories best explains Anderson’s reasoning? a. stereotype threat b. stereotype promise c. structural strain theory d. self-fulfilling prophecy

24.How do self-fulfilling prophecies work? a. Our actions are influenced by the meaning we assign to a situation, not just

its objective features. This meaning determines the outcome of our behavior. b. We learn to be deviant through our interactions with others who break the rules. c. We tend to respond to the physical and social marks that discredit our identities and leave us vulnerable to negative social judgments. d. Our social locations are a crucial factor in determining how others see us; therefore, social status is the most important determinant of deviance.

25.Robert Merton developed structural strain theory to explain why deviance occurs.

What is the cause of the strain suggested by the name of the theory? a. strain between deviant and nondeviant citizens b. strain between social norms that are codified in laws and those that are not c. strain between different value systems within a society d. strain between socially approved goals and the means of achieving them

26.Regarding stigma, symbolic interactionists are interested in a. how people manage their stigmatized identities on an everyday basis. b. which stigmas are fair and which are unjustly applied. c. how stigma always leads to positive life outcomes. d. how stigma leads to increased self-esteem.

27.Jewish Americans, African Americans, and Hispanic Americans were not permitted to purchase houses in the suburb of Lakewood, California, when it was first built in 1950. However, the developers reversed this policy within a few years and started selling homes to families regardless of religious faith or ethnicity.

What does this tell us about stigma? a. Stigma leaves permanent marks on those it affects. b. Stigma is only a problem in areas where money is involved. c. Stigmatized identities can be overcome through passing. d. Stigmatized identities change over time.

28.Which of the following situations is an example of deviance avowal?

a. A man decides to quit smoking but asks his friends and family to identify him as a smoker, not an ex-smoker, because he believes the addiction is lifelong. b. A person whose drinking is getting in the way of their daily activities insists they are not an alcoholic. c. A young drug addict successfully hides her habit at work, and all her colleagues believe she is drug-free. d. A person owns a large collection of Harley-Davidson motorcycles but doesn’t allow their family and friends to refer to them as a “biker.”

29.An example of in-group orientation is when a a. light-skinned African American woman claims to be white in order to avoid discrimination and violence. b. man renounces society and moves to a cabin in the woods. c. man wears a T-shirt identifying him as a member of a popular fraternity. d. Black trans woman writes on her social media, “I am Black, trans, and proud!”

30.There are multiple types of stigma. The type associated with drug addicts and alcoholics is __________ stigma. a. moral b. symbolic c. religious d. tribal

31.According to Erving Goffman, when one is labeled a deviant and experiences stigma, what does that individual acquire? a. outsider status b. deviance avowal c. differential association d. spoiled identity

32.Samira’s right arm was amputated when she was a child due to complications from cancer. Even though she is more comfortable without it, she will often wear

her prosthetic arm when she is in public in order to avoid people staring at her or asking questions about her amputation. This is an example of a. passing. b. in-group orientation. c. deviance avowal. d. symbolic interactionism.

33.When a person uses electronic or social media to tease, harass, threaten, or humiliate someone, it is referred to as a. deviance. b. criminology. c. white collar crime. d. cyberbullying.

34.Sociologists studying deviance often focus on the most obvious and extreme forms of deviant behavior. What are the consequences of this approach? a. Only those deviant individuals who embrace their deviant labels will be studied. b. Only the deviant behaviors of the rich and powerful will be studied. c. The values and norms of the powerful are left unexamined, while the deviance of the poor is scrutinized. d. Few, if any, of the most serious problems in a given society can be identified.

35.Most sociological studies of deviance focus on elements of an individual’s background that would make them more likely to act in deviant ways. What is the key problem with such an approach? a. It cannot explain why some people with very similar backgrounds act differently. b. It requires a great deal of statistical analysis. c. It focuses too much on the emotional appeal of certain types of crime. d. It requires psychiatric evaluations.

36.According to Jack Katz, there are several reasons why adolescents might shoplift.

One reason is the material appeal of the objects that are taken, but, more importantly, the shoplifters a. can gain entrance to gangs if they are successful. b. often have a vendetta against a particular store or small business owner. c. get more satisfaction from their crimes than from the things they steal. d. usually need to make money by selling the objects they steal.

37.According to Jack Katz, what do muggers gain from their crimes, aside from material objects? a. He argues that they are often trying to return to prison, where they feel more secure. b. He argues that they seek power and control over their victims. c. He argues that they mug for a sense of satisfaction and excitement. d. He argues that they mug for a steady living that allows them to move up in social status.

38.The Uniform Crime Report (UCR) is the official measure of crime in the United States. However, the UCR has been shown to be a flawed system. One shortcoming of the UCR is that a. those who commit crimes fall victim to a self-fulfilling prophecy. b. crimes committed by women are rarely tracked in the UCR. c. the FBI rarely audits the UCR for accuracy. d. the FBI does not allow local police agencies access to UCR data.

39.Construction crews are constantly annoyed at the way people, mostly teenage boys, steal the orange cones and flashing pylons that mark construction zones.

Why does this sort of deviance happen, according to Jack Katz? a. The thieves find these items aesthetically appealing, but they do not know where to buy them. b. The thieves are afflicted with a psychological disorder such as kleptomania, which compels them to steal. c. The thieves are usually planning on reselling the materials on the black market.

d. This sort of deviance produces a thrill and excitement.

40.Which of the following statements best reflects a conflict theory perspective of understanding deviance? a. Spending time with people who commit crime teaches us how to also commit crimes. b. The stronger a person’s social bonds are, the less likely they are to commit crime. c. The behaviors of less powerful groups and individuals are more likely to be criminalized than the behaviors of more powerful groups and individuals. d. Innovators might seek financial success via unconventional means, such as embezzlement.

41.What does the sociologist Jack Katz think sociologists should study when trying to understand deviance instead of solely examining background factors? a. the deviant’s own experience of committing a deviant act b. the correlation between deviance and poverty c. the way deviance tends to be handed down through generations d. the role poverty plays in encouraging deviance

42.Chen sometimes takes printer paper, ink, and other stationery supplies from the store where they work. However, when they heard that someone had been stealing cash from the safe, they were appalled. Chen may not steal money, but what they do is somewhat similar, and it is called a. stigmatizing. b. pilfering. c. passing. d. cybercrime.

43.Antoine received an email saying that he had won a million dollars. He followed the instructions and entered his banking information, eagerly awaiting the deposit of his winnings. Instead, he woke up the next morning to a completely drained bank account and realized he’d been tricked. Antoine is a victim of a. property crime.

b. violent crime. c. cyberbullying. d. cybercrime.

44.Which factor makes sociologists question the relationship between youth and crime? a. Official crime statistics show that middle-aged people commit a large percentage of crimes. b. Young people may commit crimes that are more visible and, therefore, are arrested more often. c. Young people commit more property crimes, but older people commit more violent crimes. d. Young people are stronger and more fit, so they can find jobs instead of resorting to criminal activity for income.

45.What do we call norm violations that are codified into law? a. crimes b. taboos c. violent crimes d. mores

46.Andrew was convicted of attacking an Uber driver. The judge sentenced him to three years in prison with the justification that Andrew is a threat to others and the public needs to be protected from him. This is an example of which type of justification for punishment? a. retribution b. rehabilitation c. deterrence d. incapacitation

47.Martha Stewart was convicted of obstruction of justice after lying to the FBI during an investigation of her sale of a stock that dramatically fell in value immediately after she sold it. Her conviction was unusual, as this sort of white collar crime is much more likely to be dealt with in civil, rather than criminal, court. How does the

tendency to deal with white collar criminals in civil court bias our understanding of the demographics of crime? a. It causes us to underestimate the number of property crimes committed each year. b. It encourages us to equate cash register honesty with real honesty. c. It leads us to overestimate the relationship between poverty and crime. d. It creates a false relationship between gender and crime.

48.What is the justification for harsh sentencing guidelines like California’s controversial “three strikes” law? a. deterrence of future crimes b. rehabilitation of criminals c. retribution for crimes d. reform of individual criminals

49.Martin Luther King Jr. went to jail many times for acts of civil disobedience such as ignoring court orders prohibiting marches and boycotts. Some people, even those who agreed with him, criticized him for disobeying the law. However, most people today view these actions as a form of a. positive deviance. b. deterrence. c. deviance avowal. d. in-group orientation.

50.The vast majority of crimes come to the attention of the police through citizen complaints. Citizens do not usually bother to inform the authorities if they do not think a crime is serious enough or feel that nothing can be done. This means that there might be serious bias in the a. symbolic interactionist theory of deviance. b. way conflict theorists understand deviance. c. value of punishment for deterrence. d. Uniform Crime Report.

51.Prison has been the most common means of punishment for criminals and deviants throughout history. a. True b. False

52.Sociologists are making both a social and a moral judgment when they use the term “deviant.” a. True b. False

53.All deviant behavior is a violation of laws and legal codes. a. True b. False

54.Deviance can be considered relative because whether a behavior is considered deviant depends upon the historical, cultural, and situational context in which it occurs. a. True b. False

55.A behavior, trait, or belief can be considered deviant only if it is in violation of a law. a. True b. False

56.Stereotype promise leads to positive performance outcomes, whereas stereotype threat is a result of the fear of performing poorly. a. True b. False

57.Differential association theory is associated with structural functionalism.

a. True b. False

58.Secondary deviance occurs when an individual acquires a deviant identity. a. True b. False

59.Erving Goffman’s concept of passing should only be applied to race. a. True b. False

60.Criminology consists of the study of crime, criminals, and criminal justice. a. True b. False

61.In what ways is deviance a social judgment rather than a moral judgment?

62.The United States has more inmates than any other country in the world today, even though prisons were not introduced as a method of punishment until the nineteenth century. What reasons could lead a country to explore alternative forms of punishment, even if they are interested in investing in prisons?

63.How do peer groups serve as so-called bad influences during the process of social learning? Which theory of deviance attempts to explain this phenomenon?

64.Why do functional theorists suggest that deviance helps to clarify moral boundaries and affirm social norms?

65.According to Howard Becker, there are no inherently deviant acts, only societal reactions to acts that make them deviant. Describe an instance in which one

person could be seen as a hero and another person could be labeled a criminal even though they are engaging in the same behavior.

66.According to labeling theory, the labels people are given affect their own and others’ perceptions of them. How does this process lead to more deviant behaviors? Provide an example to explain your answer.

67.In what ways might a man experience stereotype promise in the nursing field?

68.Some light-skinned African Americans have attempted to pass as white due to stigmatization. Describe the process of passing. What was the historical motivation for African Americans to pass as white?

69.Why are young people more likely to be arrested?

70.What makes a crime a hate crime? Why are hate crime statistics so unreliable?

71.In his structural strain theory, Robert Merton argues that people who do not have the financial or cultural means to achieve the goals that society sets out for them, such as financial success, are more likely to engage in deviant behavior. Explain the four different ways in which these people deal with their limited resources and express their deviant behavior, according to Merton.

72.Robert Merton advanced the idea that labeling can bring about self-fulfilling prophecies or inaccurate beliefs that, if repeated loudly and frequently enough, can become true. Compare the ideas of Merton and those of sociologist Elijah Anderson, who believed that a self-fulfilling prophecy has contributed to racial conflict in the United States.

73.Conflict theorists believe that society’s definition of deviance is designed in such a way that people with the most power will be seen as most “normal” and even

idealized by the rest of society. Those with the least power will more often be considered deviant and subject to the negative sanctions that come with a deviant identity. Give two examples of how laws can target people with less power and label their behaviors or lifestyles as deviant.

74.Structural functionalists like Émile Durkheim believe that every aspect of a social structure does something to help maintain the stability of society. According to Durkheim, what are some of the so-called functions of deviance within a society?

75.Individuals or groups labeled as deviant are often stigmatized. They acquire what Erving Goffman called a “spoiled identity,” which devalues them and often excludes them from normal social interaction. Illustrate the different ways that stigmatized individuals and groups cope with their stigmatization.

76.Howard Becker’s labeling theory argues that no act is deviant until a society labels it as deviant. Explain why Becker and other sociologists, such as David Rosenhan, author of “On Being Sane in Insane Places,” believe that labeling can have long-lasting effects on the individual who is labeled a deviant.

77.What is positive deviance? How does its existence support the functionalist perspective?

78.There are many competing and often incompatible ideas about how to best deal with criminal behavior. Deterrence, retribution, incapacitation, and rehabilitation are all believed by some to have merit. Discuss the ways in which these different methods for dealing with deviance reflect the different ways society views criminals and provide one example of each.

79.Crime statistics can sometimes be misleading. Explain some potential problems with crime statistics that draw conclusions about the criminal behavior of certain class, age, or ethnic groups.

80.Explain the concept of cash register honesty. Provide two examples to support your answer.

Answer Key Chapter 6 1. Answer: B 2. Answer: D 3. Answer: A 4. Answer: B 5. Answer: B 6. Answer: D 7. Answer: B 8. Answer: C 9. Answer: C 10.Answer: A 11.Answer: C 12.Answer: A 13.Answer: B 14.Answer: A 15.Answer: B 16.Answer: C 17.Answer: B 18.Answer: B 19.Answer: D 20.Answer: D

21.Answer: B 22.Answer: D 23.Answer: D 24.Answer: A 25.Answer: D 26.Answer: A 27.Answer: D 28.Answer: A 29.Answer: D 30.Answer: A 31.Answer: D 32.Answer: A 33.Answer: D 34.Answer: C 35.Answer: A 36.Answer: C 37.Answer: C 38.Answer: C 39.Answer: D 40.Answer: C 41.Answer: A 42.Answer: B

43.Answer: D 44.Answer: B 45.Answer: A 46.Answer: D 47.Answer: C 48.Answer: A 49.Answer: A 50.Answer: D 51.Answer: B 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: B 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: B 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: B 58.Answer: A 59.Answer: B 60.Answer: A 61.Answer: Norms are relative to particular cultures. What is deviant in our culture may be completely accepted, even expected, in other cultures.

No behavior is seen as inherently wrong, as groups vary in values and norms as well as the manner in which they employ social control.

62.Answer: Maintaining a prison requires many resources, and reducing incarceration could allow a country to save on both monetary and energy-based costs. Some of the costs of maintaining a prison include the construction and maintenance of buildings, the salaries of guards and staff, and the feeding and clothing of prisoners.

Countries that value equity among their citizens may also be persuaded by the argument that incarceration is not a an inherently fair system of punishment for all people. Such arguments

would need to be backed by sociological data that show how social class, race, and other demographics are linked to increased rates of incarceration in prison.

63.Answer: Differential association theory describes how simple peer pressure can lead to deviant behavior.

People may learn to be deviant through their interactions with others; for example, if a teenager is exposed to petty theft, they may shoplift with their friends.

64.Answer: Deviance reminds us of what we consider socalled correct behavior, especially when we are confronted with so-called incorrect behavior. This is also important given that different people have different perspectives on what is and is

not deviant.

65.Answer: Answers may vary. One possible answer is a soldier who comes back from war. They are labeled a hero, not a murderer. We are aware that killing is part of a soldier’s job, but we do not label it in a similar manner to murder in our communities. A person is labeled a murderer and viewed as violent and untrustworthy when they kill their spouse.

66.Answer: Answers may vary, but should include an explanation of primary and secondary deviance. One possible answer starts with primary deviance, which is the behavior that gets someone labeled in our society. You may have a person, under twenty-one, who receives a deviant label

from one social event in which they become intoxicated. The person acquires a deviant identity, also known as secondary deviance, if they continue drinking in excess before reaching the legal drinking age.

67.Answer: Answers may vary, but could include that men are expected to perform certain nursing duties more easily than women. For example, there is an assumption that men can lift more weight than women.

Due to this assumption, doctors will focus on enriching a male nurse’s skills as opposed to those of a female nurse.

This eventually leads to most male nurses performing better in the field due to the extra attention and skill development.

68.Answer: African Americans were often stigmatized for their ascribed racial status.

People who could pass socially as white might choose to do so in order to be afforded the privileges that white people enjoyed or to avoid discrimination and violence.

69.Answer: Younger people, specifically those in their late teens, are seen as more suspicious by both law enforcement and the community.

They tend to engage in crimes that are more visible, such as vandalism and theft. Statistics seem to confirm that they are more likely than members of other age groups to commit crimes.

Sociologists are aware that older individuals also deviate, but they use methods that are more elusive, such as

fraud and embezzlement.

70.Answer: Hate crimes involve offenses that perpetrators carry out against a victim because of a specific characteristic of the victim. The characteristic could be based on race, national origin, religion, gender, sexual orientation, or disability. The FBI collects national hate crime statistics, but not all local jurisdictions participate in the data collection.

Consequently, hate crimes are likely underreported.

71.Answer: Merton’s structural strain theory argues that the rewards of conformity, such as professional and financial success, are only available to people who pursue approved goals through approved means. Those who cannot or do not follow the approved path

are considered deviant and are placed into four groups.

Innovators pursue an approved goal, such as financial success, through deviant means such as dealing drugs.

Ritualists use an approved means, but do so without hope of achieving any real success, such as showing up at a respectable but dead-end job every day.

Retreatists, such as hermits and dropouts, reject approved goals and means and live outside of conventional society. Rebels also reject society’s goals and means but advocate their own radical alternatives, creating their own, altogether different means and goals.

72.Answer: Deviant labels are powerful and can override other aspects of individual identity. Labels can affect how we see

ourselves, how others see us, and even how social and institutional policies are formed. A good answer should mention Anderson’s Streetwise, which demonstrated how the belief that young Black men from the inner city commit more crimes made itself true. This self-fulfilling prophecy worked, according to Anderson, because it cast a cloud of suspicion over young, Black city dwellers so that police became more likely to arrest them and citizens became more likely to report them for committing crimes.

73.Answer: Conflict theorists argue that rules are unequally applied and that punishments for those who violate the rules are unequally distributed. They argue that

crimes of the poor and powerless are given more attention and are more severely punished.

Examples may include laws that make it illegal for unhoused people to lie down or sleep in public places.

74.Answer: Durkheim argues that deviance helps societies clarify their moral boundaries, which suggests that without socalled wrong behavior, we would not know the difference between right and wrong. Any answer should mention this idea, as well as Durkheim’s notion that deviance can help promote societal cohesion, which is the idea that a community unites in the face of crime.

75.Answer: Symbolic interactionists break down coping strategies of

stigmatized individuals and groups into four categories: passing, ingroup orientation, outsiders, and deviance avowal. A good answer should mention all four.

Passing means attempting to conceal a stigmatized deviation.

Believers in ingroup orientation reject the standards that mark them as deviant and propose new standards.

Outsiders do not try to conceal their stigma or change standards.

Instead, they choose to be called deviant, as is the case for many subcultures that live outside of mainstream society. Those who practice deviance avowal identify themselves as deviant and create their own labels.

76.Answer: A deviant label can have longlasting effects

on how society sees an individual and how that individual sees himself. Good answers should mention David Rosenhan’s “On Being Sane in Insane Places,” in which a group of healthy individuals entered psychiatric facilities on the false pretense of hearing voices.

These individuals were kept in treatment programs long after they stopped faking symptoms and were even labeled schizophrenics in remission upon their release.

Answers might also mention the concepts of secondary deviation, the idea that being labeled a deviant can cause an individual to repeat deviant behavior, and tertiary deviation, the manner in which some individuals are able to reject or transform the

stigma attached to a deviant label.

77.Answer: Positive deviance is a principled act that is considered deviant in the context in which it is committed but is later reinterpreted as appropriate or even heroic. A good answer might use the example of Rosa Parks refusing to give up her seat to a white man to illustrate how a deviant act can ultimately help redefine social justice within a society. In the case of Rosa Parks, her act of civil disobedience played a key role in starting the civil rights movement in the United States and putting an end to institutionalized segregation. A good answer might also mention the example of Hugh Thompson, Lawrence Colburn, and

Glenn Andreotta.

These three American soldiers brandished their weapons against fellow American troops in order to save the lives of innocent civilians during the Vietnam War. In both examples, deviant behavior was later widely recognized as heroic and, especially in the case of Rosa Parks, served the function of helping to redefine a flawed value system in the United States.

78.Answer: Those who believe in deterrence think of criminals as calculating people who think ahead and analyze the cost of their crimes against the benefits. An example of deterrence is to have very strict and severe punishments, such as long prison sentences.

Those who

support retribution think criminals deserve to be punished quid pro quo. An example of retribution is making prison as unpleasant and harsh as possible so the incarcerated suffer for their crimes. Those who advocate for incapacitation believe criminals are dangerous and should be permanently removed from society.

Incarceration and execution are examples of how criminals are sometimes incapacitated.

Those who argue for rehabilitation believe criminals are people who can work toward their own personal transformations.

Programs in prison that help the incarcerated gain new skills and improve their mental health are examples of rehabilitation.

79.Answer: Statistics tell us that crime rates are consistently higher in poor urban areas, but many sociologists argue that this does not necessarily mean there is more crime in these areas. On the contrary, the police assume there is more crime and concentrate their efforts there, which results in higher arrest rates.

Statistically, young people are much more likely to commit crime.

Sociologists argue that the stereotypical image of a criminal is often of a young person, which makes the police more likely to target that group. Also, the elderly may be committing crimes that are more difficult to detect, such as embezzlement or fraud.

Good responses may also discuss the limitations of

crime data from the Uniform Crime Report (it only tracks eight types of crime, and the reports it draws on for data are not tracked for accuracy).

80.Answer: People who practice cash register honesty would probably never steal money or valuable goods from their employers even when presented with the perfect opportunity.

However, they would not hesitate to steal less valuable items like pens or Post-it notes from the office, to waste time on the clock surfing the internet, to take long breaks, or to sneak out of work a little early. A good answer will also mention that a majority of people practice cash register honesty and that most of them would be shocked at the idea that these little indiscretions

make them less than honest.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 7 1. Which term describes the division of society into groups arranged in a social hierarchy? a. social inequality b. apartheid c. social stratification d. social divisions

2. Sociologists often point out that systems of stratification in the United States systemically favor white men. People sometimes contest this by referencing wealthy and powerful Black women like Oprah Winfrey or Michelle Obama. A valid counterpoint to this argument is that a. Black women are often the exception to this tendency. b. Winfrey and Obama have higher social statuses because of other markers of class that they inherited, such as regional accents. c. stratification is a characteristic of a society rather than a reflection of individual differences. d. Winfrey and Obama must have inherited a high social status from their parents.

3. What is one of the basic principles of social stratification? a. Low-level groups often have access to the rewards and privileges of higherlevel groups. b. Families’ social positions start anew with each generation. c. All societies stratify according to wealth accumulation. d. It is maintained through beliefs that are widely shared in a society.

4. How does social class relate to race, ethnicity, gender, and age in the United States today? a. Gender is more important than any other factor in determining social class.

b. These multiple dimensions of status and inequality intersect to shape who we are and how we live. c. These other variables matter for members of the upper class but not for members of the middle or lower classes. d. These variables matter for members of the lower class but not for members of the upper or middle classes.

5. A Black man in the United States was convicted of a felony when he was seventeen years old. He is now fifty-eight and has not committed any crimes since his release. However, he is still not permitted to vote. Michelle Alexander would describe this as an example of a. everyday class consciousness. b. status inconsistency. c. the underclass. d. a caste system she refers to as “the new Jim Crow.”

6. The criteria used by a social class system to stratify its members include a. power, heredity, and employment status. b. wealth, occupational attainment, and gender. c. property, power, and prestige. d. gender, race, and ethnicity.

7. Which is true of social mobility in a caste system? a. Social mobility is common with hard work. b. A great deal of social mobility occurs. c. A small part of each generation will experience upward social mobility. d. There is virtually no chance of social mobility.

8. The caste system during South African apartheid highlights how a. a social class system is common in modern capitalist societies. b. a racial group can be a statistical majority and still be oppressed. c. Hinduism led to stratification. d. social change happens rapidly.

9. A young girl from a poor family is sent to live with wealthy distant relatives. Her relatives expect her to do household chores, cook, and clean instead of going to school. They do not pay her and threaten her when she attempts to return home.

Her situation is an example of a. the new caste system. b. modern apartheid. c. modern slavery. d. the new Jim Crow.

10.Which system of social stratification is apartheid an example of? a. caste b. class c. slavery d. oligarchy

11.Nearly 50 million people are estimated to be trapped in some form of modern slavery. Which of the following is true about social stratification under a system of slavery? a. Enslaved people occupy the lowest rank in the social hierarchy. b. Enslaved people have ample opportunities to move up the social hierarchy. c. Slavery systems are open systems of stratification. d. Enslaved people have the same rights common to free members of the societies in which they live.

12.Mina is an accountant with a college degree, a license from the state accounting board, and a job at the Department of Defense as a senior auditor. She makes about $100,000 per year and will soon retire with benefits and a pension. To which class would you expect her to belong? a. upper class b. working class c. middle class d. upper-middle class

13.Gene is born into a working-class family. They become interested in computer programming at a young age and spend many hours in the school library teaching themself. In their last year of high school, Gene develops a valuable algorithm for identifying neurological diseases that makes them a multimillionaire. They drop out of high school to continue their work. Which term related to social class best describes Gene’s scenario? a. intersectionality b. social inequality c. status inconsistency d. social stratification

14. “White collar” workers employed in technical and lower-management positions belong to the a. working class. b. lower class. c. middle class. d. upper-middle class.

15.Members of the middle class have traditionally been homeowners. However, this trend changed during the a. information revolution. b. establishment of the Federal Housing Administration. c. Great Recession. d. Great Depression.

16.Which of the following is accurate about the upper class in the United States today? a. It is a largely self-sustaining group and rarely adds new members. b. It is composed mainly of skilled workers in technical fields. c. It makes up about 30 percent of the population. d. Those in the upper class usually work in executive, managerial, and professional jobs.

17.The upper class makes up just 1 percent of the total U.S. population, but its total net worth is greater than that of the bottom __________ percent of the population combined. a. 10 b. 53 c. 90 d. 99

18.Priests, ministers, rabbis, imams, and clergy are often prestigious members of their communities, even though they make very little money. Which social theorist first suggested that prestige is an element of class status? a. Karl Marx b. Émile Durkheim c. Pierre Bourdieu d. Max Weber

19.French sociologist and postmodernist Pierre Bourdieu suggested that social reproduction, or the tendency of social classes to remain relatively stable as class status is passed down from one generation to the next, occurs in part through the acquisition of a. prestige. b. status. c. everyday class consciousness. d. cultural capital.

20.How is Max Weber’s idea of social class different from Karl Marx’s? a. Weber did not believe owning the means of production mattered in any way. b. Weber believed class status was inherited and that it was an extension of the old feudal system. c. Weber believed wealth was the only factor that mattered, regardless of how that wealth was acquired.

d. Weber believed that wealth, power, and prestige all affected a person’s social class.

21.According to Karl Marx, the social relations that matter most in a capitalist system are a. family and kin. b. community bonds. c. economic relations. d. nationalistic bonds.

22.Jacob does not know the exact salaries of his parents or how prestigious their occupations are, but he has come to perceive himself and his family as being middle class. This is because he interacts with some people who seem to have slightly more than his family and others who have slightly less than his family.

Ultimately, Jacob’s perception stems from a. historical materialism. b. status inconsistency. c. prestige or power. d. everyday class consciousness.

23.Which of the following would a conflict theorist assert about class and society? a. The working class exploits the upper class. b. Wealth is fairly distributed between the social classes in society. c. Wealth and privilege are concentrated among a small group of capitalists who exploit workers. d. The working class and the upper class have an equal chance at achieving economic success.

24.It is often said that you can always tell a millionaire by her shoes. She may dress like a slob in every other respect, but someone from the upper class is bound to have expensive, custom-made footwear. Whether this is true or not, it helps demonstrate the way we a. try to “better ourselves” by increasing the amount of cultural capital we possess.

b. allow relative levels of prestige to determine our class status. c. make split-second judgments about who people are and what social status they occupy based on their appearance. d. surrender to the impersonal forces of the market.

25.Tom believes that income inequality is important to have in society. He believes that without it, people would not be motivated to take jobs that are difficult and require a significant amount of training. Tom’s view is most closely aligned with which theoretical perspective? a. structural functionalism b. conflict theory c. Weberian theory d. symbolic interactionism

26.People are more likely to marry individuals with social and cultural backgrounds similar to their own because a. parents and other family members always exert pressure to marry within the group. b. people spend a great deal of time alone and, therefore, have few opportunities for meeting people. c. people have greater access to individuals like themselves. d. people develop irrational fears of out-group members and are scared to date them.

27.When studying marriage across class lines, sociologist Jessi Streib found that a. no notable conflicts occur between partners. b. partners with a lower socioeconomic status were more deliberate when it came to child-rearing. c. partners with a higher socioeconomic status were less deliberate regarding career advancement. d. lasting unions across class lines were possible.

28.Although “like usually marries like,” __________ is more common for heterosexual women, whereas __________ is more common for heterosexual

men when class boundaries are crossed in marriage. a. a closed system; an open system b. hypergamy; hypogamy c. an open system; a closed system d. hypogamy; hypergamy

29.What is a major factor that contributes to disparities in health between the richest 1 percent and the poorest 1 percent? a. the ability to avoid physical activity b. the ability to exercise c. the ability to afford to dine at five-star establishments d. the ability to purchase designer fashion

30.Members of the lower class exercise less often because a. exercise is a luxury often accessible only to those who do not have to struggle with day-to-day existence. b. the poor are lazy. c. poor people care less about their health. d. the lower classes do not have health problems that make exercise necessary.

31.Which term describes when large numbers of people move up or down the social class ladder as a result of changes to society as a whole? a. social welfare b. structural mobility c. horizontal mobility d. intergenerational mobility

32.Many workers at auto plants in Michigan lost their jobs when plants closed. What did this result in for the vast majority of these workers? a. welfare reform b. vertical social mobility

c. horizontal social mobility d. intergenerational mobility

33.A newspaper reporter changes careers. They become an editor of nonfiction books and are paid the same salary as they were at the newspaper. What have they experienced? a. structural mobility b. intragenerational mobility c. horizontal social mobility d. vertical social mobility

34.Which term describes a society where social mobility is highly restricted by formal or informal rules like those of a caste system? a. capitalism b. a system of achieved status c. a closed system d. an open system

35.Research shows that __________ have, for the most part, achieved upward intergenerational mobility. a. members of Generation Z b. millennials c. members of Generation Alpha d. Baby Boomers

36.Which of the following is a characteristic of high-mobility areas in the United States? a. less social capital b. better schools c. more single-parent households d. more income inequality

37.What makes the just-world hypothesis psychologically appealing to the average person? a. It is supported by a wealth of empirical data. b. Most people’s everyday experiences teach them that society tends to distribute rewards and punishments fairly. c. Most people have a strong need to believe that the world is orderly, predictable, and fair. d. Many people develop skewed perceptions based on their worst experiences with the poor, which makes it hard for them to see things objectively.

38.In the United States, the federal poverty line is calculated using food costs based on the cheapest possible diet that can still provide basic nutrition. What sort of measure of poverty is this? a. a measure of poverty based on conflict theory b. a measure of absolute deprivation c. a measure of relative deprivation d. a measure of social welfare

39.What is an example of a law enforcement policy that makes the poor less visible? a. increasing scrutiny of the lower class b. profiling the lower class c. moving the homeless out of high-profile locations d. attacking political protests that are organized by the poor

40.The practice of refusing mortgages for the purchase of houses in poor and minority neighborhoods is called a. disenfranchisement. b. redlining. c. residential racism. d. economic hegemony.

41.Samira does not have a computer in her house, so she uses computers in the

library to complete school assignments. However, she often has less time than her peers to do research and type her assignments because the computers are sometimes occupied, and the library closes early. What term describes Samira’s situation? a. the digital divide b. the federal poverty line c. the simplicity movement d. disenfranchisement

42.What measure of poverty are we using when we examine the standard of living in a particular society? a. relative deprivation b. cultural poverty c. absolute deprivation d. horizontal poverty

43.What is the main critique of individualistic explanations of poverty? a. The poor often move into the middle class, which disproves these explanations. b. Americans across all class groups hold attitudes of resignation and fatalism, not just the poor. c. Such explanations blame the victims of poverty for their own misfortunes while overlooking the force of their social conditions. d. Some people simply have a predisposition to making poor choices regarding finances.

44.In a six-to-three vote, the U.S. Supreme Court upheld an Indiana law that required residents to present photo identification before voting. Advocates of the law believe that it will help to prevent voter fraud. Opponents believe that the law contributes to __________ by targeting the poor, who are less likely to have photo identification. a. political disenfranchisement b. status inconsistency c. the ideology of the American Dream

d. meritocracy

45.Which of the following is a serious flaw in the way the federal government defines poverty? a. It is too complicated because it takes into account too many factors, especially the cost of housing in each major metropolitan area. b. It justifies a welfare system that supports a great number of people who simply do not want to work. c. It does not take into account regional differences in the cost of living. d. It overestimates the number of people who cannot afford basic necessities.

46.Tony works for a company where he does hard labor and is paid very little. Tony believes if he just stays focused and continues to work diligently at this job, he will one day move up the social ladder. A Marxist would say that Tony has yet to overcome a. false consciousness. b. ideology. c. hegemony. d. meritocracy.

47.Which of the following is a form of stratification in which all positions are awarded on the basis of accomplishment and skill? a. democracy b. meritocracy c. oligarchy d. technocracy

48.What is the relationship between the American Dream and the social class system by which the United States is stratified? a. The American Dream promises that one day social stratification will be overcome. b. People who believe in the American Dream can usually overcome the class system.

c. The American Dream is a nice idea, but in reality, the United States is a caste system where social mobility is impossible. d. The American Dream legitimizes inequality by reinforcing the idea that everyone has the same chance to get ahead.

49.Why might someone resist treating Oprah Winfrey as the ultimate symbol of the American Dream? a. She was born into a fairly wealthy family. b. She represents the exception rather than the rule. c. She has recently lost most of her resources and is not particularly well-off. d. Her family might not have had much money, but it did have social connections that helped her career.

50.What is the movement called that encourages people to work less, consume less, and generally “downshift” their lifestyles? a. class consciousness b. the just-world movement c. cultural capital d. the simplicity movement

51.In the United States, the denial of citizenship rights such as voting to convicted felons, who are disproportionately African American, has been compared to the caste system. a. True b. False

52.The caste system is the most extreme system of social stratification. a. True b. False

53.Both South African apartheid and U.S. society under Jim Crow laws are examples of caste systems.

a. True b. False

54.There have been many societies throughout history with no social stratification. a. True b. False

55.The middle class is made up of mostly blue collar workers. a. True b. False

56.The upper class represents just 1 percent of the U.S. population, but it has more wealth than the entire bottom 90 percent. a. True b. False

57.Culture is a source of shared norms and values, but cultural capital can never generate profits like economic capital can. a. True b. False

58.Some sociologists suggest that, like extreme poverty, extreme wealth should be thought of as a social problem. a. True b. False

59.The wealth gap involves the unequal distribution of prestige or social honor that some individuals receive for being members of particular groups. a. True b. False

60.The simplicity movement encourages people to make more money so that they can have a sleek, clean lifestyle. a. True b. False

61.In Japan, men rank higher than women in the social hierarchy. However, Yoshiko Shinohara is one of Japan’s fifty richest people and has appeared on Forbes’s Asia Power Businesswomen list. Explain how both of these statements are true, utilizing the principles of stratification.

62.Explain the system of stratification that currently exists in the United States in two to three sentences.

63.In a few sentences, compare the class and caste systems of stratification.

64.What observations might people make that contribute to their everyday class consciousness?

65.According to Max Weber, what are the three components of class? Explain each of them in your own words.

66.How is cultural capital rewarded in society? How does this contribute to the reproduction of inequality?

67.Explain two ways in which belonging to a particular social class has a profound effect on almost every aspect of a person’s life.

68.Briefly explain the concept of social mobility. What is the current trend of social mobility in the United States?

69.Most people living in poverty are employed. Explain how the current minimum wage contributes to someone being part of the working poor.

70.In what ways does the digital divide contribute to social inequality?

71.A social stratification system exists in every society. Discuss the characteristics that all social stratification systems share.

72.Not all systems of slavery were like the one found in the United States. In some countries, enslaved people were not kidnapped from a distant country, and owners had the same racial and ethnic backgrounds as the people they enslaved.

Discuss how this type of slavery worked and how certain people were enslaved within a society.

73.Most people describe themselves as belonging to the middle class, but in reality, only about 30 percent of Americans are part of the middle class. Describe the typical occupations, lifestyles, and earnings of people from each of the major social classes of the United States. What do sociologists consider to be problematic about these measures?

74.What is status inconsistency? Provide a definition, then provide an example of person or occupation that has status inconsistency.

75.Kingsley Davis and Wilbert Moore (1945) argued that stratification serves an important function in society by motivating people to work different jobs.

Essentially, society accepts the need to bestow more rewards upon people who are working jobs that are considered of greater importance. Was the Davis-Moore thesis supported during the Covid-19 lockdowns in the summer of 2020? Why or why not?

76.Studies show that people from higher socioeconomic backgrounds tend to live longer and report feeling healthier than people from lower classes. What are some explanations for this phenomenon?

77.Homogamy is the practice of choosing a romantic partner based on similarities in background and group membership. Why do so many people choose life partners with racial, religious, and class backgrounds similar to their own?

78.Residential segregation is the geographical isolation of the poor from the rest of a city’s population. Explain how residential segregation is able to flourish in the United States and what characterizes a neighborhood that is segregated in this manner.

79.What do sociologists mean when they say that the homeless population of the United States is often “invisible”?

80.The American Dream is the pursuit of material and personal success as well as the idea that anyone can achieve such success. How does widespread belief in the American Dream and individualism actually serve to reinforce socioeconomic barriers?

Answer Key Chapter 7 1. Answer: C 2. Answer: C 3. Answer: D 4. Answer: B 5. Answer: D 6. Answer: C 7. Answer: D 8. Answer: B 9. Answer: C 10.Answer: A 11.Answer: A 12.Answer: D 13.Answer: C 14.Answer: C 15.Answer: C 16.Answer: A 17.Answer: C 18.Answer: D 19.Answer: D 20.Answer: D

21.Answer: C 22.Answer: D 23.Answer: C 24.Answer: C 25.Answer: A 26.Answer: C 27.Answer: D 28.Answer: B 29.Answer: B 30.Answer: A 31.Answer: B 32.Answer: B 33.Answer: C 34.Answer: C 35.Answer: D 36.Answer: B 37.Answer: C 38.Answer: B 39.Answer: C 40.Answer: B 41.Answer: A 42.Answer: A

43.Answer: C 44.Answer: A 45.Answer: C 46.Answer: A 47.Answer: B 48.Answer: D 49.Answer: B 50.Answer: D 51.Answer: A 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: A 54.Answer: B 55.Answer: B 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: B 58.Answer: A 59.Answer: B 60.Answer: B 61.Answer: Stratification is a characteristic of society rather than a reflection of individual differences. This means that in Japan as a whole, men rank higher than women,

despite the fact that a particular woman may rank higher than a particular man.

62.Answer: The system of stratification that currently exists in the United States is a social class system whereby people are ranked by their wealth, property, power, and prestige. In the U.S. class system, people are divided into upper, middle, and lower classes.

People inherit the social class of their parents, but because it is an open system of stratification, they can theoretically move up or down levels in the strata during the course of their lifetimes.

63.Answer: Class and caste are both types of social stratification whereby people are placed in a social hierarchy. Social class systems are found primarily in capitalist societies and rank people based upon wealth, property, power, and prestige.

Although people inherit their parents’ social class position, social

classes are less rigid and allow people to move up or down levels in the strata. In contrast, caste systems are based upon heredity and often religious, economic, political, or physical characteristics.

There is little to no room to change one’s position in the social hierarchy despite what a person may achieve individually.

64.Answer: Answers may vary, but should include that people make split-second judgments using appearance, behaviors, activities, friends, and property to assess the social class of others as well as themselves.

65.Answer: Max Weber identified the three components of class as wealth, power, and prestige. For Weber, wealth consists of income and property, power is the ability to impose one’s will on others, and prestige is the social honor granted to people because of their membership in

certain groups.

66.Answer: Children from higher socioeconomic statuses often inherit the cultural capital (or the tastes, habits, and expectations) of their parents. They can gain this capital through expensive activities such as travel or private lessons in sports, music, and education. Based on their parents’ occupations, they may also gain more specialized cultural capital in the form of access to knowledge, private events, exclusive opportunities, and ties to other professionals in their parents’ field(s). They are then rewarded with success when they display this cultural capital in schools and during job interviews. Not all children have the same opportunities to obtain such cultural capital, and those who do not have it are far less likely to achieve the same levels of success as those who do. Thus, cultural capital acts as a mechanism that preserves class

statuses across generations, rather than encouraging class mobility.

67.Answer: Answers may vary, but should include an explanation as to how social class has such profound consequences that it is possible to make general predictions about a person’s life chances concerning education, work, crime, family, and health. Answers should elaborate on at least two of these five aspects.

68.Answer: Social mobility is the movement of individuals or groups within the hierarchal system of social classes.

Systems of stratification can either be closed, allowing for little to no social mobility, or open, allowing social mobility as a possibility. Social mobility has stalled in contemporary American society.

Many Americans will exceed their parents’ income and wealth, but this will not move them into a higher social class position.

69.Answer: The annual earnings of a fulltime, federalminimum-wage worker who supports at least one dependent put them below the federal poverty line.

Even full-time minimum-wage earnings are not enough for many to be able to afford basic necessities.

70.Answer: Answers may vary, but should include that inequality in the access to and use of digital technology has profound consequences on education and job attainment.

71.Answer: Answers should illustrate the four principles of social stratification. First, stratification is a characteristic of a society and not a reflection of individual differences among its members. An individual from a lower social class can always gain more power and prestige than an individual from a higher class, but the former is often still lower on the social ladder than the latter. Second, social stratification

remains in place over generations, which means that children tend to inherit their parents’ social statuses.

Third, different societies use different criteria to devise their social stratification systems. Some societies may use material wealth, while others rely more heavily on skin color or gender. Fourth, systems of social stratification continue because members of a society share a widely held belief in them.

72.Answer: In ancient Greece and Rome, enslavers shared a common ancestor with the people they enslaved. Any answer should discuss debtors who could not pay being enslaved by creditors, losers of wars being enslaved by winners, and perpetrators of crimes being enslaved as punishment and as compensation for victims.

73.Answer: Social stratification in the United States

comprises six main classes: the upper class, the uppermiddle class, the middle class, the working class, the working poor, and the underclass. A good answer will describe each class. The upper class makes up just 1 percent of the U.S. population, but enjoys more wealth than the other 90 percent combined.

Members of the upper class make around $2 million a year and have often inherited large family fortunes, which are sometimes referred to as “old money.”

They are highly educated and often attend prestigious private schools and universities. A typical member of the upper-middle class is well educated, highly skilled, and often makes around $150,000 a year.

The middle class is composed mainly of skilled white collar workers who are employed in technical and lowermanagement jobs and who make around $70,000 a year. Members of the working class typically have a

high school education and work in blue collar or service industry jobs earning around $40,000 a year. The working poor are made up of poorly educated, low-skill workers who make around $25,000 a year, suffer frequent unemployment and underemployment, and often need welfare to survive.

The underclass is the most disadvantaged class, with its members generally earning $15,000 or less per year, relying on charity or welfare, and often suffering bouts of homelessness. This class is most concentrated in inner cities, although numbers in the suburbs are growing.

The complexity of the variables associated with socioeconomic status makes the categories problematic. People can have very high levels of education with little to no income. In addition, status inconsistency exists, as the book indicates in the case of Mother Teresa. She lived in poverty, as avowed

through her religious order, but was one of the most admired and respected people in the world during the twentieth century.

74.Answer: Status inconsistency refers to a situation in which an individual holds differing and contradictory levels of status in terms of wealth, power, prestige, or other elements of socioeconomic status. Answers might include descriptions of Sam Walton or Mother Teresa as presented in the textbook. They also might provide examples of occupations that rank notably higher in one of the Weberian elements of socioeconomic status.

75.Answer: During the summer of 2020, some people were deemed “essential workers.” This included physicians (who generally gain high rewards in society). When looking specifically at physicians, we might say that the Davis-Moore thesis was supported.

However, there were also people working jobs labeled “essential” such as truck drivers and those working in the food industry. Many do not receive high rewards, yet their jobs were proven to be important for the functioning of society. These cases present a noteworthy challenge to the Davis-Moore thesis.

76.Answer: Any answer should mention the fact that people at the bottom of the social class ladder are the least likely to get adequate nutrition, shelter, clothing, and health care, and are thus more likely to become ill.

They are also less likely to be able to afford regular doctor visits and prescription drugs.

Often, they wait until a medical condition becomes chronic before getting treatment at an emergency room. A good answer should also mention the role of exercise. Wealthier people are more likely to understand the health benefits of exercise. They are also more likely

to have the time and money for gym memberships compared to their more disadvantaged counterparts, who are often too preoccupied with the daily struggle of paying the bills.

77.Answer: Any answer should mention the idea that most people have few chances to meet others from different backgrounds because we tend to work with, live near, and socialize with people whose backgrounds are similar to our own.

A good answer will also mention the role of the upper class in keeping its wealth consolidated.

Wealthy parents make sure their offspring will only meet and socialize with the children of other wealthy families by sending their children to expensive prep schools and posh summer camps. A good answer might also mention some high-profile examples of marriages between members of two equally rich and powerful families

like those of Julie Nixon and David Eisenhower, or Kerry Kennedy and Andrew Cuomo.

78.Answer: Any answer should discuss the role of public housing projects in the promotion of residential segregation and in the characterization of segregated, lowincome neighborhoods.

These HUD-funded complexes provide affordable housing to the poor, but they are often densely packed apartment complexes that are typically located in economically depressed areas with high crime rates. A good answer should also mention the practice of “redlining,” whereby banks and mortgage companies discriminate against people from lowerclass neighborhoods. A good answer might also mention that the phrase “the wrong side of the tracks” originated because railroad tracks often served as boundaries between Black and white

neighborhoods in American cities.

79.Answer: As Chapter 7 points out, public officials actively try to render the homeless invisible in certain situations by, for example, rousting them from public spaces before a major event is set to take place. Any answer should also mention that it is difficult to determine exactly how many people in the United States are homeless because the Census Bureau focuses on households when it counts the population. A good answer should also mention John Coleman’s experiment as an “undercover” homeless man in New York City.

Coleman noticed that most people tried to avoid even looking at him, and people he knew from his real life did not recognize him.

This demonstrated that feelings of discomfort and guilt on the part of more privileged classes also contribute to the invisibility of the homeless.

80.Answer: An important factor in understanding the American Dream is recognizing that it is an ideology more than a reality. In other words, it is a belief system that justifies the status quo of America’s social system. Any answer should explain that belief in the American Dream reinforces social divisions by assuming that everyone has the same chance to succeed. A good answer will also mention the somewhat flawed notion inherent in the American Dream ideology that American society is a meritocracy, which makes it easier to see wealthy people as earning their status and poor people as deserving theirs. An answer might also mention how subscribers to the American Dream often consider people like Oprah Winfrey, who were able to make huge vertical leaps on the socioeconomic ladder, as the rule rather than as the exception.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 8 1. Pablo lives in the United States, where most people assume that he is Arab until they learn his name and hear his accent. They are surprised when Pablo tells them that he is from Spain and identifies as white, not Latino. Some people even tell Pablo that he isn’t really white. What does this suggest about race? a. The criteria used to determine a person’s race does not vary across culture or time. b. Race is socially defined, and the criteria used to determine a person’s race vary. c. Race isn’t always obvious, but Pablo could take a DNA test to determine his race. d. Race is no longer important in the United States.

2. Race is defined by sociologists a. as a group with a shared cultural heritage. b. in the same way they define ethnicity. c. as the difference between Mongoloid, Negroid, and Caucasoid people. d. as a social category based on real or perceived biological differences.

3. Pablo lives in the United States, where most people assume that he is Arab until they learn his name and hear his accent. They are surprised when Pablo tells them that he is from Spain and identifies as white, not Latino. Some people even tell Pablo that he isn’t really white. What does this suggest about race? a. The criteria used to determine a person’s race does not vary across culture or time. b. Race is socially defined, and the criteria used to determine a person’s race vary. c. Race isn’t always obvious, but Pablo could take a DNA test to determine his race. d. Race is no longer important in the United States.

4. In the early 1900s, native-born white Americans, usually Protestants, did not consider Irish, Italian, or Jewish immigrants to be white. What does this illustrate? a. racial passing b. an enactment of minority group c. the social construction of race d. racial pluralism

5. Regarding racial categories, modern science has determined that a. there is greater diversity between racial populations than within them. b. biologically, there is no such thing as a pure race. c. some racial groups are genetically predisposed to be more intelligent than others. d. some racial groups are genetically predisposed to be more athletically inclined than others.

6. The 2000 Census was the first time that Americans were allowed to __________ when identifying their race. a. provide genetic proof b. indicate they had none c. select a different box than their fathers d. check more than one box

7. Elise was born and raised in Southern California and has four German grandparents. They lived in Los Angeles all their lives before accepting jobs in Milwaukee. During their time in Los Angeles, they never really thought about their German heritage. In Milwaukee, they discovered many people with similar ancestries and began using their ethnicity as a way to develop social and professional relationships. Of what is this an example? a. symbolic ethnicity b. passing c. situational ethnicity d. the disparities in racial consequences

8. Marvin is a fourth-generation Chinese American—both his grandparents and parents were born in the United States. Neither he nor his parents have learned Chinese, he does not know much about Chinese cultures or traditions, and he doesn’t think about his Chinese ancestry on a daily basis. However, on Lunar New Year, Marvin likes to go out and celebrate by eating mooncakes and wearing red clothes. Marvin’s relationship with his ethnicity can be described as a. situational. b. symbolic. c. institutional. d. conscious.

9. Brazilians employ many racial categories, such as moreno, mulato, neguinho, and pretinho. Most of these terms do not have an equivalent in the United States.

What does this tell you? a. Race is a social construct. b. Brazil places more importance on symbolic ethnicity. c. The United States is less diverse than Brazil. d. Brazil has never used science to classify its population.

10.Race is defined by sociologists a. as a group with a shared cultural heritage. b. in the same way they define ethnicity. c. as the difference between Mongoloid, Negroid, and Caucasoid people. d. as a social category based on real or perceived biological differences.

11.A state is called __________ when white people comprise less than half the population. a. pluralistic b. postmodern c. minority d. majority-minority

12.Sociologists define ethnicity

a. as people who share a common physical characteristic. b. as people with the same skin color. c. as a group with a shared ancestry or shared cultural heritage. d. the same way they define race.

13.Texas has never had a Hispanic governor, and the percentage of Hispanic Americans in Texas state government is low. However, many Hispanic Americans live in Texas. In 2022, they made up over 40 percent of the state’s population.

Would a sociologist in Texas call Hispanic Americans a minority group? a. No, because they make up so much of the state’s population. b. Yes, because a minority group refers to any group that is not the largest numerically. c. Yes, because they have disproportionately limited access to power and resources. d. No, because they are the racial group with the most power and wealth.

14.What defines white people as the dominant racial group in California despite demographic shifts? a. They discriminate against other racial and ethnic groups. b. They have more power, resources, and representation than other groups in social institutions. c. They are overrepresented in prisons. d. They are overrepresented as victims of violent crimes.

15.Sociologists define a minority group as a group a. that makes up less than 50 percent of the total population. b. that makes up less than 20 percent of the total population. c. with members who are denied access to power and resources. d. that is smaller than the dominant group.

16.Halloween costume makers and retailers make generous profits from selling costumes that allow their wearers to dress as American Indians. What are they engaging in by profiting from the stereotypical display of marginalized groups without fully understanding and appreciating the culture?

a. assimilation b. miscegenation c. race consciousness d. cultural appropriation

17.Critical race theory explores the relationship between race and what two other concepts? a. symbolic ethnicity and situational ethnicity b. individual discrimination and institutional discrimination c. politics and power d. passing and double-consciousness

18.Understanding that racism in the United States created and maintains inequality is characteristic of a. color blindness. b. race consciousness. c. white privilege. d. reverse racism.

19.The goal of affirmative action is to a. help create opportunities for underrepresented minorities in housing, education, and employment. b. decrease the number of students in higher education. c. increase the number of government programs to begin to compensate minorities for past inequalities. d. provide a justification for reverse racism as a means to equalize opportunities for minorities.

20.Which term describes the slights, insults, and misperceptions directed at members of a minority group that play out in everyday interactions? a. microaggressions b. cultural appropriation c. antiracism

d. reverse racism

21.The G.I. Bill of Rights was meant to provide all World War II veterans with funds for college education, housing, and unemployment insurance. However, financial institutions discriminated against Black veterans, and they were typically excluded from the homeownership they were legally entitled to. This is an example of a. assimilation. b. individual discrimination. c. institutional discrimination. d. passing.

22.__________ occur(s) when minority group members are prejudiced against themselves or their own group. a. Internalized racism b. Individual discrimination c. Microaggressions d. Color-blind racism

23.Banks often offer customers with low credit scores subprime loans that have higher-than-normal interest rates. What is the bank guilty of if it gives three times as many subprime loans to Black Americans than to white Americans, even when they have the same credit scores? a. individual discrimination b. reverse racism c. institutional discrimination d. microaggressions

24.How is prejudice different from discrimination? a. Prejudices can only be negative; discrimination can be either negative or positive. b. Prejudice only occurs within minority groups, but discrimination can happen anywhere. c. Prejudice requires the negatively affected group to be a minority group

whereas discrimination does not. d. Prejudice is an attitude; discrimination is an action.

25.Color-blind attitudes toward race contribute to racial inequalities because they a. lead to overt discriminatory lending in home mortgages, resulting in unequal accumulation of wealth by racial minorities. b. serve to maintain high levels of acceptable discriminatory practices in the workplace. c. encourage moderate prejudice and discrimination in the system of education. d. perpetuate racial inequalities by making subtle forms of racism difficult to recognize and therefore difficult to address.

26.How does your textbook debunk the idea that white people can be victims of “reverse racism”? a. White people are the numerical majority in the United States. b. White people do not suffer the widespread cumulative disadvantages that are perpetuated within a historically and pervasively racist society. c. White people do not face any challenges in society. d. In the early 1900s, native-born Americans, who were frequently Protestant, did not consider recent Irish, Italian, or Jewish immigrants to be white.

27.According to William Julius Wilson, racism has created a Black underclass, but this underclass is perpetuated by a. prejudice. b. individual racism. c. racial passing. d. economic factors.

28.In what year did the Supreme Court rule that laws against interracial marriage were unconstitutional? a. 2015 b. 1967

c. 1865 d. 1910

29.Which term describes when individuals live as if they were members of a different racial category than the one into which they were born? a. cultural imperialism b. racial self-hatred c. racial passing d. racial stereotyping

30.Though it has not been successful in explaining the persistence of racial divisions, which theory suggests that racial and ethnic identities bind people together and help society run much more efficiently? a. structural functionalism b. conflict theory c. symbolic interaction d. Weberian theory

31.In what way does the internet have a democratizing influence on society? a. It makes the economy more efficient, thus generating more wealth for all. b. There is no way to see what other people look like in online interactions. c. It helps train poor people to use technology. d. It lets corporations gather large amounts of data about individual consumers.

32.The fact that so many people are asked, “What are you?” in reference to their race is evidence that a. race is not all that important. b. race must be established interactionally. c. race has a biological basis. d. it is usually easy to tell someone’s race just by looking at him or her.

33.According to theorists like Edna Bonacich, what is the effect of a split labor market in which workers belonging to one race are paid less than those of a different race? a. The effects of racism are compounded by poverty. b. The need to assimilate and achieve greater group cohesion is strengthened. c. Racial tensions are lessened and conflict decreases. d. Increasing numbers of workers may attempt to pass as another race.

34.Dr. Washington just completed a research project in which she interviewed African American men and women about their experiences with the criminal justice system, with a particular focus on the use of violence and excessive force by police officers. The narratives of her respondents varied significantly by gender and social class, and Dr. Washington believes this is a very important part of her findings. Which of the following theoretical perspectives is represented by Dr. Washington’s views? a. critical race theory b. embodied identities c. symbolic interactionism d. structural functionalism

35.What is the real source of racism, according to conflict theory? a. the need for social equality for capitalism to function b. the people who attempt to live as if they were members of a different racial group c. the struggle between groups over power and control d. the desire for assimilation of minority groups into majority groups

36.According to diversity training studies, which of the following leads to increases in managerial diversity? a. efforts to moderate managerial bias through diversity training b. efforts to attack social isolation through mentoring c. efforts to attack social isolation through networking d. efforts to establish responsibility for diversity

37.According to a study, Black defendants on trial for murder in Pennsylvania were 40 percent more likely to receive the death penalty than white people convicted of similar crimes. This indicates that a. Black people are given equal treatment by the U.S. justice system. b. white people are often the victims of reverse discrimination. c. racism is prevalent within the criminal justice system. d. white people are overrepresented as lawyers.

38.What is one reason that interracial relationships are still relatively uncommon even though anti-miscegenation laws have been struck down? a. Stigma and discrimination discourage them. b. Many people do not realize that such laws have been struck down. c. Members of interracial couples have a much harder time finding jobs. d. Federal laws have been struck down, but state and local laws remain.

39.Most public K–12 schools in the United States are funded by local property taxes.

As a result, students of color who live in poor neighborhoods are often forced to attend underfunded, under-resourced schools. This indicates that a. everyone has equal access to a high-quality education. b. racial discrimination contributes to the problems minorities face in the U.S. labor market. c. students with good grades attend high-performing schools. d. institutional discrimination is prevalent within the U.S. education system.

40.Arline Geronimus coined the term “weathering” to describe a. the ways that exposure to racism erodes one’s health. b. how predominantly minority neighborhoods experience unique weather patterns. c. the relationship between maternal mortality and race. d. how students from poor neighborhoods persevere and graduate college.

41.Marvin is a fourth-generation Chinese American—both his grandparents and

parents were born in the United States. Neither he nor his parents have learned Chinese, he does not know much about Chinese cultures or traditions, and he doesn’t think about his Chinese ancestry on a daily basis. However, on Lunar New Year, Marvin likes to go out and celebrate by eating mooncakes and wearing red clothes. Marvin’s relationship with his ethnicity can be described as a. situational. b. symbolic. c. institutional. d. conscious.

42.In the early 1900s, native-born white Americans, usually Protestants, did not consider Irish, Italian, or Jewish immigrants to be white. What does this illustrate? a. racial passing b. an enactment of minority group c. the social construction of race d. racial pluralism

43.Sociologists define ethnicity a. as people who share a common physical characteristic. b. as people with the same skin color. c. as a group with a shared ancestry or shared cultural heritage. d. the same way they define race.

44.Brazilians employ many racial categories, such as moreno, mulato, neguinho, and pretinho. Most of these terms do not have an equivalent in the United States.

What does this tell you? a. Race is a social construct. b. Brazil places more importance on symbolic ethnicity. c. The United States is less diverse than Brazil. d. Brazil has never used science to classify its population.

45.Elise was born and raised in Southern California and has four German grandparents. They lived in Los Angeles all their lives before accepting jobs in

Milwaukee. During their time in Los Angeles, they never really thought about their German heritage. In Milwaukee, they discovered many people with similar ancestries and began using their ethnicity as a way to develop social and professional relationships. Of what is this an example? a. symbolic ethnicity b. passing c. situational ethnicity d. the disparities in racial consequences

46.Regarding racial categories, modern science has determined that a. there is greater diversity between racial populations than within them. b. biologically, there is no such thing as a pure race. c. some racial groups are genetically predisposed to be more intelligent than others. d. some racial groups are genetically predisposed to be more athletically inclined than others.

47.The 2000 Census was the first time that Americans were allowed to __________ when identifying their race. a. provide genetic proof b. indicate they had none c. select a different box than their fathers d. check more than one box

48.A state is called __________ when white people comprise less than half the population. a. pluralistic b. postmodern c. minority d. majority-minority

49.Which of the following factors makes someone most likely to drop out of high school?

a. having parents who did not attend college b. living in a rural area c. having a non-English-speaking background d. living in the Midwest

50.Why are there differences in life expectancies for people of different races? a. disparities in access to health care b. genetic differences resulting in predispositions to various diseases c. biological differences given that different races have radically different hormones d. greatly increased levels of law enforcement violence directed at certain racial groups

51.The negative effects of racism can be seen in the health of racial and ethnic minorities in the United States. Which of the following is the best example of this phenomenon? a. Racial discrimination contributes to the problems minorities face in the U.S. labor market. b. People of color were disproportionally affected by the Covid-19 virus. c. Although Black and Hispanic Americans are less likely to be in possession of a weapon or drugs than white Americans, they are more likely to be frisked and to be subjected to a motor vehicle stop. d. At the end of 2020, there were only three African American CEOs and fortyone female CEOs of Fortune 500 companies.

52.Race and ethnicity do not shape our life chances in isolation from other social statuses and aspects of identity. Instead, race and ethnicity are frequently enmeshed with social class, gender, sexuality, and more. Which one of these concepts best explains this phenomenon? a. color-blind racism b. microaggression c. passing d. intersectionality

53.Which term describes when members of a minority group adopt the cultural practices of the dominant group? a. internal colonialism b. racial passing c. racial assimilation d. cultural assimilation

54.Which historical event is sometimes referred to as the “forgotten genocide”? a. the massacre of 1.5 million Armenians by the Turkish government during World War I b. the slaughter of the Tutsis in Rwanda c. the death of 6 million Jews in Europe during World War II d. attacks on ethnic minorities in the Darfur region of Sudan

55.After the American Civil War, most southern states passed laws that barred Black people and white people from sharing most kinds of public facilities. This is an example of a. ethnic cleansing. b. racial assimilation. c. segregation. d. internal colonialism.

56.The deliberate and systematic extermination of a racial, ethnic, or national group is called a. genocide. b. colonialism. c. internal colonialism. d. population transfer.

57.Societies that encourage racial and ethnic diversity have embraced the value of a. pluralism. b. globalization.

c. racial assimilation. d. cultural assimilation.

58.Some conservative groups have organized to campaign for crackdowns on illegal immigration and limits on legal immigration because they are concerned about how the United States will be changed by nonwhite immigrants. This means that they are against a. discrimination. b. embodied identities. c. passing. d. pluralism.

59.Which term describes when members of a racial minority group intermarry and have children with members of the dominant group until the races are completely mixed? a. cultural assimilation b. racial assimilation c. racial passing d. population transfer

60.In the nineteenth century, those American Indians who survived clashes with the U.S. Army were forcibly removed to reservations. This is an example of a. genocide. b. assimilation. c. pluralism. d. population transfer.

61.Race is based on real or perceived biological differences, whereas ethnicity speaks to a shared ancestry or cultural heritage. a. True b. False

62.Race is a trait determined by a singular gene in our DNA.

a. True b. False

63.There is greater genetic diversity within racial populations than between them. a. True b. False

64.A person who is not prejudiced may still participate in discrimination. a. True b. False

65.In devising the concept of double-consciousness, Du Bois considered the question of whether one could be Black and, at the same time, claim one’s rights as an American. a. True b. False

66.People in society who have the most privilege usually recognize that their advantages are unearned. a. True b. False

67.Racism against every racial group is supported by our current social structure and its major institutions. a. True b. False

68.A working-class straight Black man will experience discrimination in the same way a wealthy gay Black man will because they are of the same race. a. True b. False

69.Cultural appropriation benefits the minority group by taking that group’s symbols and turning them into a commodity for profit. a. True b. False

70.According to your textbook, seeing oneself represented in the media is critically important to feeling included in a multicultural society. a. True b. False

71.How do symbolic ethnicity and situational ethnicity differ?

72.How do sociologists define race and ethnicity?

73.What is a minority group, according to sociologists?

74.What is the difference between individual discrimination and institutional discrimination?

75.What is the difference between prejudice and discrimination?

76.What is racial passing? Why would someone try to pass?

77.Why are African American and Hispanic men incarcerated in greater proportions compared to white men?

78.Explain the difference between racial assimilation and cultural assimilation.

79.What is diversity training? What type of training proves most effective?

80.Why is the traditional image of the melting pot replaced with the image of the salad bowl in regard to pluralism or multiculturalism?

81.How may white ethnic people, such as Italian Americans and Irish Americans, express their ethnicity in optional ways?

82.Fashion designer Marjan Peroski received much scrutiny at his first runway show in the United States after he appropriated American Indian culture into his designs. Peroski, who works for London-based fashion line KTZ, even featured pieces closely mimicking those of Bethany Yellowtail, a Northern Cheyenne/Crow fashion designer. Peroski claimed that he was paying tribute to the Indigenous people, but critics argue that KTZ has a history of taking inspiration from Indigenous cultures and using it for the label’s financial interests (e.g., selling sweatshirts for $500). Explain the problems of cultural appropriation as evidenced in Peroski’s runway show.

83.How does color-blind racism perpetuate inequality? What role can race consciousness play in addressing this problem?

84.Explain Michael Omi and Howard Winant’s concept of racial formation by using the example of white ethnics.

85.Rosa Parks is remembered for her activism during the Montgomery bus boycott, but other activists and victims of Jim Crow laws have been forgotten. For instance, Rosa Parks was arrested for refusing to give up her seat in the same year that Claudette Colvin was arrested for the same crime, found guilty, and placed on probation. However, Claudette became pregnant by an older man shortly after her arrest. Mary Louise Smith was also arrested for the same crime, in the same year, but she was a teenager with a father who was an impoverished alcoholic. Neither of these women received the help that Rosa Parks did. What

theoretical approach to race presented in Chapter 8 does the best job of explaining the lives of these three African American women? Justify your answer.

86.Compare and contrast the approaches to race taken by functionalists and conflict theorists.

87.How does a person’s race affect their life chances?

88.Today, society is more accepting of interracial marriage than it was in the past, but interracial marriage still does not happen nearly as often as it would if love was really never based, at least in part, on racial identification. What were the obstacles to interracial marriage in the past? What are they today?

89.What is assimilation? How has it worked in the United States?

90.Explain why claims of reverse racism do not hold the same weight as claims of racism.

Answer Key Chapter 8 1. Answer: B 2. Answer: D 3. Answer: B 4. Answer: C 5. Answer: B 6. Answer: D 7. Answer: C 8. Answer: B 9. Answer: A 10.Answer: D 11.Answer: D 12.Answer: C 13.Answer: C 14.Answer: B 15.Answer: C 16.Answer: D 17.Answer: C 18.Answer: B 19.Answer: A 20.Answer: A

21.Answer: C 22.Answer: A 23.Answer: C 24.Answer: D 25.Answer: D 26.Answer: B 27.Answer: D 28.Answer: B 29.Answer: C 30.Answer: A 31.Answer: B 32.Answer: B 33.Answer: A 34.Answer: A 35.Answer: C 36.Answer: D 37.Answer: C 38.Answer: A 39.Answer: D 40.Answer: A 41.Answer: B 42.Answer: C

43.Answer: C 44.Answer: A 45.Answer: C 46.Answer: B 47.Answer: D 48.Answer: D 49.Answer: C 50.Answer: A 51.Answer: B 52.Answer: D 53.Answer: D 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: C 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: A 58.Answer: D 59.Answer: B 60.Answer: D 61.Answer: A 62.Answer: B 63.Answer: A 64.Answer: A

65.Answer: A 66.Answer: B 67.Answer: B 68.Answer: B 69.Answer: B 70.Answer: A 71.Answer: Both symbolic ethnicity and situational ethnicity are ethnic identities. However, symbolic ethnicity is displayed primarily on special occasions, whereas situational ethnicity is displayed or concealed only when doing so would be beneficial.

72.Answer: Race is a socially defined category based on real or perceived biological differences between groups of people. Ethnicity is a socially defined category based on a common language, religion, nationality, history, or some other cultural factor.

73.Answer: Minority status is not just about numbers; it is also about social inequalities. A minority group is a

group of people who are recognized as belonging to a social category and who suffer from unequal treatment based upon that status. Minorities are systematically denied access to power and resources accessible by the dominant group.

74.Answer: Individual discrimination occurs when one person treats others unfairly because of their race or ethnicity.

Institutional discrimination, in contrast, is usually more systemic and widespread. It occurs when political, economic, or educational institutions have discriminatory policies, practices, or procedures that affect whole groups.

75.Answer: All answers should emphasize that prejudice is an attitude whereas discrimination is an action.

Prejudice is an inflexible attitude about a particular category of people and is rooted in generalizations or

stereotypes.

Prejudices are usually, but not always, negative.

Discrimination is an action or behavior, usually motivated by prejudice, that results in the unequal treatment of individuals because of their membership in a certain racial or ethnic group.

76.Answer: Racial passing is living as if one is a member of a different racial category. For many years, both during and after slavery, some light-skinned African Americans would attempt to live as white people in order to avoid the dire consequences of being Black in a racist society.

Passing is almost entirely interactional. Lightskinned Black people or other ethnic minorities can “do being white” only if they perform white identity skillfully.

This involves doing what is required to look white, which involves acting like a white person, speaking like a white person, and

managing one’s biography to avoid revealing one’s racial and/or ethnic identity.

77.Answer: Incarceration rates of African Americans and Hispanics have been affected by laws that have created racially differentiated outcomes. An example would be the federal law that imposed harsher penalties for crack users, who were more likely to be Black, as compared to powdered cocaine users, who were more likely to be white or Hispanic. Another example would be racial profiling in policing. Black and Hispanic Americans are more likely than white Americans to be stopped and frisked despite being less likely to be in possession of a weapon or drugs.

Higher rates of unemployment and lower high school graduation rates among African Americans and Hispanics also contribute to higher incarceration rates.

Higher incarceration rates

among people of color are often the result of institutional discrimination, as political, economic, and educational institutions affect these populations in varying ways.

78.Answer: Racial assimilation occurs when members of the minority group are absorbed into the majority group by intermarriage and procreation, resulting in a mixing of the races.

Cultural assimilation occurs when the cultural practices of the dominant group are adopted by the minority group.

Sometimes, both types of assimilation occur simultaneously.

79.Answer: Diversity training, inspired by the eye color experiment of Jane Elliot, refers to the efforts by employers to increase awareness and understanding of minority experiences in the workplace by their nonminority colleagues. The intent of these programs is to

decrease discrimination and increase opportunity for minority employees.

However, research shows that simply educating employees is least effective at reducing bias, while appointing a person or persons to be responsible for increasing diversity has the greatest impact.

80.Answer: A melting pot insinuates that all the ingredients have been mixed together, producing a concoction in which the original ingredients are indistinguishable.

This is truer of assimilation than of pluralism. In contrast, the image of the salad insinuates a mixing together of ingredients while at the same time allowing the ingredients to maintain their distinct qualities.

Pluralism encourages both racial and ethnic variation and acceptance within a society.

81.Answer: Optional ethnicity can be displayed in two ways: through symbolic ethnicity and situational ethnicity.

Symbolic ethnicity consists of enactments of ethnic identity that occur only on symbolic occasions.

Examples in the text focused on celebrations of St. Patrick’s Day and ways in which ethnicity, which may not matter on a day-to-day basis, can be visible on special occasions.

Situational ethnicity is similar to symbolic ethnicity, but it involves deliberately asserting or playing up ethnicity in some situations while deliberately downplaying it in others. The decision to play up or downplay one’s ethnicity is based on a cost-benefit analysis of the situation. The example in the text focuses on Dr. Ferris’s Lebanese ancestry, which she deploys when she feels it will work to her advantage.

The best answers

will also mention that not everyone has these ethnic options. Neither situational nor symbolic ethnicity is available to those who are visibly Black, Hispanic, or Asian in a society.

In the United States, this generally means that nonwhite people find themselves in fewer situations where they have a choice about displaying their group membership.

82.Answer: Cultural appropriation occurs when cultural elements of an oppressed group are adopted by members of the dominant group, often without permission and for the dominant group’s gain. In this case, elements of American Indian culture were adopted, exploited even, by a nonnative designer for his financial gain.

Some have likened cultural appropriation to postmodern cultural imperialism. In addition to being culturally insensitive, cultural

appropriation can have broader effects such as serving to perpetuate stereotypes, exacerbating interracial relationships, and further entrenching social inequalities.

83.Answer: Color-blind racism is an ideology that removes race as an explanation for any form of unequal treatment. Although it sounds good, it is problematic because it implies that race should be both invisible and inconsequential.

However, racism continues to exist, albeit in more subtle ways than in the past. Colorblind racism overlooks the ways that racism is instituted into societal structures and allows white privilege to continue at the expense of minorities. Color blindness makes more subtle forms of racism hard to acknowledge and therefore hard to address.

Race consciousness acknowledges race as a powerful social construct that

impacts individuals’ social experiences.

Race consciousness encourages people to acknowledge the ways that institutionalized racism, both past and present, has created social conditions that perpetuate inequality.

84.Answer: Race is a social construction, as evidenced through the example of white ethnics. Omi and Winant point out that the social construction of race happens through social interaction and that racial distinctions are made through a social and historical process. The case of white ethnics demonstrates the social and historical process that changed the racial identity of Italian, Irish, and Jewish immigrants from “nonwhite” to “white” within a generation.

Throughout history, definitions regarding the makeup of racial categories have changed. In the early 1900s Italian, Irish, and Jewish immigrants were

not considered to be a part of the “white” race and were thus restricted in terms of housing and employment.

But after World War II, the ethnic identity of a person was no longer important and skin color became the main way to distinguish individuals according to race.

Today, individuals of Italian, Irish, and Jewish descent are often regarded as white.

85.Answer: Answers should recall the work of theorists like Patricia Hill Collins, bell hooks, and Gloria Anzaldúa, who have sought to understand the meaning of race from the individual’s point of view and have begun to analyze the ways in which race, class, and gender inequalities intersect. Students might point out that race alone clearly is not enough to explain the differences between these women’s lives, as they were all of the same race and gender, so things like class should be

considered. More generally, answers might stress that race must be explained in the terms in which it is experienced, not with overarching general theories.

Almost any reasonable answer would reject a functionalist approach here, as it cannot explain interaction within the group. A reasonable answer would also be skeptical of any strict conflict theory approach that tried to use the economy as an explanation, but could be more receptive to a symbolic interactionist approach that focused on face-toface interactions.

86.Answer: Functionalist theory has provided a useful lens for analyzing the experiences of certain ethnic groups, mainly European immigrants arriving in America in the early twentieth century.

Functionalists looked at the process through which these early “nonwhite people,” such as the Irish

and Italians, eventually became assimilated into the larger society.

Functionalism, however, has proven less successful in explaining the persistence of racial divisions and why other races and ethnicities, such as African Americans and Hispanics, have continued to maintain their distinct identities alongside the white majority culture.

Functionalism can best offer an explanation of how prejudice and discrimination develop by focusing on social solidarity and group cohesion as central aspects of society.

Conflict theory focuses on the struggle for power and control and the competition, domination, and exploitation that result from it.

Classical Marxist analyses of race, developed by sociologists in the 1960s, sought to identify the relationships between race and class and looked for the source of racism in capitalist

hierarchies. As examples of conflict theory, the textbook cites Edna Bonacich’s analysis of split labor markets and William Julius Wilson’s argument that although a Black underclass was created by racism, it is perpetuated by economic, not racial, factors.

The best answers will recall that new approaches to race (such as those of Tomás Almaguer, Patricia Hill Collins, and Gloria Anzaldúa) argue that race is more than just a secondary effect of the economy.

87.Answer: Membership in socially constructed categories of race and ethnicity can often carry a high price, especially, as the text details, in the areas of health, education, work, family, and criminal justice. Disparities in health care may lead to disparities in life expectancy, disparities in education may lead to differences in work and income, and increased levels of poverty

may affect family life and make people more likely to encounter the criminal justice system. The best answers will give examples of each.

88.Answer: In the past, interracial relationships were against the law.

The best answers will reference the Loving v. Virginia decision in 1967, and the very best answers might mention that Alabama did not overturn its antimiscegenation law until 2000.

Today, there are no laws against interracial relationships, but, when considering the social obstacles to interracial relationships, it is important to take into account the cues that cultural stereotypes and media images provide. Interracial relationships may be viewed as rebellious rather than loving and thus may be devalued or not taken seriously.

Stigma, prejudice, and restrictive racial stereotypes, along with negative beliefs about

interracial relationships held by some people, serve to inhibit some from entering into interracial relationships.

These stereotypes, though not borne out in reality, still have the power to influence attitudes and behavior.

People who date interracially must deal with in-group pressures from family, friends, and peers to date and marry someone of their own race.

89.Answer: Assimilation occurs when a minority group is blended or absorbed into the mainstream or dominant group. In the United States, this process is central to America’s melting pot of many different racial and ethnic groups.

All answers should distinguish between racial assimilation and cultural assimilation. Racial assimilation occurs when minorities have children with members of the dominant racial group until different races are completely mixed.

Cultural assimilation occurs when a minority

group learns the customs, rituals, and practices (in other words, the culture) of the dominant group.

Answers may discuss how assimilation has happened for European immigrants but not for nonwhite racial and ethnic groups.

During much of the twentieth century, many immigrants to the United States wanted to assimilate. They were eager to adopt an American way of life, to become citizens, to learn English, and to lose any trace of their “foreignness.”

The Irish, Italians, and eastern Europeans were all once considered “ethnics,” but eventually they were assimilated into the larger category of white Americans. Today, they are practically unrecognizable as distinct ethnic groups unless they choose to exhibit characteristics that would distinguish them. For Hispanics, Asian Americans, and African Americans, the process has been very different.

To the extent that there has been assimilation, it has been both less voluntary and less desirable.

There is something to be gained by the process of assimilation, such as membership in and likeness to the dominant population, but there is also something to be sacrificed. The process of assimilation is not always entered into voluntarily.

Sometimes, members of a minority group may be forced to acquire new behaviors associated with the dominant group and forbidden to practice their own religion or speak their own language so that their cultures are all but forgotten. For many people, assimilation results in the tragic loss of a distinctive racial or ethnic identity. This is true for many American Indians, for instance, who, in just a few generations, have lost the ability to speak their tribal languages and

have forgotten many of the cultural practices of their not-so-distant ancestors.

90.Answer: Although white Americans may confront some forms of discrimination and prejudice, these instances are not equivalent to the systemic discrimination and prejudice faced by Americans of color.

In other words, white Americans do not suffer the widespread cumulative disadvantages in almost every sphere of social life that are perpetuated within a racist society.

This is because in the United States, racism against white people is not supported by the social structure or its major social institutions, which means that people of color are not in a position to affect white people’s life chances. Though people of color may hold prejudices and discriminate against some white Americans, they do not have the collective power and authority to

transform American society into one that is systematically biased against white people.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 9 1. An example of a primary sex characteristic is a. reproductive organs. b. facial hair. c. body hair. d. bone structure.

2. An example of a secondary sex characteristic is a. chromosomes. b. hormones. c. body hair. d. reproductive organs.

3. A person’s self-conception of being male or female based on their association with masculine or feminine gender roles can be defined as a. sexual orientation. b. gender identity. c. transgender. d. sexual attitude.

4. For most sociologists, what is the difference between sex and gender? a. Sex is biological; gender is social. b. Both relate to genetics, but hormones have a greater influence on gender. c. Sex is genetic; gender is about primary and secondary sex characteristics. d. Gender is biological; sex is social.

5. Most sociologists argue that gender is a social construction, and they acknowledge the possibility that binary male–female categories are not the only way of classifying individuals. This perspective is called

a. a constructionist perspective. b. an essentialist perspective. c. a macro perspective. d. biological determinism.

6. The Intersex Society of North America recommends that “surgeries done to make the genitals look ‘more normal’ should not be performed until a child is mature enough to make an informed decision for herself or himself.” Why is this advice necessary, given that doctors would usually try to involve a patient in their treatment? a. There are serious health risks associated with being born intersex that must always be addressed immediately. b. So few people are born intersex that no one knows about them. c. In our society, the prospect of an ambiguously sexed person seems so threatening that surgical procedures are performed long before a child is old enough to know what is happening. d. Intersex is based on secondary, not primary, sex characteristics and these won’t develop until later in life.

7. American anthropologist Margaret Mead spent much of her career documenting the ways in which other cultures had gender roles that differed, sometimes radically, from those of twentieth-century America. Why does this matter? a. It shows that the American version of gender roles is the most advanced in the world. b. It shows that the meaning of masculinity and femininity differs in different societies. c. It shows that the physical environment determines gender. d. It shows that gender is determined at birth and does not change.

8. The belief that women are better suited to be homemakers because they are naturally more caring and emotional than men is expressed by the __________ perspective. a. essentialist b. social constructionist c. macro

d. symbolic interactionist

9. In the 1940s and 1950s, Alfred Kinsey surveyed Americans to find out about their sexual behavior. His findings were important because they a. challenged the view that Americans were either exclusively heterosexual or homosexual. b. concluded that most Americans were asexual. c. challenged the belief that Americans were heterosexual. d. challenged the belief that sexuality can change over the course of a person’s life.

10.A woman does not experience sexual attraction of any kind but still engages in romantic relationships. How would this woman most likely identify? a. homosexual b. bisexual c. asexual d. gender-nonconforming

11.Alfred Kinsey conducted research to better understand the diversity of human sexuality and challenge the binary of sexual orientation. Why did he avoid asking the question, “Do you identify as gay or straight?” a. He tried to offset bias in his research sample by having many questions. b. He believed that people were not exclusively either gay or straight and that those two binary classifications were too limiting. c. He believed that people would lie to him and would need to be tricked into revealing that they were gay. d. He thought that there would be a large number of transgender people in his sample.

12.An individual experiences sexual attraction toward both women and men. How would this individual most likely identify? a. homosexual b. bisexual

c. asexual d. gender-nonconforming

13.What theory suggests that any kind of categorization is outmoded and limiting? a. essentialism b. symbolic interactionism c. queer theory d. constructionism

14.A math teacher writes problems featuring male characters who are always given an occupation, like Bob the janitor or James the lawyer, but the female characters are always given carework jobs, like nanny, or have no occupation. This is an example of the a. way schools socialize children into gender roles. b. way men are associated with blue collar work. c. way boys are given credit for intellectual ability, whereas girls are given credit for hard work. d. fact that more women than men are now graduating from college.

15.Gender role socialization begins a. at birth. b. around puberty. c. when children begin attending school. d. before birth.

16.The changing representation of LGBTQ people in the media, such as their greater inclusion and more positive treatment on television shows, can lead us to conclude that a. LGBTQ people have achieved equal status with heterosexual people. b. media representation of LGBTQ people is slowly changing to reflect increasing tolerance toward them. c. heterosexual people want LGBTQ people to be equally represented in the media.

d. LGBTQ people now control major media channels.

17.A young boy falls while learning to ride a bike and begins to cry. In response, his parent tells him, “Don’t be weak; boys don’t cry.” This is an example of a. gender role socialization. b. sexism. c. transphobia. d. gender identity.

18.Advertisements for household cleaning supplies typically feature women. This illustrates that a. men never really do any cleaning. b. women watch more television than men. c. women’s behavior is more easily altered by the media. d. the media portrays gender roles in highly stereotypical ways.

19.Which of the following is an example of how teachers treat boys and girls differently in a classroom setting? a. Boys are less likely than girls to be called on in class. b. Boys are more likely than girls to be punished for misbehaving. c. Boys are given less praise than girls for the intellectual quality of their work. d. Boys are naturally better at math and science, so teachers call on them more.

20.Children become aware of their own gender a. by age two. b. when they begin attending school. c. at six weeks of age. d. when they start walking.

21.Sociologist C. J. Pascoe, in their ethnography of high school boys titled Dude, You’re a Fag, found that boys often use homophobic slurs toward each other to

define masculinity for themselves and other boys. This is an example of the a. influence that peers can have as agents of socialization. b. inability of school officials to manage the behavior of young boys. c. prestige that boys have over girls in schools. d. consequences that all-boys schools can have on male behavior.

22.You are observing children on an elementary school playground. Why might you find some girls playing sports with boys, but almost no boys playing jump rope with girls? a. Children are mocked by their peers for crossing gender lines, and boys are mocked more than girls. b. Boys develop more slowly than girls and, therefore, they tend to not be good at jumping rope when they’re in elementary school. c. Boys are more naturally suited for the physical competition of sports, whereas girls excel at the sort of cooperation that goes into activities like jumping rope. d. Parents have instructed their children to avoid any cross-gender playground activities because they fear that it will lead to their children being labeled “abnormal.”

23.Some newspapers, magazines, and other media tend to use genderinappropriate names or pronouns as well as other language that trans people find insensitive or offensive when describing transgender people. This is an example of a. homophobia. b. a microaggression. c. sexism. d. patriarchy.

24.A man is found guilty of rape, and despite the prosecutors asking for a sentence of six years in prison, the judge hands down a sentence of just six months in county jail. One might argue that, by handing down a light sentence for a serious crime, the judge is normalizing a. transphobia.

b. intersectionality. c. the feminization of poverty. d. rape culture.

25.Patriarchy can be defined as a society a. in which women and men share equal access to positions of prestige, power, and control over the means of production. b. in which men dominate women. c. that privileges women’s experiences over those of men. d. that seeks to equalize men’s and women’s access in the workplace.

26.A young man is told by his friends that, when at a bar, he should drink beer, but should buy women shots in the hope of getting the women drunk and increasing his chance of having sex with them. He tells his friends that they are encouraging a. transphobia. b. rape culture. c. functionalism. d. men’s liberation.

27.Sociologists who study gender in rural areas have noticed that only one person is called the “farmer,” even though everyone in a family works on the farm. The “farmer” is usually male and has more prestige than the other family members working on the farm. This is an example of a. the “second shift.” b. sexual orientation identity. c. patriarchy. d. feminism.

28.A same-sex couple holding hands or kissing in public may receive disapproving looks or even abusive comments from other people. This is an example of a. misogyny. b. homophobia. c. transphobia.

d. sexism.

29.According to conflict theory, women’s contributions to family life are devalued because a. gender inequalities are reproduced through interactions. b. family life remains the same when no one plays the expressive role. c. women are entering the workforce in greater numbers. d. as a social group, men benefit from maintaining their dominant status.

30.Homer Simpson, a character on the TV show The Simpsons, has a wife who stays home to take care of the children while he works, but he is often responsible for disciplining the children when they are particularly bad. What do you know about Homer even if this is all that you know about the show? a. Homer represents the average American man. b. Homer contributes to the feminization of poverty. c. Homer has taken the instrumental role. d. Homer is a misogynist.

31.Regarding gender, structural functionalists generally believe that a. some social roles are better suited to one gender than the other. b. men maintain control of the most valuable social roles. c. the current system of gender stratification is based on conflict. d. gender is constructed and maintained through everyday actions.

32.Feminist theory has contributed to our understanding of gender by supporting the claim that a. gender is no longer an influence on social life. b. gender inequality is rooted in biological differences between men and women. c. women continue to have unequal positions in society, as reflected in the ways their contributions have been written out of history books. d. only women in positions of power can achieve gender equality.

33.A woman feels that she always needs to act cheerful and look her best when her husband gets home from work because he has a stressful job and he needs her help to unwind. We could say this woman is a. living outside the gender dichotomy. b. taking on the instrumental role. c. taking on the expressive role. d. a second-wave feminist.

34.Which sociological perspective is concerned with how gender is constructed and maintained in our everyday lives? a. essentialism b. symbolic interactionism c. conflict theory d. feminism

35.Men usually make more money than women because a. men are naturally predisposed to competition. b. men have higher levels of testosterone, which gives them an edge in the business world. c. employers understand that men are usually their families’ breadwinners. d. socially constructed categories of employment lead to larger numbers of men than women in many lucrative jobs.

36.Laura is a married mother of three who works a full-time job. She is responsible for dropping off and picking up her kids at school each day. She and her husband get home from work around the same time. Laura’s husband sits down and relaxes while Laura makes dinner and does housework. After dinner, she helps the children with their homework, reads to them, and puts them to bed. What sociological concept does Laura’s situation exemplify? a. cisgenderism b. feminization of poverty c. heteronormativity d. second shift

37.One reason women are more likely than men to live in poverty is the expense of child care. How do sociologists explain the relationship between poverty rates and child-care costs? a. Women are more likely to be responsible for the “second shift.” b. There are more single women who have sole financial responsibility for their children than single men. c. Married couples tend to divide their expenses, and women are more likely to be responsible for child care. d. Women tend to take the expressive role.

38.A Black woman is followed around the store by a white sales associate while shopping for clothes. Frustrated, she leaves the store and goes home. As she enters her house, her husband asks, “What’s for dinner?” What concept could we use to understand her experiences both in the store and at home? a. gender inequality b. intersectionality c. second-wave feminism d. feminization of poverty

39.Women are more likely than men to be diagnosed with which of the following illnesses? a. heart disease b. cancer c. type 1 diabetes d. depression

40.After studying the work of Asian immigrant women in nail salons, what argument did sociologist Miliann Kang make about the intersection of gender with class, race, ethnicity, and immigration status? a. The femininity that is central to the beauty rituals performed in salons is also racialized. b. The nail salon work was detrimental for immigrant women trying to assimilate because it kept the women isolated within their own racial and ethnic communities.

c. The traditionally feminine work of beauty rituals granted these women a financial freedom traditionally associated with masculinity. d. The role of these women as breadwinners pushed back against the racist stereotype of subservience associated with East Asian women.

41.In terms of gendered health issues and life expectancy rates, __________ is viewed as “the great equalizer.” a. smoking b. gun violence c. a college education d. heart disease

42.Denise is a single mother of three who works a full-time job cleaning an office building. She makes $9 per hour and struggles to find child care for two of her children who are not yet in school, often paying neighbors to watch her children.

Despite her full-time employment, her family is struggling to survive. What sociological concept does Denise’s situation exemplify? a. feminization of poverty b. heteronormativity c. second shift d. cisgenderism

43.In the past, bank teller positions were almost all occupied by men. Today most bank tellers are women. What could explain this shift? a. Changes in technology made the work easier and less important, which drove down the wages and prestige accorded to the job. b. The gendered division of labor has increasingly spread to areas of the economy that used to be gender neutral. c. Banks are more heavily regulated by the government than they were in the past, making them more likely to be sexist. d. The banking industry is much more important in today’s globalized economy, and this added prestige draws more women to the job.

44.Why might LGBTQ rights groups emphasize that homosexuality has a genetic

origin? a. They want to emphasize the importance of difference. b. They believe that sexuality is closely related to a person’s relationship with their mother. c. They believe that if sexual orientation is something we are born with, then discrimination against gays and lesbians is much less acceptable. d. Gays and lesbians are predisposed to believe in science.

45.In the opening pages of The Feminine Mystique, Betty Friedan wrote about a problem that “lay buried, unspoken, for many years in the minds of American women.” What was this problem? a. Women didn’t have the right to vote. b. The media imposed unrealistic beauty standards upon women. c. Women experienced dissatisfaction with and were limited by traditional gender roles. d. Employers actively discriminated against women based on their gender.

46.The second-wave feminist movement was associated with the issue of a. gaining voting rights for women. b. women’s equal access to employment and education. c. the rights of women in the Third World. d. the marginalization of Black women.

47.With what issue is first-wave feminism most strongly associated? a. women’s suffrage b. women’s education and equality in the classroom c. equal opportunity for women in the workplace d. women’s reproductive rights

48.The National Organization for Men Against Sexism (NOMAS), a pro-feminist men’s group, believes that “traditional masculinity includes many positive characteristics in which we take pride and find strength, but it also contains qualities that have limited and harmed us. As an organization dedicated to

changing men, we care about men and are especially concerned with men’s problems, as well as the difficult issues in most men’s lives.” Which of the following is a quality or belief associated with traditional masculinity that NOMAS would identify as being harmful to men? a. a willingness to allow women to be in charge b. the idea that men are superior to women c. the idea that men and women are different d. the idea that men can share their feelings and express vulnerability

49.In __________, the Supreme Court made a landmark decision in Obergefell v.

Hodges that legalized same-sex marriage across the United States. a. 2000 b. 2004 c. 2015 d. 2020

50.What criticism do third-wave feminists commonly level against the first two waves of feminism? a. They marginalized the concerns of women of color, lesbians, and workingclass women. b. They included too many men. c. They focused too much on jobs and the economy. d. They compromised too much with men’s rights groups.

51.Gender-nonconforming individuals express their gender roles outside of societal expectations. a. True b. False

52.Gender is strictly personal and not influenced by society. a. True b. False

53.Queer theory disputes the idea of a single gay, lesbian, bisexual, heterosexual, or transgender identity. a. True b. False

54.The process of gender socialization tends to emphasize heteronormativity. a. True b. False

55.Researchers have found that when children play with same-sex peers, their activities are less likely to be gender-typed than when boys and girls play together. a. True b. False

56.Misogyny is an ingrained prejudice against, or dislike, contempt, or hatred of, men. a. True b. False

57.Privilege is an advantage that is earned by men due to their physical strength and stamina. a. True b. False

58.According to the symbolic interactionist perspective, gender impacts the social self so much that individuals feel the necessity to determine a person’s gender identity to shape their interaction. a. True b. False

59.Conflict theorists see gender inequality as a manifestation of exploitation. a. True b. False

60.Men earn more than women at every level of educational attainment. a. True b. False

61.What does C. J. Pascoe’s study of high school boys, Dude, You’re a Fag, conclude about the influence of peers on gender roles?

62.Describe two ways that school environments may have a negative impact on gender-nonconforming students.

63.Discuss how prejudice and discrimination are related.

64.Discuss how hegemonic masculinity and toxic masculinity are related.

65.How does “victim blaming” contribute to rape culture?

66.What are the consequences of gendered occupations on women’s lives?

67.How does the gendered division of labor in the home reflect wider societal gender inequality?

68.Why are the Stonewall riots considered a watershed moment in the LGBTQ liberation movement?

69.Why do some argue that civil unions do not offer same-sex couples the same rights and protections as marriage?

70.Why do sociologists find it important to differentiate between sex and gender?

Please explain.

71.What do the experiences of “two-spirit people” in Native American communities and of hijras in South Asia tell us about the social construction of gender outside of Western society?

72.The use of words like “man” or “mankind” to refer to all humans is an example of a default preference toward men in our language, but some commonly used words are trickier. In what ways do feminine nicknames like “cupcake” or “baby doll” or even derogatory terms like “heifer” or “cow” perpetuate gender stereotypes and inequality?

73.Define “microaggression” and describe three examples that women and LGBTQ people may face in their daily lives. Include both intentional and unintentional forms of microaggressions.

74.Symbolic interactionism argues that people learn their gender identities from everyday social interactions and that the family is the primary source of gender role socialization. Explain some of the ways parents and siblings can teach children gender roles.

75.In this chapter, we learned that gender role socialization is a lifelong process.

Describe how the four main agents of socialization support heteronormativity throughout our lives.

76.How do functionalists and conflict theorists differ in how they approach and understand gender inequality?

77.Select one occupation held mostly by women and one occupation held mostly by men. What are the sociological reasons for these specific trends?

78.Why were third-wave feminists critical of the first and second waves? How was the third wave different from the previous two waves?

79.A key event of the second wave of the feminist movement in the United States was the publication of Betty Friedan’s The Feminine Mystique. To what concept does the phrase “feminine mystique” refer?

Answer Key Chapter 9 1. Answer: A 2. Answer: C 3. Answer: B 4. Answer: A 5. Answer: A 6. Answer: C 7. Answer: B 8. Answer: A 9. Answer: A 10.Answer: C 11.Answer: B 12.Answer: B 13.Answer: C 14.Answer: A 15.Answer: D 16.Answer: B 17.Answer: A 18.Answer: D 19.Answer: B 20.Answer: A

21.Answer: A 22.Answer: A 23.Answer: B 24.Answer: D 25.Answer: B 26.Answer: B 27.Answer: C 28.Answer: B 29.Answer: D 30.Answer: C 31.Answer: A 32.Answer: C 33.Answer: C 34.Answer: B 35.Answer: D 36.Answer: D 37.Answer: B 38.Answer: B 39.Answer: D 40.Answer: A 41.Answer: A 42.Answer: A

43.Answer: A 44.Answer: C 45.Answer: C 46.Answer: B 47.Answer: A 48.Answer: B 49.Answer: C 50.Answer: A 51.Answer: A 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: A 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: B 56.Answer: B 57.Answer: B 58.Answer: A 59.Answer: A 60.Answer: A 61.Answer: Peer groups exert a powerful influence in enforcing gender roles.

Pascoe’s study found that high school boys call each other “fag” to police each other’s performance of masculinity and to inflate their own sense

of masculinity.

62.Answer: Answers may vary, but should include the following: school environments that may have a negative impact on gendernonconforming students through an emphasis on heterosexual dating, textbooks depicting traditional families, binary division of bathrooms, and harassment and assault.

63.Answer: Answers will vary, but definitions of prejudice and discrimination should be discussed along with a statement as to how prejudice can lead to discrimination.

64.Answer: Answers will vary, but they should mention that toxic masculinity highlights the dysfunctional aspects of hegemonic masculinity.

65.Answer: To avoid being raped, women are taught not to wear revealing clothing, go out alone, accept drinks from strangers, and so on.

This implies that if a woman does get raped, it’s her fault.

66.Answer: Answers may vary, but should include that one consequence is that

women are paid less than men. Additional consequences include women holding less powerful positions, the feminization of poverty, and women being underrepresented in many positions while being overrepresented in others.

67.Answer: Women usually do more of the housework (such as cleaning, cooking, laundry, and child care) than men and are not compensated for it.

Furthermore, they are still expected to do these unpaid household tasks— referred to as the “second shift”—even when they get home from jobs outside the home. Traditional gender norms and expectations, such as the belief that women are natural caretakers, help perpetuate inequalities like the second shift.

68.Answer: In 1969, the patrons of the Stonewall Inn, a gay bar in New York City, fought back against police harassment. This jumpstarted a movement for LGBTQ rights even though it was not the first time that gay citizens had protested harassment by law

enforcement.

69.Answer: Civil unions do not grant same-sex couples the same legal rights and benefits that marriage does. This includes the right to receive Social Security, veterans’ benefits, or disability benefits, as well as a the right of one spouse to inherit those benefits after the other’s death.

Furthermore, civil unions that are recognized in one state are not recognized in all states.

70.Answer: In basic terms, sex is biological, whereas gender is socially constructed. Any answer should mention that sex is usually male or female, depending on primary sex characteristics, whereas gender refers to the physical, behavioral, and personality traits that a group considers to be normal for men or women. In other words, sex is inherited and gender is learned.

71.Answer: A good answer will start by defining twospirit people and hijras as examples of “third genders”—in other words, people who self-identify as neither male nor female.

Answers should then

discuss how Western society does not acknowledge or accept the concept of a third gender because Western definitions of gender are based on the strict binary categories of male and female. As a result, people in Western cultures may think of two-spirit people and hijras as being similar to cross-dressers or transgender persons.

This demonstrates how social constructions of gender differ from culture to culture.

72.Answer: Using these sorts of nicknames to refer to women and girls is an example of microaggression, or the use of language to send demeaning messages to members of certain social groups, either intentionally or unintentionally.

Answers should discuss the underlying implication behind these words. For example, foods like cupcakes are meant to be consumed, babies or dolls are meant to be coddled, and animals such as cows are meant to be controlled. In this way, these nicknames serve to perpetuate sexist ideas about how women should be

treated.

73.Answer: A good answer will define microaggressions as both intentional and unintentional forms of exchange in which a member of a dominant group (e.g., men) in society belittles or marginalizes a member of another group (e.g., women).

Microaggressions thus become an important way in which dominant members of society exert their power and influence in everyday interaction. Examples can include catcalling, unwanted touching, men telling women to smile, men staring at a woman’s body parts, a female employee constantly being interrupted by a male employee in a meeting, use of sexist language, telling sexist jokes, and so on. The answer can also include using the terms “gay” or “queer” to describe things someone doesn’t like, misgendering a transgender person by using the wrong pronouns, and so on.

74.Answer: Gender is taught in families in a variety of ways. Any answer should mention factors like the genderstereotyped behaviors children observe; the

clothing in which children are dressed; the different kinds of toys that are given to boys and girls; and the different expectations, privileges, and chores that are doled out to boys and girls. The textbook gives the example of a son being asked to mow the lawn and a daughter to do the dishes. Good answers will also discuss Kara Smith’s argument that parents begin the process of gender role socialization even before a child is born, as shown in the way that mothers who know their baby’s sex in advance will talk to the fetus. Good answers will also identify and explain the term “social learning,” which is the process of learning behaviors and meanings from social interaction (in this case, interaction with family members).

75.Answer: The four main agents of socialization, which include the family, schools, peers, and the media, play an important role in the process of learning to be masculine or feminine. Answers should mention how the process of socialization not only perpetuates the masculine/feminine

gender binary but also supports the assumption that heterosexuality is the only acceptable sexual orientation. For example, the traditional definition of the family teaches us that heterosexual marriages are “normal” and that biological parenthood is how we “should” establish a family. In schools, we read textbooks that support these traditional notions of the family.

School culture also emphasizes heterosexual dating (for example, the prom king and queen). The media has traditionally focused on representations of heterosexual people such as romances between men and women, leaving out the experiences of gendernonconforming people or portraying them in a negative light.

76.Answer: The functionalist perspective sees some merit in a patriarchal division of labor within a family, in which the man is the “breadwinner” and the woman is the “caretaker.” Good answers will mention Talcott Parsons’s conception of the complementary nature of the man’s instrumental role and

the woman’s expressive role.

However, functionalist theory does little to explain the persistence of gender inequality.

On the other hand, conflict theorists like Friedrich Engels believe that patriarchal gender segregation exploits women and that gender inequality persists because keeping women in uncompensated support roles bolsters the capitalist system.

77.Answer: Answers can include several different occupations listed in table 9.2. These include speech language pathologists, preschool and kindergarten teachers, dental hygienists, secretaries and administrative assistants, aircraft pilots and flight engineers, firefighters, carpenters, or automotive service technicians and mechanics. Students can discuss how various agents of socialization (e.g., the family, peers, schools, and the media) encourage one gender to hold these occupations and discourage another gender from holding these occupations.

They might also discuss how recent

changes in prestige or salary have impacted the gender makeup of these selected occupations.

78.Answer: Third-wave feminists felt that the first two waves concentrated on and benefited women who were primarily white, heterosexual, and middle class. At the same time, they marginalized women of color, lesbians, and working-class women.

Any answer should discuss the fact that the third wave of the feminist movement, which began in the 1980s and 1990s, encompasses other concerns as well, such as global women’s rights, animal rights, and the environment.

Good answers will also mention the broader participation in the third-wave feminist movement. According to Chapter 9, most college students today belong to the third wave even if they don’t call themselves feminists.

79.Answer: The idea behind The Feminine Mystique was that women in the 1960s were no longer satisfied with their traditional roles in society and they wanted equal access to the same educational

and employment opportunities that men had. Any answer should mention the sense of limitation and dissatisfaction that Friedan observed among women. Good answers will discuss the idea that even though this period was marked by a great deal of prosperity, “the mystique of feminine fulfillment” was no longer fulfilling for many women. In addition, women who did try to venture into the professional world, away from the traditional roles of wife and mother, were often labeled “unfeminine.”

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 10 1. Sociologists refer to the methods and tactics used to influence government policies, policy-related attitudes, and activities as a. power. b. democracy. c. gerrymandering. d. politics.

2. Imagine a political party holds a majority in a state’s legislature and uses that power to redraw the boundaries of state voting districts in order to give that party an advantage in future elections. This is an example of a. fascism. b. gerrymandering. c. disenfranchisement. d. pluralism.

3. Arlo’s uncle only listens to and watches political commentary that confirms rather than challenges his existing beliefs. His social media feeds are also filled with like-minded people. A sociologist would say that Arlo’s uncle a. is a victim of gerrymandering. b. is an opinion leader. c. has been disenfranchised. d. is stuck in a political echo chamber.

4. Which large-scale social change has made celebrity politicians more popular? a. the increasing importance of television and other visual media platforms b. a focus on political platforms and policies c. the disenfranchisement of people who lack access to news media d. political action committees

5. Manuel Noriega was never elected president of Panama, but he became its de facto ruler when he became head of the army. In doing so, he became powerful enough to demand the resignation of the elected president. If this is the only information on which to base your answer, what describes Noriega’s government? a. power elite b. authoritarian c. democratic d. a monarchy

6. A special interest group is a(n) a. relatively small number of influential individuals occupying top positions within the major institutions of society. b. formal, organized agency that exercises power and control in modern society. c. organization formed expressly to raise and spend money in order to influence elected officials and public opinion. d. group of high-profile individuals whose interpretations of events influence the public.

7. Which of the following techniques is used to disenfranchise part of the American population today? a. requiring polling places to be put in as many locations as possible b. requiring that poll taxes be paid in order to vote c. denying people who have been convicted of felonies the right to vote for the rest of their lives d. requiring a literacy test to get a ballot

8. Roberto is walking down the street late at night when a man in a ski mask threatens him with a gun and takes his wallet. Sociologists would say that Roberto’s mugger had __________ but not __________. a. power; authority b. authority; power c. authoritarianism; power

d. totalitarianism; total power

9. After the passing of Elizabeth II, her son, Charles III, became the King of the United Kingdom. Though the United Kingdom has a parliament that acts as the country’s legislative body, many in the country still enjoy the royal family as national figureheads and celebrities. This is an example of a a. theocracy. b. totalitarian regime. c. constitutional monarchy. d. democracy.

10.Mohammed bin Salman succeeded his cousin, Muhammad bin Nayef, as Crown Prince of Saudi Arabia in 2017. This makes his government a a. monarchy. b. totalitarian state. c. pluralist polity. d. democratic republic.

11.According to Jean Baudrillard, an image or media representation that does not reflect reality in any meaningful way but is treated as real can be referred to as a(n) a. simulacrum. b. credential. c. echo chamber. d. gerrymandering.

12.What do schools, churches, and governments all have in common? a. They are all secular institutions. b. They are all less important today than in the past. c. They are all social institutions. d. They function only at the macro level.

13.According to C. Wright Mills, a small and unified group of people occupy the highest positions of the major economic, political, and military institutions and exercise tremendous influence in American social life. What does he call this group? a. the power elite b. a political action committee c. the monarchy d. the media

14.Political action committees are much more important to political campaigns now than they were in the past because a. unlike giving to candidates or political parties, there are no limits on how much money an individual can give political action committees. b. their members have positions of power within the media. c. they have far and away the largest number of grassroots supporters. d. many of their members hold high political office.

15.Robert Dahl developed his theory of __________ to argue that corporations, political parties, professional organizations, and ethnic and religious groups provide checks and balances for each other so that no one group has too much power. a. special interest groups b. democracy c. the pluralist model d. the power elite

16.Singer and celebrity Beyoncé endorsed Joe Biden during the 2020 presidential election. Based on the extent that people pay attention to her and care about what she says, Beyoncé could be considered a. an opinion leader. b. a member of the power elite. c. a member of a special interest group. d. a political action leader.

17.__________ are short sentences or phrases on a political subject, designed to be catchy and memorable but not necessarily to convey much information. a. Position papers b. Policy gripes c. Press releases d. Sound bites

18.Many popular social media platforms contain algorithms designed to show users content they will like and agree with, or content that will elicit a strong reaction.

The online echo chambers created by these algorithms tend to a. ensure users receive a wide array of factual information from multiple perspectives. b. increase the fragmentation and segmentation of users by limiting their exposure to certain kinds of information. c. limit the impact of “fake news.” d. increase the number and quality of micro-macro connections that people make.

19.The sixteenth- and seventeenth-century curriculums at schools like England’s Trinity College at Cambridge (The College of the Holy and Undivided Trinity) leaned heavily on theology. Today, the vast majority of university students will never take any theology classes. Why did this change? a. Universities in those days were controlled by the state. b. The internet has altered social relations to such an extent that education in certain subjects no longer seems important. c. There are more colleges now, so students who are told they must take theology classes can simply transfer to a different school. d. The knowledge, values, and expectations required to succeed in contemporary society are different from those required then.

20.Former teacher Jonathan Kozol conducted an ethnography of public schools in major cities across the United States for his book Savage Inequalities. In his study, Kozol found that schools reinforce inequality by a. busing students to schools far from their homes, disrupting their schedules and removing them from their natural peers.

b. using local property taxes to fund public schools, trapping poor children in poor schools. c. “teaching to the test,” which removes many more creative subjects from the curriculum. d. privileging athletes and giving them a much easier educational path.

21.According to Randall Collins, our educational system is much like a “tribal initiation rite,” a “secret society,” or a “closed occupational caste.” For Collins, it is not a rational system that produces more efficient production but a mechanism for a. creating gender inequality in the workforce. b. reproducing the existing class structure. c. punishing those who deviate from mainstream American values. d. teaching the values and ideals we need to function in society today.

22.Which of the following is an example of how the hidden curriculum can reinforce inequality? a. The curriculum may recognize and celebrate diversity, but most professors and administrators are white and heterosexual. b. History books are rewritten to emphasize the role of women and minorities. c. Schools attempt to change how they teach. d. Schools attempt to address the gaps and exclusions that exist in their curriculum.

23.A common objection to __________ is that they will drain funds from vulnerable public schools and cause them to deteriorate further. a. charter schools b. school vouchers c. early college high schools d. community colleges

24.Charter schools are a. public schools that are run by private entities. b. institutions in which students earn a high school diploma and two years of

credit toward a bachelor’s degree. c. a common type of homeschooling. d. institutions that allow high school students to simultaneously enroll in college classes.

25.What does a sociological perspective tell us about education in the United States? a. Anyone who works hard can get good grades. b. Education is the pathway to material success and, as such, rewards the best and brightest individuals. c. Tracking helps students from disadvantaged backgrounds achieve material success. d. Educational success often has as much to do with social stratification as it does with individual ability.

26.What development transformed and expanded the role of distance learning in the American educational system? a. the passage of the No Child Left Behind Act in 2002 b. a rise in immigration, leading to a large population of non-English-speaking students c. the deterioration of the infrastructure in educational institutions d. the rise of the internet

27.According to Randall Collins, why do members of lucrative professions like law and medicine support the current educational system? a. They understand how complicated their professions are and want to make sure that everyone who enters them is well trained. b. They want to keep the number of potential job applicants down, thereby minimizing competition and ensuring that there are a large number of people for less lucrative, less pleasant professions. c. They know that the world is changing quickly, and they want to make sure that new doctors and lawyers are fully versed in the intricacies of twentyfirst-century life. d. They tend to invest in private schools so they can profit from education.

28.What is the process called in which students are tested and the results are used to place them in a certain category of classes (remedial, advanced, college prep, etc.)? a. the hidden curriculum b. socialization c. tracking d. charter schooling

29.Randall Collins argues that the true function of schools is that they a. train a workforce in computer and technology skills so students can work in a twenty-first-century information economy. b. teach traditional American values like respect, hard work, and punctuality. c. reproduce the class structure, making sure that most people grow up to have a socioeconomic status similar to that of their parents. d. teach students to have a profound intellectual engagement that allows them to establish a meaningful relationship with the society in which they live.

30.According to sociologist Randall Collins, how would barring employers from asking about educational credentials reform and improve the educational system? a. It would make the final two years of college easier for everyone. b. It would lead the federal government to fund high schools in poor areas. c. It would reduce inequality by placing less emphasis on credentials as proof of readiness for the job market. d. It would abolish the use of standardized test scores on college applications.

31.What is one goal of early college high schools? a. to make education cheaper because college teachers are paid less when teaching in these institutions b. to move skilled workers into the economy faster c. to make it easier for students from underserved backgrounds to enter college d. to slow the educational process and to keep more young people in school and out of the workforce, where too many people are underemployed

32.In Schooling in Capitalist America, Samuel Bowles and Herbert Gintis argued that schools train a labor force in the skills and attitudes necessary for the health of a modern economy. What are these skills and attitudes? a. critical thinking b. independence and initiative c. the mathematical skills needed to work with computer software and the drive needed to create new things d. taking orders and performing repetitive tasks

33.Jacobson and Rosenthal’s Pygmalion in the Classroom showed that a. IQ scores are the best predictors of classroom success. b. students whom teachers expect to do well tend to fare better in the classroom. c. there is no relationship between teachers’ expectations about students and student performance. d. all students enter the education system with equal chances for success.

34.How does the academic achievement of homeschooled students compare to that of public school students? a. Homeschooled students perform better in reading, but worse in math and science. b. Homeschooled students perform significantly better, on average, than public school students. c. No one knows, because there is no way to test homeschooled students. d. Homeschooled students do well only if their parents are certified as teachers; otherwise, they perform poorly.

35.The fact that school schedules are organized around Christmas is evidence a. that the United States is a secular society. b. that the majority of Americans celebrate Christmas. c. of nothing; it is just a coincidence. d. that the United States is not a totally secular society.

36.Evangelical Christianity is characterized by a focus on a. the separation of church and state. b. spirituality rather than religion. c. converting others to their way of worshipping. d. a literal reading of the Bible.

37.What do all religions have in common? a. God(s) or other supernatural beings b. moral laws about the proper way to offer prayer and sacrifice to a god c. a system of beliefs and rituals that establish a relationship between the sacred and the profane d. certain days that are considered holy

38. “Wives, submit yourselves unto your own husbands, as unto the Lord. For the husband is the head of the wife, even as Christ is the head of the church.” Many people still look to passages from the Christian Bible, like this one, to justify gender roles. Conflict theorists might argue that this is a __________ of religion because it __________. a. dysfunction; is homophobic b. function; promotes equality c. function; teaches us a basic sociological tenet d. dysfunction; promotes sexism

39.Religious fundamentalism is characterized by a. the frequency of attendance at worship services. b. a relationship between the sacred and profane. c. the literal interpretation of sacred texts. d. a focus on converting others to one’s faith.

40.Religion fulfills what role in society from a structural functionalist perspective? a. It makes women subservient to men. b. Its shows religious organizations how to become agents of change.

c. It is an instrument against oppression and exploitation. d. It provides its supporters with a set of values, norms, and rules by which to live.

41.An example of extrinsic religiosity would be a. a person’s beliefs about the supernatural or divine. b. a person attending religious services. c. how someone interprets their sacred texts. d. privately praying to only one divine figure or god.

42.Which of the following terms is used to represent the most conservative group within any religion? a. evangelical b. extrinsic c. unchurched d. fundamentalist

43.Monotheistic religions a. worship multiple divine figures. b. require worship in a public rather than private manner. c. worship a single divine figure. d. are based on the literal interpretation of sacred texts.

44.The extent of a person’s consistent and regular practice of their religious beliefs is known as a. disenfranchisement. b. fundamentalism. c. religiosity. d. monotheism.

45.Octavia is interested in pursuing a study that examines how religion is incorporated into the everyday life of first-year college students. Which

sociological paradigm is she adopting for her study? a. fundamentalism b. structural functionalism c. conflict theory d. symbolic interactionism

46.One’s personal relationship to the divine, or inner religious life, is known as a. extrinsic religiosity. b. intrinsic religiosity. c. monotheism. d. polytheism.

47.How is a sociological definition of religion different from a commonsense, everyday definition? a. A sociological definition looks only at the macro elements of religion. b. A sociological definition looks only at the way religion is created and recreated through everyday interaction. c. A sociological definition must be broad enough to encompass all varieties of religious experiences. d. A sociological definition cannot account for personal relationships with God.

48.Someone who is “unchurched” would most likely describe themselves as a. fundamentalist. b. evangelical. c. profane but not sacred. d. spiritual but not religious.

49.According to Max Weber, Protestant values contributed to the rise of a. opinion leaders. b. hidden curriculum. c. religion. d. capitalism.

50.The adhan is the Islamic call to prayer that is recited five times each day. This means that, in theory, five times each day every Muslim is doing the exact same thing at the exact same time. What function of religion does the adhan help bring about? a. It supports economic development. b. It brings people together. c. It reinforces sexism. d. It creates a bias against gay people.

51.There is little to no difference between Republicans and Democrats in how much they trust the media or which news sources they prefer. a. True b. False

52.An individual has only been disenfranchised if they have been stripped of voting rights permanently. a. True b. False

53.A democratic government does not equally represent all citizens. a. True b. False

54.The power elite consists of a group of individuals who are in leadership positions within the economy, politics, and the military. a. True b. False

55.Authoritarianism is defined as a government ruled by a king or queen. a. True

b. False

56.Human rights groups have long protested state governments’ disenfranchisement of convicted felons. a. True b. False

57.Inequalities in education are even wider at the college level. a. True b. False

58.With the rise of the credential society, unschooling has become less popular. a. True b. False

59.Conflict theory argues that, although religion is sometimes an oppressive force, it can also sometimes act as a liberating force. a. True b. False

60.Beliefs that are supernatural are considered sacred, whereas those that are everyday are considered profane. a. True b. False

61.What distinguishes absolute and constitutional monarchies?

62.What is one implication of the power elite theory for understanding American society?

63.What does the example of the 1960 Kennedy/Nixon presidential debate illustrate about how media have influenced politics?

64.How is a dictatorship a form of authoritarianism?

65.How did the Citizens United court ruling affect campaign expenditures?

66.Which part of the American power structure did the Black Lives Matter movement address?

67.What is the main function of the “hidden curriculum” according to Bowles and Gintis’s (1977) study, Schooling in Capitalist America?

68.School vouchers are point of contention in the United States. What are the arguments of their proponents? Of their opponents?

69.How is determining religiosity a complex phenomenon in the United States?

70.According to the conflict perspective, why is the role of religion in society complex?

71.What are the similarities and differences in how the theory of the power elite and the theory of pluralism would understand the role of 527 groups?

72.How does the media shape politics? Provide three examples from this chapter.

73.Who rules America? Compare the two competing answers to this question offered in Chapter 10.

74.What is the concept of the “simulacrum” as proposed by French sociologist Jean Baudrillard?

75.According to Jonathan Kozol, how do public schools help reinforce inequality?

76.Why does Randall Collins, author of The Credential Society, want to “abolish compulsory school requirements and make it illegal for employers to require any particular level of formal education”?

77.What is the “hidden curriculum”? What nonacademic functions does it fulfill?

78.Consider the recitation of the Pledge of Allegiance as a part of the hidden curriculum. What lessons are being learned indirectly through the pledge?

79.How might someone who adopts a conflict theory perspective argue that religion can both promote social inequality and promote social justice?

80.How do sociologists define religion? How is this different from a commonsense definition of religion?

Answer Key Chapter 10 1. Answer: D 2. Answer: B 3. Answer: D 4. Answer: A 5. Answer: B 6. Answer: C 7. Answer: C 8. Answer: A 9. Answer: C 10.Answer: A 11.Answer: A 12.Answer: C 13.Answer: A 14.Answer: A 15.Answer: C 16.Answer: A 17.Answer: D 18.Answer: B 19.Answer: D 20.Answer: B

21.Answer: B 22.Answer: A 23.Answer: B 24.Answer: A 25.Answer: D 26.Answer: D 27.Answer: B 28.Answer: C 29.Answer: C 30.Answer: C 31.Answer: C 32.Answer: D 33.Answer: B 34.Answer: B 35.Answer: D 36.Answer: C 37.Answer: C 38.Answer: D 39.Answer: C 40.Answer: D 41.Answer: B 42.Answer: D

43.Answer: C 44.Answer: C 45.Answer: D 46.Answer: B 47.Answer: C 48.Answer: D 49.Answer: D 50.Answer: B 51.Answer: B 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: A 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: B 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: A 58.Answer: B 59.Answer: A 60.Answer: A 61.Answer: Absolute monarchs have complete authority, whereas constitutional monarchs are royal figures with more limited power.

62.Answer: According to this theory, the power

elite are connected to one another professionally and personally, and they recognize themselves as part of a “members only” club to which most people do not have access.

Thus, working hard is often not enough to reach positions of power. In addition, control is concentrated in the hands of those who are wealthy rather than those who are democratically elected.

63.Answer: It is an example of how the rise of television and other visual media shape our perception of candidates and perhaps lead us to focus on style over substance. Radio listeners thought Nixon won the debate and TV viewers thought Kennedy did.

64.Answer: Dictators are not elected by a constituency but instead seize power, often by force.

65.Answer: It allowed unlimited campaign

contributions.

66.Answer: It addressed policing and the judicial system.

67.Answer: It produces a submissive and obedient future workforce.

68.Answer: Proponents of school vouchers say that they provide parents with greater choice in the education of their children and incentivize school improvement.

Opponents argue that they drain funds from struggling public schools and cause them to deteriorate further.

69.Answer: Measuring religiosity can be quite challenging, as it can be identified both extrinsically and intrinsically.

Additionally, religious affiliation varies across demographics (age, race, gender, political party, and education) even though most Americans state that religion is important to them.

For instance, a recent study shows that younger

Americans (onethird of the population under thirty years old) tend to be religiously unaffiliated; more simply, religious attendance does not necessarily indicate religious beliefs.

70.Answer: It can subjugate people, but it can also liberate them.

71.Answer: The best answers will point out that those who support either theory believe that political action committees and 527s support their conclusions. Those who believe in a power elite see these groups as a loophole in campaign finance laws that allows the wealthy to exert undue influence and donate money, which is strongly correlated with electoral success.

However, those who believe we are a pluralistic society would point out that more minority candidates are elected to office with the support of 527s and that PACs ensure the

representation of diverse interest groups.

72.Answer: Answers will vary, but may include discussions of how (1) television may have introduced a focus on how candidates look; (2) the media focus national or even global attention on certain events; (3) the media have come to play an important role in campaigns and elections; (4) sound bites have replaced more deliberate discussion of complex social issues; and (5) echo chambers, filter bubbles, and fake news influence voters.

73.Answer: Chapter 10 contrasted a theory of pluralism with a theory of the power elite. According to the theory of pluralism, power is held by a variety of organizations and institutions such as corporations, political parties, professional organizations, and ethnic and religious groups.

Each organization is assumed to

have roughly equal access to the power structure, and a system of checks and balances in the form of laws, policies, and the courts keeps any one group from having too much power over the others.

According to the theory of the power elite, a small group that occupies the positions of control within the economic, political, and military institutions of the country makes the most important decisions. The members of the elite have the full weight of their institutions at their disposal. Thus, their actions have tremendous implications for practically the entire population.

The best answers will mention that C. Wright Mills is closely associated with the theory of the power elite.

74.Answer: All answers should be able to explain that this concept is an attempt to understand the emergence of postmodern society. Jean

Baudrillard argued that people were losing the ability to distinguish between what is real and what is fake, especially when media representations were involved, and that we would also come to accept the fake as sufficient and therefore no longer even need the real. He called this new socially constructed reality the “simulacrum,” or a simulation that becomes as good as real. The problem with the simulacrum is that the eye can be tricked and images can be manipulated in order to give the illusion of reality.

Following Baudrillard’s logic, “the image has come to replace the real” for people in a postmodern, media-driven society.

75.Answer: The text points out two distinct ways in which public schools might help to reproduce classbased inequality: by the way they are funded and by the way they affect student morale.

Kozol contends

that because schools are funded by local property taxes, children in poor neighborhoods are trapped in poor schools, which effectively reinforces inequality. He documents the significant differences between America’s schools: “The highest spending districts have twice as many art, music, and foreign language teachers . . . 75 percent more physical education teachers . . . 50 percent more nurses, school librarians, guidance counselors, and psychologists . . . and 60 percent more personnel in school administration than the low-spending districts.”

His overall impression was that these urban schools were, by and large, extraordinarily unhappy places.

How, he asks, could the children in these schools have an equal chance at

success?

76.Answer: Collins believes that class inequalities are reproduced in educational settings and that there is very little schools can do to increase learning.

Many people assume that better teachers, better facilities, and better funding could increase test scores. He points out that when class background is held constant, none of these other factors seems to have any effect. Collins believes that reproducing the existing class structure is the true function of education.

Schools, for example, provide the credentials to ensure that the children of the middle class will continue to receive middle-class jobs.

In order to protect their own job security, people with lucrative occupations such as accountants, lawyers, and financial analysts have set up a complicated credential system (education). This

system keeps the number of job applicants down and ensures that there is a large population forced to work in unpleasant jobs for low wages. Collins thus believes that the educational system is really a system for reproducing class inequality, which could be reduced if the United States were to implement his recommendations.

77.Answer: All answers should be able to define the hidden curriculum as lessons that students learn indirectly but that are an implicit part of their socialization in the school environment. Good answers will identify its functions: training future workers for an industrial economy and reinforcing and reproducing inequality. The very best answers might also mention that the hidden curriculum is hard to adjust because it is based not only on what is taught but also on how it

is taught.

78.Answer: There is a range of possible answers here, but good responses will most likely focus on how the use of the pledge sends a message about either a shared national identity or the role of religion in everyday life. It is also a socializing process through which children learn values like patriotism, nationalism, and reverence for national identity— and perhaps even political authority.

79.Answer: From a conflict perspective, religion is complex.

Some religions have a history of promoting discriminatory views toward certain groups, such as women, people of color, and the LGBTQ community.

However, religious teachings can also inspire individuals to fight against injustice and advocate for human rights. A notable example is the American civil rights movement, which was largely

led by a group of Christian ministers.

80.Answer: For sociologists, religion includes any institutionalized system of shared beliefs (propositions and ideas held on the basis of faith) and rituals (practices based on those beliefs) that identify a relationship between the sacred (holy, divine, or supernatural) and the profane (ordinary, mundane, or everyday). Unlike a commonsense definition, a sociological definition of religion must be broad enough to encompass all types of religious experience.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 11 1. Beyond just money, the economy is about a. the people who are most important to an individual’s sense of self. b. the production, distribution, and consumption of goods and services. c. encouraging cooperation over competition. d. rituals and beliefs that divide the world into the sacred and the profane.

2. Under modern capitalism, a firm experiencing a strike can keep labor costs low by doing which of the following? a. moving operations to a country where workers do not have the right to strike b. terminating union contracts c. breaking up a union d. invoking a union’s wage hardship clause

3. In 2023, faculty at Rutgers University went on strike. Which aspect of their job most likely made it easier for them to strike than most American workers? a. The public is much more sympathetic to academic workers. b. They have better contracts. c. They have more cultural capital, and therefore can better strategize about how to make a strike succeed. d. Their jobs cannot be moved overseas.

4. Some for-profit higher education institutions receive a large proportion of tuition payments via government grants and loans. These institutions may often attempt to enroll as many students as possible, regardless of their actual preparation for college. Thus, many suggest that for-profit higher education institutions are benefiting from a version of a. capitalism. b. technology.

c. privatization. d. corporate welfare.

5. One of the primary principles of capitalism is a. privatization of the means of production. b. collective distribution of goods and services. c. a focus on meeting the basic needs of all citizens. d. government regulation of industry.

6. In its purest form, socialism seeks to a. create a meritocracy. b. lay the groundwork for a future monarchy. c. encourage profits for some people over others. d. meet the basic needs of all citizens.

7. In a capitalist system, what do workers have available to sell? a. raw materials b. stocks and bonds c. their own labor d. different kinds of commodities

8. According to the text, what is the most extreme form of socialism called? a. capitalism b. communism c. revolutionism d. conflict theory

9. The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 directed nearly $2 trillion in government funds to families and businesses impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic. According to the text, this means the United States a. is an example of pure capitalism.

b. is a mostly capitalist nation, but it also practices a degree of socialism. c. has a socialist economy under President Joe Biden. d. has always been primarily socialist, so the bailout is nothing new.

10.One criticism of socialism is that in some socialist nations, a. too many middle-class luxuries are provided, and people become gluttonous. b. citizens have access to resources like health care, food, and housing. c. political elites enjoy a higher standard of living than workers. d. there is an emphasis on hyper-individualism.

11.Large social and economic changes followed from the domestication of plants and animals and the gradually increasing efficiency of food production. What do scholars call this type of revolution? a. industrial b. domestic c. agricultural d. farming

12.The Information Revolution changed the nature of work and the economy by a. slowing the process of globalization. b. making it less likely that individuals will be able to work from home. c. shifting the economy toward the production of knowledge and services. d. making companies more likely to manufacture and sell goods within a single nation.

13.The change that caused people to migrate to cities from rural areas at high rates was the a. switch to a manufacturing economy. b. development of crop rotation and better animal husbandry techniques. c. switch from a manufacturing economy to an information economy. d. emancipation of slaves in the United States.

14.__________ is/are the technological development(s) most associated with the Information Revolution. a. The jet airplane b. The microchip c. Spreadsheets and email d. Container ships

15.Workers in large department stores usually are paid commission, which means they are in direct competition with their fellow employees. According to Karl Marx, these workers may experience a. anomie. b. the iron cage. c. alienation. d. groupthink.

16.Miguel works for an advertising agency. He is responsible for developing unique promotional materials for clients. Much of his job consists of brainstorming, designing, and discussing ideas with coworkers. Miguel is doing __________ work. a. traditional b. knowledge c. industrial d. service

17.The __________ helped to bring about the Industrial Revolution. a. jet airplane b. automobile c. internet d. steam engine

18.The Industrial Revolution began in the a. 1600s.

b. 1700s. c. 1800s. d. 1900s.

19.How will the Information Revolution most likely affect urbanization? a. Cities might grow because technology makes them even more attractive places to live. b. Cities might grow because people will become fatigued from too many virtual interactions and seek more in-person interactions. c. Cities might shrink because people will prefer to interact with smaller groups in person after being able to interact with anyone in the world through the internet. d. Cities might shrink because technology enables people to live anywhere and still work at the same job.

20.Telecommuting increases worker productivity because a. it allows employees to spend less time with their families. b. there is no office gossip to distract telecommuters. c. people who work from home tend to work longer hours. d. telecommuters must demonstrate a concrete measure of their accomplishments.

21.Barbara Ehrenreich explored some of the issues of power and service work in her book Nickel and Dimed: On (Not) Getting By in America (2001). As research for the book, Ehrenreich took minimum-wage service jobs as a waitress, a hotel maid, and a Walmart employee. What was her main finding? a. She found that jobs that gave opportunities to be paid “under the table” were better for individual economic stability. b. She found that service workers often worked three jobs to make ends meet. c. She found that service workers in these types of jobs are likely to be exploited in several ways. d. She found that service workers’ families suffered the most due to their absence.

22.How do “right-to-work” laws impact unions? a. They prevent workplaces from replacing employees with automation. b. They prevent workplaces from sending jobs to other countries. c. They prohibit workplaces from requiring union membership for employees. d. They require workplaces to force employees to join a union.

23.Which area of the economy has seen increases in union membership since the early 1970s? a. the information economy b. the manufacturing sector c. the public sector d. the private sector

24.Donald Roy’s classic study of the workplace called “Banana Time” showed that a. knowledge workers need more coffee breaks than service workers do. b. communities of coping emerge among co-workers during coffee breaks. c. telecommuting will destroy the sense of community among co-workers. d. play emerges in even the most harsh and strenuous work environments.

25.What are the consequences of scripting workers’ interactions with customers, according to Robin Leidner’s Fast Food, Fast Talk? a. It makes interactions more fluid. b. It makes communication easier and leads to happier workers. c. It makes customers feel important. d. It is damaging to workers and suppresses their real selves.

26.Office workers hanging pictures in their cubicles or wasting time daydreaming while on the clock are examples of a. individual resistance. b. slacking. c. sticking it to the man. d. collective resistance.

27.Who led campaigns to end child labor and increase workplace safety? a. women’s groups b. chambers of commerce c. unions d. the federal government

28.How are strictly controlled workers within bureaucracies different from robots? a. Human workers need forms of upkeep. b. Human workers can resist and undermine the bureaucratic restraints that limit their autonomy. c. Human workers are more reliable. d. Human workers are cheaper.

29.What effect did the Taft-Hartley Act of 1947 have on unions? a. It gave unions greater power. b. It prohibited government workers from unionizing. c. It instituted limits on secondary strikes and boycotts. d. It made unions illegal.

30.How has union membership changed in recent years? a. Membership has steeply declined. b. It has not changed. c. Membership has greatly increased. d. Membership has slightly increased.

31.Nikhil shows up at his job on time on each required day. He does not immerse himself in his work and ignores the optional professional development videos his company emails employees each month. He also completes just enough tasks to ensure that his supervisor does not get suspicious of him. Nikhil is engaging in a. impersonality. b. “quiet quitting.”

c. alienation. d. collective resistance.

32.The textbook suggests that some corporations are adopting new forms of selfregulation as well as taking proactive measures to integrate social and ethical concerns into their business models. This is part of a movement called “CSR.” What does “CSR” stand for? a. corporate self-regulation b. conscience, solutions, reform c. customer service representative d. corporate social responsibility

33.When General Motors announced that it would soon sell only zero-emissions vehicles, the company’s stock price increased significantly. Given this, one might question if the decision to eventually sell only zero-emissions vehicles a. was a smart business move. b. was based on altruism or a desire to increase profits. c. would lead to anomie. d. is an example of individual resistance.

34.From a Marxist perspective, one might see minor forms of corporate social responsibility as a. revolutionary in nature. b. the reason why a mixed economy leads to human flourishing. c. contributing to false consciousness and maintaining an exploitative system. d. the end of workers experiencing alienation.

35.The fact that almost all of the small electronics used in the United States are made in Asia is an illustration of a. the Industrial Revolution. b. globalization. c. the rise of cybernetics. d. collective resistance.

36.Why would a company outsource or contract out labor it might otherwise employ its own staff to perform? a. The company’s customers demand it. b. Doing so is cheaper. c. The staff available is not fully qualified. d. The company cares about quality.

37.Corporations with decision-making, production, and distribution operations spread all over the world are characteristic of a. industrialization. b. runaway shops. c. deep integration. d. shallow integration.

38.What disadvantage will result from increased international trade, according to critics of globalization? a. Multinational corporations will increasingly shape the policies of governments. b. More consumer goods will be produced. c. Prices of goods and services will decline. d. People will gain exposure to different cultures.

39.The cultural and economic changes that result from dramatic increases in international trade and exchange are called a. commodity stops. b. runaway shops. c. globalization. d. shallow integration.

40.According to the U.S. General Accounting Office, an employer that violates more than one federal or state labor law concerning wages, overtime, child labor, safety and health, or industrial regulation is classified as a(n)

a. postmodern corporation. b. runaway shop. c. independent contractor. d. sweatshop.

41.What is it an example of when liquor stores in the United States import wine made entirely from French grapes and bottled in France or beer brewed from grain and hops grown in the Netherlands? a. shallow integration b. deep integration c. postindustrial work d. transnational corporations

42.What is it called when nations compete to attract transnational corporations by undercutting their citizens’ wages or offering tax incentives? a. collective resistance strategies b. the collective distribution of goods and services c. the race to the bottom d. postindustrial union bargaining

43.Firms that purposely transcend national borders so that their products can be manufactured at sites all over the world are called a. transnational corporations. b. sweatshops. c. runaway shops. d. globalization.

44.Which of the following groups is engaged in contingent work? a. independent contractors b. teachers c. service workers d. knowledge workers

45.What term is used for the group of nonprofit organizations that are designed to run as cost-effectively as possible and to direct any earnings back into the causes they support? a. technology firms b. the Third Sector c. multinational corporations d. transnational corporations

46.Martha makes a living working four different jobs. In the morning she walks dogs for four neighbors on her block, then she picks up and delivers groceries for Instacart. In the afternoons and evenings, she likes to either drive passengers around using Lyft or provide child care through KangaDo. What term best describes the modern type of economy that creates Martha’s employment options? a. service b. knowledge c. gig d. outsourcing

47.Thanksgiving is one of the busiest days of the year for groups that provide food for the homeless and the poor. It is also one of the biggest days of the year for volunteers, as many people donate their time and efforts, which makes them, even if just for the day, part of the a. Third Sector. b. global commodity chain. c. postmodern economy. d. contingent workforce.

48.Kim worked for a temporary staffing agency as a receptionist. She believed that it would give her a great chance to be offered permanent full-time work. Why might this be an incorrect assumption? a. Her assumption is not incorrect; temporary workers (aka contingent workers) are almost always offered full-time work. b. Temporary workers (aka contingent workers) tend to move in and out of

jobs with little opportunity for full-time permanent work. c. Employers usually hire their temporary workers. d. Employers never hire their temporary workers.

49.Charles grew up in a large city. He never learned to sharpen tools and drive offroad vehicles. He is training to be a wildland firefighter but finds himself lagging behind many other Forest Service trainees. What would Mathew Desmond’s research suggest has led to Charles’s initial struggles during the training? a. Charles does not have a strong work ethic. b. Charles’s privilege is working against him in this context. c. Charles lacks the genetic potential to be a wildland firefighter. d. Charles was not socialized into “country masculinity.”

50.Spencer Cahill found that mortuary science education requires students to a. display exaggerated emotions in order to not seem cold and impersonal. b. stand out as individuals by approaching their work in unique ways. c. communicate a professional authority in matters that many would find emotionally upsetting. d. develop immense physical strength.

51.Socialist societies lack any form of class division. a. True b. False

52.New plows and seed spreaders were made possible because of the Industrial Revolution. a. True b. False

53.The Industrial Revolution helped create a strong middle class. a. True b. False

54.The Covid-19 pandemic highlighted the preexisting inequalities in service work, while also exacerbating them. a. True b. False

55.Resistance strategies relate to the variety of ways in which individuals and groups express discontent with their working conditions. a. True b. False

56. “Rogue” agencies posting information on Twitter to make it available to the public is an example of individual resistance to bureaucratic organizations. a. True b. False

57.There can be devastating and deadly consequences when corporations privilege profit making above any costs or damage done to individuals, society, or the planet. a. True b. False

58.The deadliest garment-industry accident in history took place in April 2013 in Bangladesh, where an unstable building collapsed due to the vibrations of the machinery. a. True b. False

59.App-based gig work undercuts the conventional low-wage job market, which may make it harder for already vulnerable workers to get a paycheck. a. True

b. False

60.Mortuary science program students must learn how to engage in the practice of “normalizing talk.” a. True b. False

61.There is some degree of socialism even in the United States. Name three programs that would qualify as socialism in our capitalist society.

62.Barbara Ehrenreich found numerous ways in which service workers were being exploited while she was conducting research for her book Nickel and Dimed: On (Not) Getting By in America. List and describe three of these.

63.Identify three things from which workers are alienated in an industrial or postindustrial economy, according to Karl Marx.

64.Describe three ways in which the rise of the industrial economy increased levels of stratification by class, race, and gender.

65.Describe two advantages and two disadvantages of telecommuting.

66.What are two types of individual acts of resistance and two types of collective resistance in which workers may engage to fundamentally change working conditions?

67.Why are unions sometimes referred to as “the people who brought you the weekend”?

68.What are two examples of corporate social responsibility?

69.Define outsourcing and provide an example.

70.What are three examples of “contingent work”?

71.Capitalism exists in a way that tends to encourage class stratification and social inequality. What evidence supports this statement?

72.The textbook discusses how the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 funneled $1.9 trillion in government funds to families and businesses affected by the Covid19 pandemic as a form of socialism. How is this policy an example of a socialist idea?

73.The textbook makes the point that while Americans take pride in being hard workers, we might be working too hard. What evidence supports this idea?

74.What are the three major revolutions that transformed the nature of work and working? Describe the major technological innovation that accompanied each revolution.

75.What tactics have been used to weaken unions in the United States?

76.At the beginning of the Covid-19 outbreak in the United States, many felt that the virus would mostly impact urban areas; however, it began to hit hard with notable outbreaks in several rural communities. The rural communities had one thing in common: Their economies were largely based on meatpacking plants. In what ways did the Covid-19 outbreaks in the meatpacking industry portray an ideal of profits over people?

77.What are the similarities and differences in the structural functionalist and conflict perspectives of work and the economy?

78.How was the shallow integration of the past different from the deep integration associated with globalization?

79.Some view internships as a way for students to earn a “leg up” on starting their careers, while other see them as just another way that organizations exploit “free menial labor” from willing participants. Based on these two viewpoints, what are some pros and cons of internships as a form of labor? Which side do you agree with more?

80.Are things like contingent work and volunteerism (Third Sector labor) just other ways for corporations or organizations to exploit workers? Do they offer workers freedom from bureaucracy and choice in terms of volunteer opportunities? Define these concepts and support your answer with facts on globalization.

Answer Key Chapter 11 1. Answer: B 2. Answer: A 3. Answer: D 4. Answer: D 5. Answer: A 6. Answer: D 7. Answer: C 8. Answer: B 9. Answer: B 10.Answer: C 11.Answer: C 12.Answer: C 13.Answer: A 14.Answer: B 15.Answer: C 16.Answer: B 17.Answer: D 18.Answer: B 19.Answer: D 20.Answer: D

21.Answer: C 22.Answer: C 23.Answer: C 24.Answer: D 25.Answer: D 26.Answer: A 27.Answer: C 28.Answer: B 29.Answer: C 30.Answer: A 31.Answer: B 32.Answer: D 33.Answer: B 34.Answer: C 35.Answer: B 36.Answer: B 37.Answer: C 38.Answer: A 39.Answer: C 40.Answer: D 41.Answer: A 42.Answer: C

43.Answer: A 44.Answer: A 45.Answer: B 46.Answer: C 47.Answer: A 48.Answer: B 49.Answer: D 50.Answer: C 51.Answer: B 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: A 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: A 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: A 58.Answer: A 59.Answer: A 60.Answer: A 61.Answer: Examples include welfare, corporate bailouts, public schools, and Medicare/Medic aid.

62.Answer: Answers include low

wages, no benefits, being fired at will, an inability to own or rent, and chronic health problems.

63.Answer: Workers are alienated from the product, from the act of working, from themselves, and from one another.

64.Answer: White people owned the means of production; women stayed home while men worked; poor women of color worked as domestics; and the rich got richer.

65.Answer: Answers may vary, but advantages might include higher worker productivity, less pollution, and less workplace distraction; disadvantages might include alienation, opportunity for distraction and procrastination, and lack of creativity.

66.Answer: Answers will vary. Individual acts of resistance can include watching random YouTube videos during work hours, socializing with colleagues during work hours, and breaking from the script that workers are required to follow.

Collective acts of resistance can include sabotaging assembly lines, striking, and collective bargaining.

67.Answer: Unions have led campaigns to end child labor, establish an eight-hour workday, and increase workplace safety. They have improved the lives of many American workers.

68.Answer: Answers will vary. Examples could include Google pledging to stop building certain types of

technological platforms that oil and gas companies use for exploration and extraction, as well as GM establishing a plan to sell only zero-emissions vehicles by 2035.

69.Answer: Outsourcing should be defined as “contracting out” or transferring to another country the labor that a company might otherwise have employed its own staff to perform; it is typically done for financial reasons.

Examples of frequently outsourced operations will vary but could include manufacturing, customer service, clerical, and information technology.

70.Answer: Examples include independent contractors, oncall workers, temporary workers, parttime workers,

and adjunct faculty.

71.Answer: Responses may vary, but they should include a discussion of owners and the goal of profits to accumulate wealth, while workers are selling their labor to earn whatever wage they can receive. While innovation and competition do exist, wealth still becomes concentrated in the hands of a few.

72.Answer: Responses may vary, but should note that the government provided these funds for the collective good.

By providing these funds the economy was boosted while at the same time individuals and families were able to have their basic needs met.

73.Answer: Many Americans don’t get vacation or, when they do, it is not paid.

Most of the

world’s wealthiest nations mandate paid vacation time (from ten days in Japan to thirty in France), but the United States has no mandate.

Approximately 75 percent of employers offer paid time off, but part-time and low-wage workers don’t get any. Paid time off allows for self-care.

74.Answer: Answers may vary, but students should be able to identify the Agricultural Revolution, the Industrial Revolution, and the Information Revolution, which are associated with innovations in farming and animal husbandry, the steam engine, and the microchip, respectively.

75.Answer: Answers may vary, but could include the TaftHartley Act,

deregulation, union busting, right-to-work laws, and outsourcing.

76.Answer: Meatpacking plants are crowded, and the processing floors did not allow for good social distancing.

Many plants that had sick workers refused to close, and infected workers spread the illness throughout the community. The federal government, through executive order

by President Trump, declared meat as “scarce and critical to national defense,” allowing the plants to stay open and not be forced to shut down like other industries.

By the end of 2020, over 45,000 meatpacking workers had contracted Covid-19 and about 250 had died.

77.Answer: Both theories discuss work and economy at a structural level, noting how work and the economy are interconnected.

The functionalist perspective sees different types of work as necessary for the economy and believes that the various positions help maintain stability within the social order.

The conflict perspective sees the stratified labor market as a source of conflict both between and within groups.

Wealthy capitalists exploit less powerful workers, creating an alienating situation in which workers compete against one another. Both theories see stratification as a part of both work and the economy; functionalism sees it as

necessary for a stable structure where conflict theory sees it as a creator of oppression and alienation.

78.Answer: Shallow integration refers to the flow of goods and services that characterized international trade until several decades ago.

Deep integration refers to the global flow of goods and services that exists in today’s economy. While shallow integration consisted of companies that were national, deep integration comprises companies that are international.

79.Answer: Answers may vary, but should include the pros (e.g., academic credit, paid internships) and cons (e.g., meaningless work, exploitation, and long hours)

of internships.

80.Answer: Answers may vary but should include how contingent work and volunteerism offer opportunities for both the corporations and the workers.

Contingent workers and volunteers can control if and when they work, but they may be underpaid or not given opportunities that employees have.

Employers have many financial and legal responsibilities to their regular workers but are not required to do the same for contingent workers or volunteers.

Thanks to globalization and access to technology, contingent work types are becoming more varied and widespread.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 12 1. Given the history of the family, what sort of changes do you think would be most likely to make the extended family more relevant again? a. changes in America’s travel and transportation services b. changes in the economy that make people less likely to move away from their hometowns to get a job c. changes in divorce laws that make it harder for couples to separate d. changes in religion that cause adults to reevaluate how they relate to their parents

2. Which of the following seems to make people, in general, more likely to define a group as a family? a. the size of the group in question b. the presence of children c. the ages of group members d. the socioeconomic class of the people involved

3. The U.S. Census Bureau defines “family” as a. people who are emotionally or materially interdependent. b. people who share a household. c. parents living with minor children. d. two or more individuals related by blood, marriage, or adoption who share a household.

4. The Industrial Revolution changed the common meaning of family because a. it stopped mattering whether children were present. b. family no longer exclusively referred to people who shared a household. c. it shifted the meaning from nuclear family to extended family. d. it shifted the meaning from extended family to nuclear family.

5. Why do the authors of your textbook reject definitions of family that depend on particular types of people, such as parents, and specific types of ties, such as marriage? a. They believe that the nuclear family remains the most important prototype for a family. b. They want the definition to be broad enough to encompass a variety of living arrangements. c. They believe that in the future more families will consist of two sets of parents with children. d. They argue that it is important to limit the definition of families so that families can be discussed with clarity.

6. Some are worried about the effect that the rise in one-child families is having on the foundation of Japanese society. On what sort of theoretical perspective on the family is this concern based? a. structural functionalist b. symbolic interactionist c. life course theory d. historical materialist

7. A symbolic interactionist studying the family would be most interested in a. the inequalities associated with men’s negligible role in raising and caring for infants. b. the diminished role the family plays in teaching children important skills. c. the way gift giving within an extended family makes some bonds more important than others. d. the way increasing divorce rates are making it harder for families to function and to socialize children.

8. According to conflict theory, the nuclear family facilitates exploitation a. through the use of nannies and domestic workers. b. by making geographic mobility possible. c. through a gendered division of labor within the home. d. by exploiting the working class whose products it consumes.

9. According to symbolic interactionists Jay Gubrium and Jim Holstein, what form does the family take in contemporary society? a. “The family” does not exist; rather, family is a fluid, adaptable set of concepts and practices. b. The family is the unit that raises children. c. The family is based on legal and economic structures. d. The family is the institution for the socialization of children.

10.In what way do functionalists view the family as responsible for the reproduction of society? a. It produces and socializes children. b. It is the fundamental planning mechanism for society. c. It is the most important unit of consumption. d. It is the basic unit of the household and the smallest building block of a society.

11.In the Hawaiian language, makuahine means both “mother” and a. “daughter.” b. “sister.” c. “aunt.” d. “cousin.”

12.Which of the following is an example of fictive kin? a. your cousin who lives two time zones away and whom you have not seen in decades, but who your grandparents always tell stories about during holidays b. your dad’s best friend whom you refer to as “Uncle Pete” even though he’s not really your uncle c. any relatives who are related by marriage and not blood d. any stepsiblings or stepparents

13.How could new technologies like the internet decrease the importance of

propinquity in mate selection while preserving or even increasing the importance of homogamy? a. by bringing people together from all over the world based on similar interests or backgrounds b. by making it obvious to most people that their best chance for marital satisfaction may be with a type of person they have never met before c. by masking some of the characteristics of potential mates until the two people have met d. by allowing social networking sites to connect individuals to more residents of their hometowns

14.How have Americans’ attitudes changed, if they have at all, regarding interracial marriage? a. Americans are much more accepting of interracial marriage than they were in the past. b. Americans are a little less accepting of interracial marriage than they were in the past. c. Americans are about as accepting of interracial marriage as they were in the past. d. Americans are less accepting of interracial marriage than they were in the past.

15.The United States had no interstate highway system before World War II, and traveling to different parts of the country was difficult. This means that __________ must have been even more important in determining mate selection. a. exogamy b. economic considerations c. cohabitation d. propinquity

16.__________ laws prohibited the mixing of racial groups through marriage, cohabitation, or sexual contact. a. Reconstruction b. Common

c. Antimiscegenation d. Jim Crow

17.Very few people in the United States today marry outside their own socioeconomic class, which suggests that there is a high degree of a. endogamy. b. exogamy. c. polyandry. d. polygamy.

18.Until recently, South Korea had laws in place banning marriage between people who belonged to the same clan. Therefore, this policy encouraged people to practice a. polyandry. b. exogamy. c. endogamy. d. plural families.

19.The most consistent factor involved in forming relationships and selecting mates is a. personal chemistry. b. the unique individual characteristics of the individuals involved. c. the tendency to choose mates who are similar in class, race, ethnicity, and age. d. the desire to find a mate who comes from a radically different background.

20.According to Kathryn Edin and Maria Kefalas, young women of low socioeconomic status have children because a. they want to gain access to welfare benefits. b. they do not have access to adequate birth control. c. they are poorly educated. d. a baby is a symbol of belonging, and motherhood can lead to respect from one’s community.

21.American ideology focuses on the importance of marriage and family values and assumes that the family is at the center of almost everyone’s life. How does this compare to the way people really live? a. Marriage remains central to people’s lives, but family values are less important than in the past. b. Family values remain very important, but many more people are choosing not to get married than in the past. c. Both marriage and the family are central to the lives of the majority of Americans in much the same way they were in the distant past. d. Increasingly, both marriage and the family are less central to the lives of average Americans.

22.According to the text, __________ is one of several reasons people live their lives unmarried. a. the bohemian lifestyle b. an inability to find a mate c. the single lifestyle d. fear of infidelity

23.__________ is/are most common among adults ages thirty to thirty-nine, with about a quarter of adults in this age group living with an unmarried partner. a. Marriage b. Cohabitation c. Monogamy d. Blended families

24.After dating for two years, Rita and Joo-won decide to move in together. When two people live together as a romantically involved, unmarried couple, they are a. unhappy. b. practicing propinquity. c. cohabitating. d. boomerang kids.

25.By 2008, mother sole-custody had drastically declined, in large part due to a(n) a. decrease in father sole-custody. b. decrease in cohabitation. c. increase in father sole-custody. d. increase in shared custody.

26.__________ is the physical and legal responsibility for the everyday life and routines of children. a. Custody b. Good parenting c. Visitation d. Child support

27.Remarriage rates are lower today than they were in the 1960s because a. divorced people tend to have a series of short relationships instead of getting remarried. b. there has been an increase in cohabitation among unmarried couples. c. divorce rates have dropped slightly. d. people tend to divorce at later ages, so they are less likely to remarry.

28.How are children of divorced parents today different from children of divorced parents in the 1970s? a. Children of divorced parents today are more likely to get divorced themselves than were children whose parents divorced in the 1970s. b. Children of divorced parents today are more likely to be divorced multiple times than were children whose parents divorced in the 1970s. c. Children of divorced parents today are more likely to get married than were children whose parents divorced in the 1970s. d. Children of divorced parents today are considerably less likely to divorce than were children whose parents divorced in the 1970s.

29.How is custody of minor children usually handled in divorce cases?

a. Fathers are now slightly more likely than mothers to receive custody. b. Mothers always receive custody. c. Mothers receive custody in a disproportionate number of cases. d. Mothers and fathers are about equally likely to receive custody.

30.Which of the following statements about child custody trends in America is true? a. Children do not benefit from shared custody. b. There has been a dramatic increase in father sole-custody. c. There has been a dramatic decrease in father sole-custody. d. There has been an increase in shared custody between both parents.

31.To whom has Hochschild’s concept of the “Supermom” always been applicable? a. upper-class mothers b. middle-class parents c. working-class mothers d. the homeless

32.Arlie Hochschild’s study of two-income families found that women were much more likely than men to do the majority of the unpaid labor inside the home, even after a full day’s work outside the home. What term do sociologists use to describe this extra labor? a. women’s work b. the female burden c. the double standard d. the second shift

33.Which of the following is a strategy that some middle- and upper-class women have used to balance the demands of work and home? a. hiring other women to do domestic work b. demanding that their husbands complete most chores c. doing more of certain chores d. demanding the abolition of housework

34.Reading bedtime stories to children is an important task in many families. What part of reading the bedtime story is an instrumental task? a. making bedtime fun and keeping everyone happy b. staying entertained as a parent by reading books you like to the children c. getting children into pajamas, tucked into bed, and then to sleep d. sharing a moment with a child and developing shared interests

35.Which of the following strategies does Arlie Hochschild claim some women use to help balance working a paid job and being responsible for the home? a. no longer caring that there are dirty clothes all over the floor b. divorcing husbands who refuse to help c. forcing their children to take over the majority of the housework d. throwing away clothing when they find it on the floor to teach their husbands a lesson

36.Some women accept the burdens of the “second shift” in order to avoid conflict with their husbands or children. How does this affect them? a. It increases their confidence and self-esteem. b. It increases their efficiency. c. It makes them unhappy and emotionally numb. d. It improves their self-reported level of marital satisfaction.

37.How does the birth of children tend to change the gendered division of labor within the household? a. It gets fathers more involved. b. It brings the extended family into the household more. c. It makes the division of labor more traditionally split along gender lines. d. It has no influence on the gendered division of labor.

38.What happens to marital satisfaction when small children are present in the household? a. It goes up.

b. It goes down. c. It goes up for the first child but down for every child after that. d. It goes up for newlyweds but down for older married couples.

39.Who does the family influence as an agent of socialization? a. only children b. everyone c. women d. the elderly

40.What term applies to a child who leaves home at eighteen but later returns for at least a short period of time? a. emotionally stunted b. boomerang kid c. adult minor d. sandwich kid

41.Valentina calls her nineteen-year-old son every Sunday to make sure he’s doing okay in college. She also sends him gas and grocery money every month.

Valentina is also the primary caretaker for her elderly mother who lives with her.

Which of these phrases best describes her situation? a. blended families b. the sandwich generation c. feminization of poverty d. the second shift

42.Which of the following is a research-backed benefit for women that use doula services? a. Women receive $10,000 to $15,000 to pay for IVF treatments. b. Women are less likely to have low-birthweight babies. c. Women receive genetic screening for babies. d. Men are more likely to cooperate in the child-birthing experience.

43.According to your textbook, how do abusive relationships often appear at the beginning? a. The signs of violence are there from the start. b. Violence usually begins as soon as the relationship starts, if not before. c. There is tension and a “walking on eggshells” feeling from day one. d. The abusive partner is charming, attentive, and thoughtful.

44.What is the main reason abusive partners resort to intimate partner violence? a. They have anger management problems. b. They have problems outside the relationship that drive them over the edge. c. They are generally violent in all aspects of their lives. d. They desire power over their victims.

45.Why are child and elder abuse likely to go unreported? a. Few authority figures care enough to investigate abuse. b. Neither kind of abuse is perceived as a serious problem in America today. c. Most child and elder abuse is done carefully so as to make it hard to prove in court. d. The victims are relatively powerless.

46.A person is most likely to be murdered by a. a family member. b. a law enforcement officer. c. a drug dealer or a drug user. d. someone seeking to rob them.

47.Sometimes child welfare agencies are called to investigate a child who never seems to have clean clothing and is very skinny. The suspicion would be that the child is a victim of a. neglect. b. incest. c. violence.

d. eldest child syndrome.

48.What is one common reason why victims of domestic abuse stay in abusive relationships? a. They are waiting for someone to save them. b. They believe they are somehow responsible for the abuse. c. They have no opportunities to get away due to being under constant surveillance. d. The abusive partner treats them well all the time.

49.As of 2012, what percentage of families consisted of a married couple with a male breadwinner, a stay-at-home mom, and their children? a. less than 25 percent b. 30 percent c. 35 percent d. more than 40 percent

50.Women are more likely to experience __________ economic mobility after a divorce, especially if they retain custody of their children. a. upward b. downward c. horizontal d. custodial

51.For a couple to be considered a nuclear family, it must have at least one child, and all members live in the same household. a. True b. False

52.The literal translation of homogamy is “like marries like.” a. True b. False

53.The number of Americans who say they approve of interracial marriages has increased over the past 20 years. a. True b. False

54.Most individuals experience an increase in happiness when they become parents, especially in the first two years of a newborn’s life. a. True b. False

55.The likelihood of individuals cohabitating with one another has declined modestly since 1996. a. True b. False

56.For the majority of children in foster care, the case plan is to reunite them with their parents or guardians. a. True b. False

57.As of 2008, women were about as likely as they ever were to be granted custody of children following a divorce. a. True b. False

58.In societies across the globe, men and women have always performed different tasks to help the family function, and these roles have always been considered unequal. a. True b. False

59.A husband who keeps all his family’s money in his bank account and gives his wife a weekly allowance might be considered guilty of domestic abuse. a. True b. False

60.Improvised or do-it-yourself forms of family characterize the modern era. a. True b. False

61.People can be related by blood or marriage and yet not really be members of the same family, according to symbolic interactionism. Provide an example of how this occurs.

62.How does the nuclear family contribute to oppression, according to conflict theory?

63.Multiracial unions are now legal, though they are still uncommon. How does the number of multiracial unions today differ from the number in the 1960s?

64.In 1967, the Supreme Court declared that antimiscegenation laws were unconstitutional in Virginia. What did such laws prohibit and why was it prohibited?

65.Why do people tend to choose mates who live in their geographic proximity?

66.What are the differences between polyandry and polygyny?

67.Almost all the work done within the family is either instrumental or expressive.

What are the differences between these types of tasks? Provide a brief description.

68.The care of the elderly was once a task entrusted to the family, but today more elderly people are living elsewhere. Which settings are the elderly are increasingly living in instead?

69.Why is the number of Americans aged sixty-five or older growing twice as fast as the population as a whole?

70.What are the five main categories of domestic abuse?

71.Compare the definition of “family” used by the U.S. Census Bureau and the one used in Chapter 12. How are they different? Why do the authors of the textbook prefer their definition?

72.Why do symbolic interactionists studying the family say the “family” does not exist, only “families”? What do they mean by this?

73.Compare the structural functionalist perspective of the family to the conflict perspective. How are they similar and how are they different?

74.Conflict theory argues that most disputes within the family are really about competition for resources. What sorts of resources are there struggles over? Who tends to have less access to resources? How does conflict present itself within the family?

75.Many Americans claim to believe that “love is blind” and that romance can occur anywhere if two people have chemistry. However, the argument made in Chapter 12 is that society is primarily responsible for two people pursuing a romantic relationship. What social factors play into the mate selection process?

76.Many Americans believe that marriage and family are at the center of everyone’s lives, but sociological research shows that this is not the case. What are some of the trends that make family less important in the day-to-day life of the average American?

77.What does Arlie Hochschild mean by the “second shift”? Describe the different ways people attempt to deal with the second shift.

78.How and why does domestic abuse happen?

79.What is a postmodern family?

80.Americans often refer to a married couple with a breadwinner father, homemaker mother, and their children as the traditional family. However, this has not been the dominant family arrangement throughout history. Is there a dominant family arrangement today? How have families changed over the past half century?

Answer Key Chapter 12 1. Answer: B 2. Answer: B 3. Answer: D 4. Answer: D 5. Answer: B 6. Answer: A 7. Answer: C 8. Answer: C 9. Answer: A 10.Answer: A 11.Answer: C 12.Answer: B 13.Answer: A 14.Answer: A 15.Answer: D 16.Answer: C 17.Answer: A 18.Answer: B 19.Answer: C 20.Answer: D

21.Answer: D 22.Answer: C 23.Answer: B 24.Answer: C 25.Answer: D 26.Answer: A 27.Answer: B 28.Answer: D 29.Answer: C 30.Answer: D 31.Answer: C 32.Answer: D 33.Answer: A 34.Answer: C 35.Answer: A 36.Answer: C 37.Answer: C 38.Answer: B 39.Answer: B 40.Answer: B 41.Answer: B 42.Answer: B

43.Answer: D 44.Answer: D 45.Answer: D 46.Answer: A 47.Answer: A 48.Answer: B 49.Answer: A 50.Answer: B 51.Answer: A 52.Answer: A 53.Answer: A 54.Answer: B 55.Answer: B 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: B 58.Answer: B 59.Answer: A 60.Answer: A 61.Answer: Some children are raised in households where their biological father is not involved and has never been visible.

Sometimes, a stepfather will take on the male duties

of parenting these children, and this is the male father figure that they more often associate as a family member.

62.Answer: The family is a gendered social institution, and men and women experience family differently. The gendered division of labor serves as one example.

Women do the instrumental tasks in a household that are largely unrewarding and time-consuming, such as the dishes and laundry. They are also largely responsible for expressive tasks such as child care, holidays, and listening. In some countries, women have zero inheritance rights, cannot initiate divorce, and have very little power in their marital union.

63.Answer: Only 0.4 percent of marriages were interracial during the 1960s. That percentage increased to 3 by 1980. The rate increased to 10 percent by 2015, and to 17 percent

by 2017.

64.Answer: Courtship, intimacy, and marriage are influenced by the larger culture. Jim Crow laws were widespread in the South before the civil rights movement, and several states outlawed interracial marriages.

Antimiscegenation laws prohibited the mixing of racial groups through marriage, cohabitation, or sexual interaction.

Miscegenation was seen as undesirable and remained illegal in several states, including Virginia, until preventing it was declared unconstitutional.

65.Answer: Mate selection typically occurs close to our homes. We meet spouses at work, school, and even in our neighborhoods.

This makes it easier to spend time with someone and develop an intimate relationship.

66.Answer: Polyandry is a rare form of mate selection in which

women have multiple husbands.

Polygyny is common in several areas of the world.

It involves men who have two or more wives at the same time.

67.Answer: Instrumental tasks include washing dishes, fixing gutters, doing laundry, and completing other tangible tasks around the home.

Expressive tasks are related to more emotional or traditional goals such as remembering birthdays, entertaining children, and listening to family concerns.

68.Answer: They live alone or in institutions.

Many elderly people live only on Social Security benefits, making this cohort susceptible to poverty. Social norms regarding the elderly have changed in the last few decades; increasingly, it is seen as unnecessary for adult children to have their parents living with them.

That said, many elderly people receive in-home care and care from family members.

69.Answer: The Baby Boom generation, born around the time of World War II, is now reaching middle age or older. There have also been major advancements in medicine, allowing this large cohort to live longer than they might have otherwise.

70.Answer: Abusers use a variety of methods to gain and maintain control over their victims.

The five main categories of domestic violence are physical (slapping, choking, shoving), verbal (insults, threats, degrading statements), financial (controlling all household finances), sexual (rape, molestation), and psychological or emotional abuse (threats, stalking, intimidation).

71.Answer: The U.S. Census Bureau defines a family as two or more individuals

related by blood, marriage, or adoption and living in the same household. When contemporary sociologists use the word “family,” they mean a social group whose members are bound by some type of tie, whether it be legal, biological, emotional, or a combination of all three. A family may or may not share a household, but its members are interdependent in a variety of ways and have a sense of mutual responsibility for one another’s care.

This means that the textbook definition is deliberately not defining family by specific types of people (like parents or children) or specific types of ties (like marriage).

Chapter 12 uses this more inclusive definition because changing social conditions are altering the way people constitute their families. The definition of family should be broad enough to encompass the variety of forms of

family, like those included in the opening vignette, that are found in the United States today.

72.Answer: Sociologists working from a symbolic interactionist perspective argue that instead of analyzing “the family” in terms of form or structure, it is more effective to look at how family relations are created and maintained through interaction. Instead of imagining family as a social institution with preset meanings, this approach conceives of family as a fluid, adaptable set of concepts and practices that people use “for constructing the meaning of social bonds” and that are capable of responding to changing circumstances.

73.Answer: Both theories emphasize the way the model of the family shifted from an extended family to a nuclear family at the beginning of the Industrial

Revolution.

However, structural functionalists see this largely as a positive development.

Structural functionalists argue that although the family has by and large ceased to be directly involved in economic production, it still performs all the functions necessary to make sure that production can happen. They also argue that the nuclear family was especially well equipped to help an industrial economy function.

It did this by freeing individuals from obligations to extended family members and made possible the geographic and social mobility demanded by the modern economy.

In contrast to structural functionalists, conflict theorists see the family as a social institution in which the struggle over resources is carried out. Like functionalists, conflict theorists realize that the family produces and socializes

children to function efficiently in a capitalist economy.

Conflict theorists, however, see this function as problematic: the nuclear family is understood as a relatively recent invention that acts as the primary economic unit in modern capitalist society. Since conflict theorists understand capitalism as oppressive, they also understand the nuclear family as contributing to oppression. They conclude that conflict within the family is about the competition for resources such as time, energy, and the leisure to pursue more interesting recreational activities. Here, the family is an institution that can allow exploitation through a sexual division of labor.

74.Answer: The resources being fought over include things like time, energy, and the leisure to pursue more interesting recreational activities.

According to

conflict theorists, the family is a gendered social institution that men and women experience differently. In patriarchal societies, this means that men wield greater power than women, both inside and outside the family, and that women’s contributions to family and society are devalued.

Good answers might also mention that since domestic work is associated with women, the sexual division of labor forces women to work harder within the family than men.

75.Answer: Two time-tested concepts in social science, homogamy and propinquity, tell us a lot about how the mate selection process works.

Homogamy literally means “like marries like.” In other words, people tend to choose mates who are like them in a variety of sociological dimensions: class, race, ethnicity, age, religion,

education, and even level of attractiveness.

There are examples of couples whose romantic relationships cross these category lines—interracial or interreligious couples, for example, or Mayto-December romances. Others often view these with distaste. Even though some couples do break the rule of homogamy, there are considerable social pressures to adhere to it.

Propinquity refers to geographical proximity, as people tend to choose mates who live nearby.

Answers might also mention the effects of new technologies and the internet, which make courtship and romance possible across much greater geographic distances. People can now meet and converse with others all over the world, so the pool of potential mates moves beyond the bounds of home, work, and school and onto the web.

However, although internet technology challenges the rule of propinquity, it may intensify homogamy by bringing together people with very specific interests and identities.

76.Answer: First, people are staying single longer and even campaigning against the discrimination they feel is affecting singles. Second, cohabitation is increasing as fewer people get married and those who marry do so later.

Third, “the family” increasingly refers to single parents, who of necessity spend less time with children and more time at work.

A counterexample to this set of developments is the increasing reliance of many people in their twenties on their parents for financial and other kinds of support.

77.Answer: All answers should be able to define the second shift.

Hochschild’s study of working couples and parents found that women were

indeed working two jobs: one that entailed paid labor outside the home (the first shift) and one that entailed unpaid labor inside the home (the second shift).

The best answers might also mention the historical origins of the second shift in the Industrial Revolution.

Chapter 12 argues that although men and women have always performed different roles to ensure the survival of their families, these roles were not considered unequal until after the Industrial Revolution, when men began to leave their homes to earn wages working in factories. Women remained at home, taking care of children and carrying out other domestic responsibilities. As men’s earned wages replaced subsistence farming, in which women had formally participated, these wages became the primary mechanism for providing food,

clothing, and shelter for families.

Men, in turn, gained economic power over women. Feminist sociologists contend that women’s “second shift” is the legacy of this historic economic change, as women have followed men into the workplace, but men have not returned to work in the home.

Good answers should also describe some of the strategies women have adopted to cope with the second shift: hiring other women to clean their houses and care for their children; relying on friends or family members for help; refusing to do certain chores, especially those generally considered to be “men’s work”; lowering their expectations for cleanliness or quality of child care; and reducing the number of hours they work outside the home.

Answers might also mention Hochschild’s notion of a “Supermom,” a

woman who accepts her dual workloads without any help in order to avoid conflicts with her spouse and children.

Hochschild found that women who tried to do all their household labor and paid work often felt unhappy or emotionally numb. Although Hochschild’s analysis was relatively new for sociology, the chapter points out that working mothers have always had to be “Supermoms” in this way.

78.Answer: Domestic abuse does not happen because abusers have anger management problems or lose their tempers.

Those who abuse family members make the deliberate decision to be violent with those who are least likely to be able to report the crime and over whom they will be able to maintain the most control.

Domestic violence results from the abuser’s desire for power and control over the victim, but

abusers often blame their victims.

Chapter 12 describes a fourstage cycle of violence that seems to occur in almost every abusive relationship. In the first stage, the abusive partner is charming, attentive, and thoughtful; disagreements are glossed over and the relationship looks stable and healthy. In the second stage, often described as “walking on eggshells,” both parties sense that something is going to happen soon, no matter what the victim may do to try to avoid it. In the third stage, acute battering and violence occur.

The abuser will invariably blame the victim for the incident. The fourth stage, often referred to as “loving contrition,” is the “honeymoon” phase and it is one of the reasons victims of abuse remain in violent relationships. After the violence, the abuser will apologize profusely and promise that it

will never happen again. The abuser may buy the victim gifts, beg forgiveness, and talk about getting help or making a change. Most abusers, however, have no interest in changing because they do not want to give up the control they have over their victims. Then the cycle repeats.

79.Answer: The postmodern family takes a far wider variety of forms and includes a far wider variety of members than the traditional nuclear family.

When families adapt to the challenges of a postmodern society, they may create family structures that look very different from the “traditional” family we are used to seeing as the norm.

Chapter 12 argues that families and households today expand and contract over time and include members who were never part of the traditional Leave It to Beaver model of the nuclear family. Exspouses and their

new partners and children, adult children and other kin, and even nonkin such as friends and coworkers are increasingly defined as family members. Multiple earners and a diversity of generations, genders, and relational connections are becoming the rule rather than the exception. In other words, we have entered an era of improvisation, or do-it-yourself family forms.

The best answers should also point out that these improvisational forms are not themselves new.

They are merely new to mainstream working- and middle-class families. Minorities and the poor have always had to improvise to fit into a society that ignored or devalued their needs and activities. Multiplefamily households, “families of choice,” and support groups not technically familial in structure have always been part of the

everyday lives of the disadvantaged and marginalized.

80.Answer: Chapter 12 points out that there is no longer a single culturally dominant family pattern, like the traditional one, to which a majority of Americans conform and most of the rest aspire.

Instead, Americans today have crafted a multiplicity of family and household arrangements that we inhabit uneasily and reconstitute frequently in response to changing personal and occupational circumstances.

This includes unmarried parents, childfree families, blended families and LGBTQ families. As families respond to social-structural changes, we will continue to see improvisational, or do-it-yourself family forms in which household members respond to changes in ways that fit their families’ needs.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 13 1. Activities that can be considered recreation include those that a. cannot be done for a wage. b. involve friends and family. c. are done on the weekend. d. are enjoyable.

2. Men have been found to have more leisure time than women due to a. men’s disproportionate responsibility for household labor. b. women’s disproportionate responsibility for household labor. c. differences in the use of technology in the information age. d. increasing temperatures caused by global warming.

3. The average American spends more than half their total leisure hours a. exercising. b. consuming media. c. playing with children. d. participating in organized activities.

4. How has the internet changed how people use leisure time? a. Older people are more likely to be in touch with younger generations. b. There is increasing contact between people in different areas of the world, but sometimes individuals from the same family spend less time with one another. c. There is increasing contact between family members and less contact between people in different areas of the world. d. There has been a radical increase in the amount of time people spend shopping.

5. How might reading a book that you checked out from the library seem to be an example of a recreational activity that is totally uncommercialized but still be directly connected to commercial activity? a. You had to eat and pay for utilities on the day you went to the library. b. You might learn something valuable by reading. c. Books from libraries are expensive because they have expensive bindings. d. People were paid to write, edit, print, ship, and shelve the book.

6. The difference between leisure and recreation is that leisure a. is a type of activity, whereas recreation is a period of time. b. requires money, whereas recreation does not. c. is a period of time, whereas recreation is a type of activity. d. does not require money, whereas recreation does.

7. The rise of the suburbs affected the way people used their leisure time because it a. encouraged them to join neighborhood groups and associations. b. encouraged them to take more vacations. c. encouraged them to spend their leisure time in their own homes. d. led to an increase in outdoor activities.

8. The increase in leisure time in the twentieth century was due to a. changes in values and norms that prioritized hobbies over paid labor. b. increases in industrial productivity and time-saving technologies. c. decreases in family size. d. increases in life span and better health care.

9. Technology has facilitated the shift from spontaneous to organized recreation because it has a. made organized recreation more fun. b. made organized recreation more competitive. c. produced the tools necessary for recreation to even exist. d. made it easier to organize people.

10.What does the sociologist Richard Sennett mean when he says that modernity has seen the “fall of public man”? a. People increasingly spend time with their immediate families or close friends, and the home becomes the site of leisure activities. b. The ideals of public service and civic duty are seen as much less important than they were in the past. c. The government provides far fewer services than it has in the past. d. There are far fewer celebrities than at any other time in history.

11.Imagine that you have come across a woman rebuilding an engine. Which of the following questions would you need to ask to discover if this was a recreational activity as defined in your textbook? a. if she had to take time off work to do it b. if there was any way for her to benefit from the activity in an economic sense c. how much time she spent on it each week d. how rebuilding engines made her feel

12.How does free time (nonwork time) differ from leisure time? a. It does not count as leisure time unless money is being spent. b. Leisure activities can also earn money. c. Leisure time implies the ability to make choices. d. Leisure time often happens at work.

13.Which of the following is an example of a current recreational activity that was considered a necessary activity in the past? a. watching movies b. reading c. windsurfing d. gardening

14.Sociologists see leisure and work as complementary activities within a capitalistic

economic system; they are linked by a. time. b. consumption. c. technology. d. digitization.

15.Today, four companies sell more than 80 percent of the music purchased in the United States, although this fact is not obvious because the four companies have purchased many smaller record labels over the years. What is this called? a. synergy b. the media and democracy c. a monopoly d. concentration of media power

16.Net neutrality refers to the idea that a. internet speed should function differently depending on who is using it. b. caps should be put on each person’s data to limit their internet use. c. no internet-based service or content should be privileged over another. d. online content should only be available to customers who can pay for it.

17.Some cell phone providers are now offering hardware such as small laptops.

Phone companies believe that each product they offer will encourage and promote the use of their other products. For example, phones can easily send data to laptops, which can store media that can easily be watched on phones, and so on. What is this called? a. media concentration b. conglomeration c. bandwidth d. synergy

18.Why do some argue in favor of increased censorship of the media? a. They believe censorship will improve educational outcomes among young people.

b. They believe it will protect American companies from foreign competition. c. They believe it will increase sales overseas, especially in conservative societies. d. They believe that violent and sexual media content has a negative impact on society.

19.A company that manufactures alcoholic beverages bought and then sold two smaller companies that produce films, television programs, and music. What is this process called? a. introducing new voices in the media b. encoding c. conglomeration d. spectatorship

20.Americans seem to have much more choice about which media to consume than in the past. Why is this choice deceptive? a. Many choices are owned by foreign companies. b. Many choices are confined to small, marginal outlets. c. Many choices are owned by the same company. d. Many choices are not available in all areas.

21.The wireless carrier Verizon bought the internet provider Yahoo. What term best describes the combination of these two companies? a. synergy b. merger c. conglomeration d. high culture

22.A president knows that a newspaper will fact-check a statement if he releases it to the newspaper. Consequently, he decides to post the statement on his Twitter account instead. This an example of a politician a. benefiting from antitrust legislation. b. deregulating laws regarding the internet.

c. creating synergy. d. bypassing traditional media outlets.

23.Communication researchers who follow media ownership saw a consistent trend of __________ characterized by mergers and buyouts through the 1980s and 1990s, resulting in fewer but larger media companies in the 2000s. a. conglomeration b. concentration c. commodification d. synergy

24.The FCC has established some restrictions on ownership of media outlets by any single company to avoid a(n) __________ in any one market. a. antitrust b. monopoly c. power shift d. digitization

25.An advertising company uses online data to determine that Kelly is a white twenty-two-year-old female who goes to church every week. The advertising company uses that data to determine which media advertisements Kelly will see online. How is the company deciding which advertisements Kelly will like? a. by fighting antitrust legislation b. by sorting Kelly and others into taste publics c. by promoting high culture over popular culture d. by strengthening civil society and communal bonds

26.Over the past few years, people have been taking short clips from movies and television shows to create GIFs and memes that are shared online. For example, a clip from a movie where a character walks away from a burning building can be used to communicate that a person recently made a bold, polarizing statement.

What is this an example of? a. a two-step flow model

b. textual poaching c. magic bullets d. uses and gratifications

27.Early critics dismissed the work of director Alfred Hitchcock, but he later became one of the most revered filmmakers of all time. Why might the way we categorize the work of artists like Alfred Hitchcock change over time? a. Artists go to third places to actively promote their work over long periods. b. The boundaries between high culture and popular culture are often permeable. c. How an artist’s work is categorized changes when audiences engage in textual poaching. d. Artists who promote communitarianism are always eventually revered.

28.The mixed reaction to the 1998 motorcycle exhibit at the Guggenheim Museum is an example of a. the uses and gratification paradigm. b. high culture versus popular culture. c. communitarianism. d. structural functionalism.

29.Taste cultures are a. groups of people who share similar literary, media, recreational, and intellectual interests. b. laws designed to maintain competition in the marketplace by prohibiting monopolies. c. any satisfying, amusing, and stimulating activity that is experienced as refreshing and renewing for body, mind, and spirit. d. areas of culture that share similar aesthetics and standards of taste.

30.Jessica loves a new singer’s album for its message of female empowerment. Her friend Amal disagrees because she thinks the album objectifies women and doesn’t do enough to condemn sexism. Which of the following describes Jessica and Amal’s disagreement?

a. an example of a third place b. an instance of textual poaching c. an example of conflict theory d. a split in the interpretation of a cultural text

31.Marvel’s Black Panther is modern-day work of a. classical music. b. high culture. c. Afrofuturism. d. taste publics.

32.Project Censored posts a list of the twenty-five most censored news stories every year. These stories are “censored,” though not in the sense that the media are legally prohibited from covering them. They are considered “censored” because most major media outlets have systematically ignored them and, in the process, determined what the public will think about. What theory explains this? a. agenda-setting b. reinforcement c. magic bullet d. two-step flow

33.Sociologists tend to stop asking what __________ and start asking what __________ when they reject the hypodermic needle model. a. people do with media; media does to people b. writers and critics do with media; media does to people c. media does to people; people do with media d. media does to people; writers and critics do with media

34.Which theory of media consumption combines elements of both the magic bullet theory and the uses and gratifications theory? a. Stuart Hall’s encoding/decoding model b. Henry Jenkins’s textual poaching model c. Stanley Fish’s interpretive community model

d. Émile Durkheim’s functionalist model

35.What is implied about the meaning of media “texts” if scholars assume that audiences are active rather than passive? a. Media producers manipulate audiences in order to sell goods. b. Every media consumer experiences meanings in the same way. c. The meaning of any particular media text is not important. d. Consumers can alter and even invert meanings to suit their own purposes.

36.Teenage boys sometimes watch football games on Sunday only because they wish to be able to make conversation with their classmates on Monday. Which theory best explains this? a. textual poaching b. structural functionalism c. the magic bullet theory d. the uses and gratifications paradigm

37.There are an infinite number of potential meanings for any given text if, as Stanley Fish argues, an individual reader interprets a text and thereby gives it meaning. Why do so many people interpret things in the same ways? a. People tend to look to a small number of critics to explain any particular piece of culture. b. People have very little imagination and do not like to focus too much on any given text. c. People who consume the same texts come from similar backgrounds and have similar interpretive frameworks. d. People passively absorb meanings from the media that lead them to see the world in the same ways.

38.What are fans of the original Star Trek series doing when they edit recorded episodes of the TV show to make it appear that Captain Kirk and Mr. Spock are passionate gay lovers? a. textual poaching b. reinforcing the meaning of the original product

c. being a passive audience d. agenda setting

39.Theodor Adorno and Max Horkheimer believed that “the triumph of advertising . . . is that consumers feel compelled to buy and use its products even though they see through them.” What might you conclude if this is all you know about Adorno and Horkheimer? a. They accept that reinforcement theory explains the way advertising works. b. They accept that audiences are nonexistent. c. They believe in the hypodermic needle theory. d. They rely on the uses and gratification paradigm to understand media.

40.According to the two-step flow model, which of the following would be most likely to sway public opinion concerning the ethical treatment of farm animals? a. a billboard with a famous actress and a slogan on it b. a news story that makes the front page of a national paper c. a short clip on the local news d. a documentary aired on cable television

41.Stanley Fish argues against older understandings of media and literature, which held that a text is unchanging and universal. He argues that each member of an audience can interpret or “create” a work, but he does not claim that each audience member has absolute freedom to interpret in unique ways because a. each member of an audience is part of a larger interpretive community. b. the author or creator of a work imposes their own ideas on the audience. c. the “texts” an audience consumes are transmitted unaltered and absorbed straight into their consciousness. d. the mass media can influence the public through the way stories are presented.

42.Polysemy refers to the idea that a. any given text may have multiple meanings. b. foreign travel should minimize the environmental consequences of tourism.

c. celebrities should act as role models. d. audience members are active participants in constructing the meaning of the media they consume.

43.What do sociologists call the customs, practices, and values expressed in a particular place by the people who interact there? a. an interpretive community b. a public life c. an idioculture d. a third place

44.What is the movement that attempts to rebuild group values and a sense of collective responsibility called? a. capitalism b. communitarianism c. textual poaching d. utilitarianism

45.In the 1990s, kids who sang, “I want to be like Mike!” to express their admiration for Michael Jordan had a. an overidentification with media figures. b. all been paid by Nike to do so. c. a role model relationship with a celebrity. d. a serious consumption addiction.

46.In 2020, upon hearing that the K-pop group BTS had donated one million dollars to support the Black Lives Matter movement, fans of the group donated their own money to match the donation within 25 hours. What might a sociologist say this is an example of? a. the frivolity of lifestyle enclaves b. the lack of real community in a lifestyle enclave c. the ability of a lifestyle enclave to develop a larger sense of social responsibility

d. the narrow focus of a lifestyle enclave

47.What are the benefits of third places for society as a whole? a. The feeling of public spirit generated in them can strengthen civil society. b. They encourage spending and strengthen the economy. c. They allow small, independent media to develop an audience. d. They increase diversity and support multiculturalism.

48.A bar and grill has a “backgammon night” on the third Wednesday of every month. The bar provides backgammon boards and pieces. A fairly regular group of players come in, enjoy a few drinks, and play backgammon. Of what is this an example? a. communitarianism b. private recreation c. the decline of public life d. a lifestyle enclave

49.In Zambia, there are plans to develop self-sustaining big-game parks where tourists could go and see indigenous plants and wildlife while minimizing environmental consequences. This is an example of a. ecotourism. b. intentional communities. c. magic bullets. d. conglomerations.

50.How does Robert Bellah believe that lifestyle enclaves are different from “real communities”? a. They tend to remain focused on shared interests rather than on the larger community. b. They usually lead to more altruistic behaviors and an interest in others. c. They have greater community spirit. d. They hold meetings in the “third place.”

51.In a sociological context, leisure and recreation are synonymous and can be used interchangeably. a. True b. False

52.Many forms of leisure and recreation have shifted from spontaneous or informal activities to formal and organized ones. a. True b. False

53.Relatively few people are employed in the leisure and recreation industries. a. True b. False

54.Technology has affected our individual sense of civic and interpersonal engagement. a. True b. False

55.The Covid-19 pandemic had a positive impact on the leisure and hospitality sector of the economy. a. True b. False

56.The boundary between popular culture and high culture can be blurry. a. True b. False

57.The hypodermic needle theory and the magic bullet theory are names used to refer to the same theory.

a. True b. False

58.The interactions between a celebrity and their fans cannot be considered a relationship because the celebrity does not personally know each fan as an individual. a. True b. False

59.Contemporary scholars do not believe that the rhetoric of individual rights has impacted group values. a. True b. False

60.Third places are called such because they are places that exist beyond work and home. a. True b. False

61.Describe how sociologists view leisure time.

62.How can recreation and leisure activities form the basis for a subculture?

63.How have recreation and leisure changed throughout history?

64.Explain why men and women have varying levels of leisure time.

65.How has the media always been an instrument of the state as well as a tool for social change?

66.Why has it become increasingly rare for media producers to be truly independent?

67.What are some ways in which working-class people and upper-class people do different things with their leisure time?

68.Sociologist David Halle found differences in the ways that upper-class and working-class families decorated their homes. What is each type of family more likely have hanging in their homes?

69.How can agenda-setting theory explain the effects of mass media?

70.Define what a role model is and provide an example.

71.How has the decline of public life affected recreation and leisure?

72.Is leisure the opposite of work? Why or why not?

73.What does it mean to say that there has been a “massive increase in the commodification of recreational activities”?

74.Define the terms “recreation” and “leisure.” Why does it seem particularly important today to study recreation and leisure?

75.How has technology changed the way recreational activities are organized?

76.Explain why the media are sometimes referred to as the Fourth Estate. How can the media contribute to the maintenance of a democracy?

77.Describe and explain the key differences in how media are consumed by mass audiences according to the magic bullet or hypodermic needle model, the uses and gratifications model, and the encoding/decoding model.

78.What does Henry Jenkins mean when he uses the term “textual poaching” to describe the way some audience members consume mass media?

79.What is ecotourism? What are the arguments for and against ecotourism?

80.What is meant by the term “third place”? Explain its importance and provide an example as seen in your own life or via a media source.

Answer Key Chapter 13 1. Answer: D 2. Answer: B 3. Answer: B 4. Answer: B 5. Answer: D 6. Answer: C 7. Answer: C 8. Answer: B 9. Answer: D 10.Answer: A 11.Answer: D 12.Answer: C 13.Answer: D 14.Answer: B 15.Answer: D 16.Answer: C 17.Answer: D 18.Answer: D 19.Answer: C 20.Answer: C

21.Answer: B 22.Answer: D 23.Answer: B 24.Answer: B 25.Answer: B 26.Answer: B 27.Answer: B 28.Answer: B 29.Answer: D 30.Answer: D 31.Answer: C 32.Answer: A 33.Answer: C 34.Answer: A 35.Answer: D 36.Answer: D 37.Answer: C 38.Answer: A 39.Answer: C 40.Answer: A 41.Answer: A 42.Answer: A

43.Answer: C 44.Answer: B 45.Answer: C 46.Answer: C 47.Answer: A 48.Answer: D 49.Answer: A 50.Answer: A 51.Answer: B 52.Answer: A 53.Answer: B 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: B 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: A 58.Answer: B 59.Answer: B 60.Answer: A 61.Answer: Leisure time is a period in which an individual relaxes, engages in recreational activities, or freely chooses other activities such as a bubble bath.

62.Answer: People may travel to hear a beloved band or engage in an online community devoted to a novel.

Subcultures are forming from access to a global community in which people may connect based on shared interests.

If people enjoy camping, they may join a camping club, or if they love gardening, a gardening club.

63.Answer: Only the wealthy had the time for recreation and leisure pursuits before society began to shift between the 1890s and 1940s.

The middle class began enjoying leisure activities as the Industrial Revolution and technological progress allowed for more personal time.

64.Answer: Women tend to have more daily household responsibilities that cause them to have more “work time” and less “free time.” If they work outside

of the home, women will come home from work to begin their “second shift” of housework, which can include but is not limited to cooking, cleaning, and caring for children.

65.Answer: The news is used to educate and mobilize citizens.

The Constitution was developed with freedom of the press and a voice of the people in mind.

The press also functions as a check and balance to political leadership.

Today, those who own media outlets can manipulate information to sway citizens in a certain direction.

The internet is used to instigate rallies for social change, such as those in Egypt in recent years.

People are able to network on a global scale and learn more about their human rights.

66.Answer: About a decade or two ago, there

were at least twenty-five large companies the dominated the media industry.

Since then, conglomeration has reduced that number to only five or six global media companies. While the number of companies in power shrinks, those companies themselves continue to grow by merging with other large companies and acquiring smaller companies. Once an independent company becomes successful, it is often bought out by a large conglomerate. As a result, many brands and labels are really just different company identities within a larger structure.

In this kind of media landscape, there is very little room for a media producer to be both truly independent and viable.

67.Answer: Working-class people spend their leisure time watching television, hiking,

or engaging in other costeffective methods of leisure— otherwise called engagement with popular culture.

Wealthy elites are still engaged in public life, which was popular before the suburbs grew and people used TV and movies for entertainment.

Public life involves going to museums, joining social clubs, and going to the opera; this means they are actively engaged in high culture.

68.Answer: Upper-class families are likely to have abstract paintings in their homes, while working-class families tend to display family photos.

69.Answer: Mass media can influence the public through the ways that stories are presented.

Certain stories are shared while others are excluded. The audience’s thoughts are influenced by

what they see.

70.Answer: A role model is an individual who serves as an example for others to strive toward and emulate.

Examples may vary but will likely include people who are famous for excellence or innovation in their field, such as the basketball player Michael Jordan, the singer Beyoncé, or the activist Malala Yousafzai.

71.Answer: All answers should point out that technological developments, especially in information and media technology, have led to a decline in public life, which has affected recreation and leisure.

Americans are increasingly less likely to go out for a dose of the arts and more likely to stay home and enjoy performances in front of their home entertainment centers. The best answers will be

able to differentiate between the substantial effect of the decline of public life on music and theater and the lesser impact on the visual arts. The bottom line is that technology is moving our leisure and recreation inside the home and away from public spaces.

Most answers should be able to say something about how the mass migration to the suburbs and the development of television encouraged people to stay home and even displaced public activities such as moviegoing.

Television began this move away from public recreation, but video games, personal computers, and the internet have all made the private home even more attractive for leisure and recreation.

The best answers might point out that the internet

has begun to isolate individuals even within the home. While it can facilitate contact between people who live in different corners of the world, the internet can just as easily cut off individuals from their more immediate social surroundings, causing disengagement from family, friends, and spouses.

72.Answer: Every answer should say no.

Rather than understanding leisure as the opposite of work, sociologists see the two as complementary activities within a capitalist economic system.

This relationship manifests itself in a number of ways. For instance, workers’ earned wages fuel multibilliondollar global leisure industries such as travel and hospitality, spectatorship, entertainment, and luxury services. Work also spills into leisure time.

Good answers will remember that Chapter 13 argues that we should place leisure in the larger social context of capitalism to see how patterns of consumerism shape all the activities of our lives. Rather than juxtaposing leisure with work, it is more useful to think of leisure and work as linked by consumption.

Thus, we work for wages so that we can consume a variety of necessities, goods, and services, including leisure.

As we consume more leisure, we must earn more wages to pay for it. Leisure is itself a booming industry, with millions of workers serving our desires. We use leisure time to supplement our working lives, and the connection between the two is more than merely oppositional.

The best answers will also remember that

we should not equate free time (or nonworking time) with leisure time. Leisure, by definition, involves some kind of choice about how to spend time, whether honing tennis skills or studying a new language.

Therefore, leisure time is not necessarily free time.

73.Answer: In the past people made their own fun, but today they are increasingly likely to purchase it instead. The text cites a number of examples: television and other electronic media, the dizzying array of commodities available for activities like hunting and fishing that were once necessities, and the fact that shopping itself is now considered a form of recreation.

74.Answer: Recreation and leisure are both defined primarily by their differences from

paid labor and other obligatory activities. Leisure is time that can be spent at ease, relaxing, engaging in recreation, or otherwise indulging in freely chosen activities.

Recreation is any activity that is satisfying, amusing, and stimulating and that is experienced as refreshing and renewing for body, mind, and spirit. This means that just about any activity could fall under the heading of recreation, depending on individual preferences, and that people can spend their leisure time engaged in all sorts of recreational activities. It is important to note that what makes something a leisure or recreational activity are the experiential features of the activity itself. It needs to feel enjoyable, liberating, and even

transformative.

One person’s job could be another person’s recreational activity.

Recreation and leisure are more important to study today because they have changed dramatically in recent history. In the premodern world, the line between work and play was not nearly as clearly defined as it is today, in part because there was a lot of obligatory work to be done and fewer options for recreational activities. Things that we now engage in almost exclusively as recreation (like gardening, hunting and fishing, and knitting) were necessities in the past, and many of our most ubiquitous current recreational activities (like watching movies and television) did not yet exist.

Even in the early years of the Industrial Revolution, low wages and long

hours meant that only the privileged and wealthy had the time and resources to pursue leisure and recreation activities with any consistency. This situation began to change rapidly around the dawn of the twentieth century, as the amount of time the middle class could devote to leisure activities grew much between 1890 and 1940. This increase in leisure time was largely fueled by increases in industrial productivity as a result of technological progress.

75.Answer: All answers should point out the ways in which new technologies have contributed to a shift from spontaneous or informal activities to organized and formal ones. Little League baseball is an example of an organized alternative to after-school sandlot games.

Technology facilitates this

shift because new communication technologies allow unprecedented degrees of communication and organization.

Cell phones, email, the internet, and radio and television advertising all make it easier to organize people in different geographic locations and make it much easier to organize activities.

Technology has also shifted our recreational venues from inperson ones to digital spaces.

76.Answer: The media are sometimes referred to as the Fourth Estate, or fourth branch of government.

There are three branches of government in the United States: the executive, legislative, and judicial branches.

The media, when working effectively, can bring attention to corruption and incompetence in the government.

This can be an

additional form of checks and balances, contributing to the balance of power provided by the three branches of government. The media can educate voters and ensure that policymakers are held accountable.

77.Answer: The magic bullet or hypodermic needle model assumes that audience members and spectators (of media, sports, books, etc.) are passive recipients of content and that whatever meaning is inherent in the text they consume is transmitted, unaltered, into their brains. The assumption is that, like an injection, media content is shot into audience members who respond instantly to its stimulus.

The uses and gratifications theory assumes a more active audience whose members have different individual and group interpretive

strategies.

Whatever meaning may be inherent in texts, the consumers of those texts bring their own interpretive resources to it.

They can make, alter, and even invert the meanings of texts to suit their own purposes. So, instead of asking, “What does media do to people?” this paradigm asks, “What do people do with media?”

The encoding/decodin g model combines elements of the other two theories by assuming both that specific ideological messages are loaded into cultural products and that individuals may respond to those messages in a variety of ways. In fact, when faced with ideologically encoded cultural products, individuals can engage in cultural resistance or construct oppositional or against-the-grain

readings of those products, in which meaning is subverted.

78.Answer: In textual poaching, audience members take a cultural product and manipulate it, often to tell a very different story or to express a very different ideology than the original product. The textbook uses the deconstruction of Barbie and Star Trek fan fiction that reimagines Kirk and Spock as gay lovers to illustrate this type of media consumption.

79.Answer: Ecotourism is tourism characterized by the efforts of tourists, tour operators, adventure companies, and the travel industry to lessen the negative consequences of tourism on the environment as well as on local cultures and economies.

Proponents argue that ecotourism generally promotes

consciousness about environmentally and culturally sensitive travel options. Tourists are often from highly industrialized nations in North America, Europe, and Australia, and they often visit lessdeveloped nations in Central and South America as well as in Africa.

Critics argue that ecotourism is futile because it is merely consumerism with a “green” wrapping and serves as a mechanism for middle- and upper-class tourists to assuage guilt about exoticizing foreign cultures and locales.

80.Answer: A third place is any informal public place where people come together regularly for conversation and comradery when not at work or at home. Third places give individuals a place to meet

where they can connect with others and reduce and/or relieve alienation or anomie.

Examples may vary; one that comes to mind is from the 1980s television show Cheers and the catchphrase “Where Everybody Knows Your Name.”

Examples from the textbook include a barbershop and the diner from the show Schitt’s Creek.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 14 1. Good health is a. only important to Western societies. b. biologically determined. c. culturally relative. d. consistent around the world.

2. In the United States, slim, athletic bodies are valued and considered healthier and more attractive than fatter, fleshier bodies. But in Dakar, Senegal, people tend to value body types that would be considered clinically overweight in the United States. Senegalese women, in particular, associate these plumper body types with both health and wealth; slimmer women actually want to gain weight in order to attain the “desirable,” “healthy,” “well-fed” build. What does this example suggest contributes to our ideal of a healthy body? a. biology b. genetics c. epidemiology d. social factors and culture

3. A highly vaccinated community maintains __________, a kind of group resistance that helps protect even the unvaccinated from contracting the disease. a. acute immunity b. herd immunity c. epidemiological resistance d. medicalization resistance

4. What do sociologists ask you to consider regarding health and illness? a. how biomedical models are superior to other explanations b. the physical roots of health and illness c. how health and illness are shaped by social factors

d. similarities throughout the world

5. For nearly a decade, the city of Flint, Michigan has struggled with highly contaminated water. Dr. Robinson believes this water crisis remains a problem because the affected population is mostly Black and poor. He believes the slow response of government officials is a result of this population’s lack of economic and political power. With which theoretical viewpoint do Dr. Robinson’s beliefs align? a. conflict theory b. structural functionalism c. symbolic interactionism d. modernism

6. The most prevalent causes of death in the United States are due to chronic illness, while people in the developing world are continually at risk of contracting acute illnesses. This discrepancy indicates that a. illness is a biological event. b. palliative care is necessary. c. illness is affected by social factors. d. we can prevent deaths in the United States but not in the developing world.

7. Ori contracted food poisoning at his favorite restaurant and was treated right away. This type of illness would be classified as a. palliative. b. chronic. c. acute. d. lifestyle based.

8. The Pacific Gas and Electric Company poisoned the water in Hinkley, California.

The poisoned water system sickened many Hinkley residents with ailments such as liver damage and cancer. How would the illnesses of the Hinkley residents be classified? a. crisis diseases b. curative diseases

c. acute diseases d. chronic diseases

9. Researchers often conduct studies on American college students. What is one organization that conducts such research to determine health behaviors as well as to develop support programs and services on a wide variety of health-related issues? a. World Health Organization b. United Nations c. the surgeon general’s office d. American College Health Association

10.__________ health care makes ill patients more comfortable and prepares them for the end of life. a. Integrative b. Alternative c. Palliative d. Comprehensive

11.Sami exercises daily, eats lots of fruits and vegetables, does not smoke, and has yearly checkups with their doctor. Sami is participating in a. curative medicine. b. crisis medicine. c. preventive medicine. d. palliative medicine.

12.Preventive medicine aims to avoid the onset of disease by making lifestyle changes that can prevent a range of a. chronic diseases. b. acute diseases. c. epidemics. d. pandemics.

13.About two-thirds of patients die in medical settings like hospitals instead of at home. This statistic is important because it a. helps researchers find data on the cause of death. b. indicates that death is a major life event. c. shows how death has been medicalized. d. is a sign that more people are dying earlier.

14.More than half of American women gave birth at home in the early 1900s, while around 99 percent of all births take place in hospitals today. This is an example of a. chronic care. b. medicalization. c. palliative care. d. the tragedy of the commons.

15.Which of the following statements highlights the idea that mental illness can be socially constructed? a. Mental illness is clearly definable using the latest DSM produced by the American Psychiatric Association. b. An individual can determine for themselves if they have a mental illness. c. The meanings and definitions of mental illness vary over time and place. d. An individual with a mental illness may not show external signs.

16.Many celebrities have spoken openly about their use of fillers and Botox to change their appearance. Such injections are often administered by a health care provider. This is an example of a. the medicalization of beauty. b. the epidemiology of beauty. c. deprivation amplification. d. complementary medicine.

17.As the process of __________ develops, we will be less likely to treat someone who has a mental health issue as having something they should just “deal with” alone. We will instead be more likely to think of the issue as having to do with a

disease. a. medicalization b. acute care c. hospitalization d. the professionalization of doctors

18.In the early twentieth century, unmarried women who had children were considered to be feebleminded or to suffer from mental problems. They were also thought to be more likely to give birth to children who were also feebleminded.

Today, this attitude seems ridiculous. This is an example of a. preventive medicine. b. epidemiological change. c. the social construction of mental illness. d. a disease risk being amplified by social factors.

19.Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) was not recognized by the American Psychiatric Association in its current form until 1987, despite children exhibiting the symptoms of ADHD before 1987. What sociological concept does this highlight? a. epidemic b. pandemic c. medicalization d. cultural competence

20.A(n) __________ occurs when the number of cases of a particular disease during a particular time is significantly higher than it might be otherwise. a. epidemic b. pandemic c. epidemiology d. distribution issue

21.Epidemiologists predict that rates of certain diseases or viruses may dramatically increase when vector organisms enter new ecosystems due to global climate

change. Which of the following have epidemiologists linked to climate change? a. diabetes b. obesity c. malaria d. HIV/AIDS

22.__________ is the study of the social aspects of diseases. a. Eugenics b. Physiology c. Medicalization d. Epidemiology

23.More than 40 million people have died from having contracted HIV/AIDS since the virus was first identified in the early 1980s. A global phenomenon, HIV/AIDS is an example of a. a pandemic. b. epidemiology. c. the process of medicalization. d. an acute disease.

24.A(n) __________ is an epidemic that spans national borders, continents, or the world. a. epidemiology b. vector organism c. deprivation amplification d. pandemic

25.The study of the social aspect of disease patterns is known as a. epistemology. b. sociobiology. c. medical sociology. d. epidemiology.

26.Epidemiologists are studying the role of climate change in the global spread of diseases. They have found that increases in temperature can also increase the number of a. vector organisms. b. food deserts. c. chronic diseases. d. pathogens.

27.Which organization monitors and defines pandemics? a. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) b. Joint United Nations c. World Health Organization (WHO) d. European Health Organization

28.In the __________ approach to addiction, people who become addicted may be responding to strains in the social system and their own lives by escaping through drugs and alcohol. a. structural functionalist b. conflict theory c. symbolic interactionist d. sick role

29.Ray lives in a public housing complex near a factory that emits airborne chemicals and particles. He also works a physically demanding job to financially support a family of four. He suffers from several ailments, including arthritis and asthma. Ray’s situation is an example of how a. one’s environment can impact health and illness. b. hard work can better one’s economic situation. c. exercise is available in all environments. d. good health goes hand in hand with physical labor.

30.C. Wright Mills used the term “sociological imagination” to refer to important

interconnections between personal troubles and public issues. What would he have said about deprivation amplification? a. Public issues cause poor health, so more work must be done to address disease rates solely at the public level. b. Personal troubles cause poor health, so more work must be done to address disease rates solely at the personal level. c. Both public issues and personal troubles contribute to poor health, so more work must be done at both levels to address disease rates. d. Neither public issues nor personal troubles contribute to poor health, so more work done at these levels would not affect disease rates.

31.The more strongly men identify with stereotypical ideas about masculinity, the more likely they are to a. come into contact with vector organisms. b. have a longer life expectancy than women. c. avoid risky lifestyle behaviors (such as smoking, drinking, and driving fast). d. avoid preventive health care.

32.__________ occurs when our individual, genetic, and physiological illness and disease risks are worsened by social factors like the neighborhood where we live, inequality, and corporate and governmental policies and practices. a. Medicalization b. Deprivation amplification c. A food desert d. Impression management

33.The __________ approach to addiction suggests that people of lower socioeconomic status are more likely to be scrutinized as problem drinkers or drug addicts. a. structural functionalist b. conflict theory c. symbolic interactionist d. sick role

34.Siobhan recently learned that she has a mental illness. Since her diagnosis, she has begun to act according to the illness and in ways that she thinks others expect someone with a mental illness to act. Which theory of health and illness best explains her situation? a. curative medicine b. structural functionalism c. conflict theory d. symbolic interactionism

35.Julie is an American living in poverty: She lives in public housing, did not finish high school, experiences lapses in employment, and has a hard time paying her bills. Julie is twice as likely as people who are not living in poverty to a. visit a doctor for yearly checkups. b. have an above-average life expectancy. c. report having good physical well-being. d. suffer from depression.

36.Marcos lives in a densely populated American city and buys groceries from the nearby corner store. The corner store mostly sells food that is canned or frozen and doesn’t have a lot of variety. What can we conclude about Marcos? a. He lives in a food desert. b. He practices alternative medicine. c. There is a large grocery store nearby, but he prefers the corner store. d. He eats nutritious meals every day.

37.What is the concept of acknowledging and incorporating a patient’s cultural background as part of the treatment process called? a. patient rights b. cultural competence c. deprivation amplification d. crisis medicine

38.Which of the following is true of the American Medical Association?

a. It creates, maintains, legitimizes, and controls medicine in the United States. b. It has had a hands-off approach to medicine, while corporations have had more say. c. It has had a hands-off approach to medicine, while the government has had more say. d. It is a complicated organization with a long history of social policy advocacy around improving health for all Americans regardless of social class, racial or ethnic group, or gender.

39.Is medicine in the United States a social institution? a. Yes, because doctors need licenses to practice. b. No, because it is more of an ideal than a social institution. c. Yes, because organizations like the American Medical Association set policy and shape definitions of health and illness throughout the nation. d. No, because organizations like the American Medical Association are brickand-mortar places, not large-scale patterns of interaction.

40.What have studies of doctor–patient relations found? a. In a medical setting, doctors automatically have more status and power. b. In the sick role, patients automatically have more status and power. c. Doctors and patients interact as equals unless they disagree about the diagnosis. d. Status and power vary and are established in the doctor–patient interaction.

41.Doctors in __________ settings are more likely to spend time engaging in emotional labor with their patients than are doctors in __________ settings. a. urban; rural b. hospital; small-office c. rural; urban d. public; private

42.Studies have found that a substantial number of medical students and residents hold false beliefs about biological differences between whites and African

Americans. This racial bias shapes how doctors perceive patients and often leads to a. white patients having their pain being underestimated and therefore undertreated. b. African American patients having their pain being underestimated and therefore undertreated. c. white patients having their pain questioned. d. African American patients having their pain overestimated and being giving high levels of opioids.

43.Kyra’s mother died from ovarian cancer and her father died from colon cancer.

Genetic testing was recommended to determine if Kyra had Lynch syndrome, which would increase her risk for both cancers. The testing was completed and found to be positive for Lynch syndrome. Even though she has no symptoms, Kyra has been officially marked as high-risk and now inhabits a a. sick role. b. potential sick role. c. culturally competent role. d. cancer patient role.

44.__________ is the study of controversial moral or ethical issues related to scientific and medical advancements. a. Curative medicine b. Bioethics c. Medicalization d. Conflict theory

45.Rescission refers to a. stabilizing the price of health care. b. insurance companies canceling a client’s coverage only after the person gets sick. c. insurance companies denying health care coverage due to a preexisting condition. d. a client’s inability to pay for health insurance due to economic hardship.

46.__________ is a scientific endeavor that seeks to identify and map the genes that make up human DNA. a. Medicalization b. The Human Genome Project c. Eugenics d. The Health Care Reform Act

47.Genetic testing in utero can inform parents of possible genetic mutations in the embryo. There are ethical concerns regarding this type of genetic testing because some individuals believe the selection of only healthy babies is a form of a. eugenics. b. epidemic. c. genocide. d. bioethics.

48.__________ is a group of medical treatments, practices, and products that includes practices like acupuncture, homeopathy, hypnosis, and meditation as well as traditional healers like shamans. a. The Health Care Reform Act b. Curative medicine c. Bioethics d. Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM)

49.According to your textbook, which of the following U.S. presidents described comprehensive health care reform as the highest priority on his unfinished agenda for America? a. Franklin Delano Roosevelt b. Richard Nixon c. George W. Bush d. Bill Clinton

50.Making use of natural supplements, deep breathing, meditation, yoga,

acupuncture, or massage instead of conventional medicine from a U.S. clinic or hospital is an example of a. complementary and curative medicine. b. alternative medicine. c. complementary medicine. d. complementary and alternative medicines.

51.Our bodies are social objects, and our social experiences and social location shape our prospects for health and risks of disease. a. True b. False

52.Prior to 1900, chronic illnesses were the leading causes of death. a. True b. False

53.To end the opioid epidemic society must attack its root causes, which include biases in prescribing practices, mental health issues, and poverty. a. True b. False

54.A pandemic occurs when the number of cases of a disease is much higher than expected, whereas an epidemic occurs when a disease has spread across large geographical regions such as national borders. a. True b. False

55.Black women are more than three times more likely to die from complications from pregnancy than white women. a. True b. False

56.Many meal choices in food deserts consist of highly processed food loaded with fat and sugar. a. True b. False

57.The Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC) has recommended changes regarding cultural competence as well as ways in which these changes can be evaluated. a. True b. False

58.The sick role, which consists of the actions and attitudes expected of ill individuals, is most associated with structural functionalist Robert Merton. a. True b. False

59.Complementary medicine and alternative medicine are not synonymous and cannot be used interchangeably because they are very different types of medicine. a. True b. False

60.The Affordable Care Act was met with universal approval when it was first proposed, and health care reform in the United States is no longer necessary. a. True b. False

61.For most of history, humans worried about becoming afflicted with acute diseases. Now, a majority of the top ten causes of death in the United States are chronic diseases. Why have chronic diseases become more of a problem than acute diseases over the past century?

62.What is the difference between preventive medicine and curative medicine?

63.What is the difference between an acute disease and a chronic disease?

64.List one way the social meaning of the causes of mental illness has changed considerably over time.

65.Discuss the opioid epidemic. How does it contradict the stereotype of drug addicts using drugs for recreational purposes? What are some of the factors that contribute to it being seen as an epidemic?

66.In what way do traditional gender roles shape health?

67.Define cultural competence and explain why it is important for health professionals.

68.Discuss at least three major insurance reforms that took place because of the Affordable Care Act.

69.The prevalence of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) varies based on socioeconomic status and race, with higher-income neighborhoods and white children having higher rates. What are some factors that may be shaping the disparities?

70.Describe the type of neighborhood that often includes a food desert.

71.As discussed in the textbook, a highly vaccinated community maintains what is

called “herd immunity,” a kind of group resistance that helps protect even the unvaccinated from contracting disease. Typically herd immunity is considered in place around a 94–95 percent vaccination rate. As of April 2022, 66 percent of the U.S. population has been vaccinated for Covid-19. How does this rate of vaccination potentially impact Covid-19 case rates?

72.Television programs in the United States emphasize the cultural belief that having a slim body is more valued than having a heavier body. How is this perspective an example of the nature of health being defined by its social rather than biological context?

73.Shortly before Josefina’s grandmother passed away, her family gathered to make some decisions about how best to take care of her. The family members eventually decided to bring Josefina’s grandmother home from the hospital and take care of her where she would be most comfortable. Describe the three approaches to medical treatment and identify the approach that best describes Josefina’s family’s actions.

74.Discuss why, in the context of the Covid-19 pandemic, the United States held the dubious honor of “worst pandemic responder.”

75.What is a food desert? How did one emerge? How does a food desert exemplify the main point of this chapter, which is that health and illness are socially constructed?

76.Compare the different approaches to American medicine associated with structural functionalism and conflict theory. What are the strengths and weaknesses of each approach?

77.People with higher socioeconomic status can expect to live longer lives and have greater physical well-being than those with lower socioeconomic status. What factors contribute to these unequal health outcomes?

78.How does the story of Lia Lee illustrate the problem of health care providers who have not developed cultural competence?

79.How have pharmaceutical advertisements changed the patient–doctor relationship?

80.What is “weathering”? Define the concept and explain how it relates to maternal mortality rates.

Answer Key Chapter 14 1. Answer: C 2. Answer: D 3. Answer: B 4. Answer: C 5. Answer: A 6. Answer: C 7. Answer: C 8. Answer: D 9. Answer: D 10.Answer: C 11.Answer: C 12.Answer: A 13.Answer: C 14.Answer: B 15.Answer: C 16.Answer: A 17.Answer: A 18.Answer: C 19.Answer: C 20.Answer: A

21.Answer: C 22.Answer: D 23.Answer: A 24.Answer: D 25.Answer: D 26.Answer: A 27.Answer: C 28.Answer: A 29.Answer: A 30.Answer: C 31.Answer: D 32.Answer: B 33.Answer: B 34.Answer: D 35.Answer: D 36.Answer: A 37.Answer: B 38.Answer: A 39.Answer: C 40.Answer: D 41.Answer: C 42.Answer: B

43.Answer: B 44.Answer: B 45.Answer: B 46.Answer: B 47.Answer: A 48.Answer: D 49.Answer: B 50.Answer: B 51.Answer: A 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: A 54.Answer: B 55.Answer: A 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: A 58.Answer: B 59.Answer: A 60.Answer: B 61.Answer: Over the past century, drastic changes in medicine and public health have all but wiped out certain acute diseases (such as polio), while chronic ones (such

as diabetes and heart disease) have grown vastly in proportion. As a result, chronic diseases have become one of the most important factors governing health and illness today.

62.Answer: Preventive medicine aims to avoid illness or disease, whereas curative medicine treats an illness.

63.Answer: Acute disease is something that has a sudden onset, whereas a chronic disease develops over time.

64.Answer: Answers may vary, but could mention mental illness previously being attributed to demonic possession, being born at certain times during the lunar cycle, or being seen as located in a specific part of the brain (and thus, removing that part was considered an accepted treatment).

65.Answer: Answers may vary but should include that opioids are often given as

painkillers, and while considered at one point to not be highly addictive, they are.

This drug addiction is also deeply connected to lowincome, predominantly white communities, and so it is seen more as a medical issue than a criminal justice issue.

66.Answer: Answers may vary but possible answers may note some of the following: Women tend to live longer but are more often diagnosed with an illness. Men are less likely to seek preventive care.

Men are more likely to work in dangerous occupations and engage in risky lifestyle behaviors.

Male bodies have been treated as the standard.

Heart attack symptoms vary for men and women.

Women metabolize medication differently. Women are more vulnerable to trauma and stressrelated disorders.

67.Answer: Cultural competence is the concept of acknowledging and incorporating a patient’s cultural background as part of the treatment process; it recognizes that a patient’s beliefs shape their approach to health care. It can help mediate doctor– patient relationships, which can reduce health disparities for minority group members.

68.Answer: Answers may vary but should include the following: Children are able to remain on their parents’ health insurance through age twenty-six, insurance cannot be denied due to preexisting conditions, there are no lifetime spending caps for coverage, patients can no longer have insurance canceled after they get sick, and women can no longer be charged more for health insurance than men.

69.Answer: Answers may vary but should include

the following: access to health care, education, racial bias in health care, and lack of diagnosis.

70.Answer: Food deserts are often in neighborhoods that are predominantly lowincome or nonwhite in population. Thus, the effects of food deserts are experienced disproportionately by the poor and by Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, and American Indians.

71.Answer: Low vaccination rates reduce the potential herd immunity, leaving community members at higher risk of illness.

Individuals who are unable to be vaccinated and those that are at higher risk of severe illness are unable to receive the benefits of collective immunity.

72.Answer: Student responses should include how a healthy body in the United States is generally perceived as one

that is thinner, trimmer, and more athletic looking.

Television programs reflect this belief. In other countries, values differ. For example, in some impoverished areas around the world, great status is given to those who are heavier, because people who cannot get enough food to eat consider this a marker of both health and wealth.

73.Answer: There are three main approaches to medical treatment. The preventive approach tries to stop diseases before they happen and focuses on lifestyle choices individuals make to decrease the likelihood of illness. The curative or crisis medicine approach focuses on treating disease once it has been discovered. The palliative approach focuses on how to deal with diseases once they have progressed and how to help those inflicted to be comfortable in a nurturing

environment.

Josefina’s family members determined how to help their grandmother be more comfortable and to take care of her well at the end of her life.

Therefore, the palliative care approach best applies to her situation.

74.Answer: Answers may vary but could include the lack of a pandemic preparedness team due to the disbanding of the National Security Council’s Directorate for Global Health in 2018. President Trump downplayed the virus and even stated in January 2020 that he was “not concerned . . . [it is] totally under control.” The pandemic response was ultimately led by large organizations such as Google, Microsoft, and the NBA (which implemented shutdowns), rather than the federal government.

Eventually state governors and city mayors started

declaring emergencies and created mask mandates and testing programs and mandated school closures.

Pandemic responses became politicized, and the vocal minority began to protest regarding the violation of their “freedoms.”

75.Answer: Good answers will mention that food deserts began to emerge when grocery store chains left urban areas for the suburbs in the 1960s and 1970s as a result of perceived problems of security, profitability, real estate costs, and parking. The result was that there were fewer healthy food options for those living in these urban areas and, in their place, fast-food and convenience-type food sources moved in.

Consequently, residents of these neighborhoods, who tend to be low-income and/or nonwhite, are at greater risk of obesity, diabetes,

and heart disease.

The creation of a food desert is a social process that has direct impacts on the physical bodies (and health) of individuals who live in these lowincome urban spaces.

Great answers will also make a connection to deprivation amplification, the concept that explains how individual disease risks are amplified by social factors such as neighborhoods.

76.Answer: Structural functionalist theory explains that having a healthy populace is good for system maintenance and stability.

Therefore, it is counterproductive to have high rates of sickness.

People cannot contribute to their society if they are sick. Societies should work to ensure the health of all people.

Preventive medicine is a priority. The strength of this theory is an emphasis on the

importance of health for the system. A weakness is that this theoretical paradigm is sometimes considered to take a “sunshine sociology” approach, where problems are deemphasized and under-considered.

Conflict theory would focus on how “health follows wealth”: The more wealth you have, the healthier you will be, although this is unfair and essentially unethical. Health care corporations have come to dominate the American landscape at the expense of not-forprofit or nationalized health care. This has caused greater inequality in American society.

A strength of the conflict theory approach is that it emphasizes the ways in which the health care system needs to change to decrease inequality in health and illness. A weakness is that it tends to focus on the negative

aspects of health care.

77.Answer: Answers should explain how individuals with a higher socioeconomic status can afford better health care services such as insurance plans, doctor visits, diagnostic tests and treatments, and prescribed medications. They should also mention that those with higher socioeconomic status have better access to resources that help with disease prevention (better nutrition, cleaner neighborhoods, and exercise).

Answers might also mention the negative effect of food deserts on the health outcomes of those with a lower socioeconomic status (i.e., the risk of obesity, diabetes, and heart disease).

Answers might mention something about deprivation amplification.

78.Answer: Good answers will mention that Lia Lee and her family

were Hmong and perceived disease differently than the U.S. doctors. Lia Lee suffered a debilitating seizure and eventually died due to an inability to communicate treatment for her seizures in such a way that her family could embrace the Western treatment. The text does not note what the doctors could have done differently but, rather, asserts that due to the social construction of how illness is perceived, doctors must attend to the fact that other people may view disease differently.

In other words, doctors must address and be aware that not only is medicine science, but it is also a social institution.

79.Answer: Good answers will mention that the advertisements do not educate the consumer on the science of the medicine, but rather draw on the idea that the medicine will make the consumer’s life better. Good

answers should also include information from the “Doctor– Patient Relations” part of the text. For example, the student could address the concept of the “sick role,” which does not create space for patients to be empowered consumers. This can cause friction between patients seeking various pharmaceuticals and feeling “empowered” to request certain medicine and the doctors who, traditionally, have ownership of medical knowledge and want patients to play a proper “sick role.”

80.Answer: “Weathering” is a term that describes the subtle but cumulative effects of racism and classism on the body. As a metaphor, weathering suggests erosion through incremental but sustained stress in one’s environment.

Because of repeated exposure to the stresses of

racism and poverty, the health of members of marginalized groups begins to deteriorate. Black women are more than three times more likely to die from complications from pregnancy than white women.

Only a small part of this pattern can be explained by a lack of health insurance or access to prenatal care. Research suggests that weathering may be related, as even Black Americans with higher SES and education levels must deal with racism.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 15 1. Huge numbers of dispossessed U.S. farmers left places like Oklahoma and moved to California during the Great Depression of the 1930s. This is an example of a. mortality. b. internal colonization. c. internal migration. d. emigration.

2. Which of the following is an example of a way to collect demographic data? a. voluntary simplicity and recycling b. organizing environmental activist groups to engage in direct actions c. the U.S. Census Bureau sending out surveys d. the Malthusian theorem

3. What is the net migration rate? a. the number of deaths that can be expected per one thousand people in a given year b. the average number of births per one thousand people in the total population c. the average age to which a person can expect to live d. the number of emigrants subtracted from the number of immigrants

4. In recent years, the population growth rate in the United States has been low.

Which of the following factors have most likely contributed to this trend? a. a decrease in educational attainment and lower literacy rates b. recent economic booms and an emphasis on individualism c. a lack of nutritious food and education on nutrition, particularly in rural communities d. the Great Recession, new immigration restrictions, and the Covid-19

pandemic

5. Since the middle of the last century, the earth’s population has a. shrunk slightly. b. been shrinking since its peak around twenty-five years ago. c. increased by around 25 percent. d. nearly tripled.

6. Which of the following would you expect to see happen in the future if the pattern of demographic transition that followed the Industrial Revolution in Europe and the United States is repeated in Africa? a. increasing infant mortality rates b. increasing mortality rates c. decreasing immigration rates d. decreasing mortality rates

7. In which year did the first U.S. Census take place? a. 1770 b. 1790 c. 1810 d. 1830

8. Which of the following net migration rates would indicate that an equal number of people entered and left a country in the same year? a. 0 b. −1 c. 1 d. None of the above—a net migration rate cannot measure this.

9. North Dakota has experienced one of the highest population growth rates in recent U.S. history. The growth is due to an oil boom. Which demographic variable explains this?

a. fertility b. migration c. mortality d. life span

10.__________ contributed to the rapid population growth in Europe around the time of Thomas Malthus in the eighteenth century. a. The potato b. Penicillin c. The automobile d. Better methods of contraception

11.Garrett Hardin believes that “a ‘just’ sharing of the world’s wealth among all the inhabitants, without coercive control of individual reproduction, would result in a continual, exponential growth of the human population” and much more suffering.

This means Hardin is a a. grassroots organizer. b. believer in sustainable development. c. neo-Malthusian. d. mainstream environmentalist.

12.Will the world population continue to grow, or will it eventually stabilize? a. It will continue to grow until a disaster strikes that reduces the population. b. It will continue to grow indefinitely, but new solutions for overpopulation will be found. c. It will eventually stabilize, but not for many years. d. We may not know the answer for many years.

13.Urban density is measured by the number of a. square miles occupied by a city. b. adults in a given metropolitan area. c. people per square mile. d. people in an economically and socially integrated area.

14.According to demographers, Milwaukee is a __________ because it has more than 500,000 inhabitants. a. megacity b. global city c. metropolis d. metropolitan statistical area (MSA)

15.The city of Mumbai, India, has 14 million people, which makes it the secondlargest city in the world. In addition, the city handles the majority of India’s maritime commerce. These facts help to explain why Mumbai would be called a(n) a. metropolitan statistical area. b. global city. c. agglomeration. d. agrarian area.

16.During the rise of suburbanization in the 1950s and 1960s, __________ were most likely to move away from the urban core to the suburbs. a. single mothers b. senior citizens c. racial and ethnic minorities d. white people

17.An urban neighborhood formerly home to mostly low-income people suddenly develops an assortment of upscale restaurants, coffee shops, hip boutiques, and art galleries that most of its original residents cannot afford. What is happening to the neighborhood? a. It has changing patterns of gender relations. b. It is becoming gentrified. c. It is experiencing smart growth. d. It is growing into an edge city.

18.Some urban planners are working hard to make sure their communities use the same land for multiple purposes. In particular, they advocate for using land “vertically,” such as having apartments on top of retail space. This type of planning is called a. smart growth. b. urban sprawl. c. suburbanization. d. edge city development.

19.The once sleepy suburb of San Jose became a center of high-tech industry during the dot-com boom of the 1990s. San Jose has its own centers of employment and commerce. San Jose is an example of a. gentrification. b. urban renewal. c. an edge city. d. smart growth.

20.An edge city is different from a suburb because it a. is primarily a bedroom community. b. has its own centers of employment and commerce. c. is smaller than a suburb. d. tends to be located far from major highway junctions.

21.According to Georg Simmel, city dwellers relate to one another a. through restrictive constraints on personal behavior. b. through family connections. c. in terms of class-based loyalties. d. in objective and instrumental terms.

22.A man verbally harasses a young woman on the subway while three other passengers watch. The woman pleads for help and the man jumps off as the doors open for the station. None of the three onlookers say or do anything. What sociological term best fits this example?

a. social atomization b. pluralistic ignorance c. civil inattention d. diffusion of altruism

23.In the past, most people lived in rural areas and small towns, where it was surprising to encounter an actual stranger. Today, most of us live in cities, where we are constantly surrounded by total strangers. This leads directly to a. suburbanization. b. a demographic transition. c. social atomization. d. increased divorce rates.

24.According to Herbert Gans, you would be considered __________ if you move to New York City because you love theater. a. a cosmopolite b. an ethnic villager c. single d. a student

25.According to law enforcement, you should request assistance from an individual, even a stranger, if you are in trouble or injured, rather than yelling for help in general or appealing to a group. This strategy would help to defeat a. the broken-windows paradigm. b. alienation. c. the bystander effect. d. street crime.

26.What is the name of the subdiscipline that studies the social causes and consequences of environmental problems? a. transformative environmentalism b. sociobiology c. environmental sociology

d. biological ecology

27.A government continues to privatize once-public environmental resources, such as forests. This government does so to grow its revenue stream while the private companies who gain ownership of the forest continue deforestation at exponentially higher levels, permanently eliminating most of the country’s trees, all in the name of greater profit margins. What is this an example of? a. new ecological paradigm b. global dimming c. greenhouse effect d. treadmill of production

28.To what are environmental sociologists referring when they use the term “environment”? a. wilderness and other areas that have not yet been developed by humans b. only renewable and nonrenewable resources c. those elements of the world that were not constructed through human effort d. both the natural and the human-made environment

29.Why is the “water grabbing” of developing countries possible? a. Water is a transboundary resource. b. Developing countries sell their water to wealthier countries. c. Developing countries have more water. d. No one owns the water.

30.A sociologist who examines how cities are organized or the migration of human populations is studying a. renewable resources. b. environmental attitudes. c. the new ecological paradigm. d. environmental justice.

31.How are environmental sociologists understanding the environment when they study the problems of waste and consumption? a. as a source of meaning b. as a resource to be used for development c. as a place of recreation and leisure d. as a social problem

32.The belief that humans will find ways to overcome any problems posed by pollution and waste is consistent with what attitude? a. conservation b. the modern environmental movement c. the Malthusian theorem d. human exceptionalism

33.How do people with an anthropocentric relationship with the environment perceive nature? a. as something to be preserved b. as a place to find spiritual truth c. as something to be conquered d. as something to be studied and examined before it is tainted by human activity

34.The Milky Way is a spiral arm of our galaxy that contains a dense cluster of stars.

In the past, it appeared not as individual points of light, but as a splash of light across the night sky. Why is it no longer visible this way? a. the greenhouse effect b. light pollution c. urban sprawl d. air pollution

35.What sort of pollution is responsible for global warming? a. water

b. light c. groundwater d. air

36.Flint, Michigan, is a majority African American city dealing with contaminated water. Flint has been pointed to as an example of a. corporate welfare. b. environmental justice. c. climate justice. d. environmental racism.

37.If a person replaces their trips by car with trips by public transportation and bicycle, they are reducing a. anthropocentrism. b. white flight. c. gentrification. d. their ecological footprint.

38.Which environmental activist is credited with organizing the first Earth Day? a. Rachel Carson b. Gaylord Nelson c. Ralph Nader d. Iona Frisbee

39.What was most environmental activism focused on during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries? a. the protection and conservation of wilderness b. environmental justice c. grassroots activism to involve individual community members d. lowering the ecological footprints of both individuals and society as a whole

40.An estimate of the land and water area that is required to produce all the goods

that an individual consumes and all the waste that they generate is called a. smart growth. b. an ecological footprint. c. demographics. d. biodiversity.

41.Earth First describes itself as a global organization, but its website contains links to local chapters in Montreal, the Netherlands, and Humboldt and Santa Cruz, California. What does this suggest about the organization? a. It believes in grassroots environmentalism. b. It came out of the modern environmental movement. c. It primarily cares about sustainable development. d. It works for conservation of wilderness areas.

42.Factories that produce noxious levels of pollution and toxic waste dumps are often located near areas where minorities and the poor reside. Which of the following terms could be used to describe this situation? a. corporate welfare b. resource environmentalism c. climate justice d. environmental racism

43.During which era did the environmental movement focus on citizen participation and change at the local level? a. mainstream environmentalism b. the conservation era c. the modern environmental movement d. grassroots environmentalism

44.The attempt to reconcile global economic growth with environmental protection is called a. biodiversity.

b. environmental integrity. c. social demographics. d. sustainability.

45.Los Angeles is infamous for its air pollution and smog, but there are many parts of Los Angeles where the air is quite nice, especially in the mountains and by the sea. However, the people who live in these places are disproportionately white, while the people who live in the places with the worst air quality are disproportionately likely to be racial and ethnic minorities. This is an example of a. conservation. b. sustainable development. c. environmental racism. d. environmental justice.

46.Which political party made social justice, community-based economics, feminism, and diversity central to its platform? a. the Green Party b. the Republican Party c. the Libertarian Party d. the Natural Law Party

47.The Environmental Defense Fund hires scientists, economists, and lawyers to lobby the government and to educate the public about the environmental consequences of modern life. They claim to have had a part in passing important elements of the Clean Air Act, California’s emissions rules, and a treaty to phase out CFCs. With what era of the environmental movement is this sort of organization most commonly associated? a. the modern environmental movement b. conservation environmentalism c. Earth Day d. mainstream environmentalism

48.One of the major problems with slowing greenhouse gas emissions lies in the developing world, where many countries are just now starting to burn fossil fuels

at the same rate as the industrialized world. Aside from the pollution produced, this is also a problem because there is not enough oil left for the world to burn it at its current rate. What do many people believe we need to solve this problem? a. environmental racism b. ecological footprints c. a return to feudalism d. sustainability

49.Many parents today are worried about the bottles out of which their babies drink, because many contain plastics made with bisphenol A (BPA). This is a compound that helps to make hard, clear, shatterproof plastics, but it might also be a neurotoxin to which children may be especially vulnerable. Science has yet to fully explore this issue, but what era of the environmental movement does this concern most closely follow? a. the conservation era b. mainstream environmentalism c. grassroots environmentalism d. the modern environmental movement

50.Which of the following would be considered a modification to sustainable development infrastructure? a. the privatization of social security b. engagement in voluntary simplicity c. veganism d. a green building

51.In the United States, internal migration has mostly consisted of a movement from rural areas to urban areas. a. True b. False

52.The mortality rate is a measure of population increase, while the fertility rate is a measure of the decrease in population.

a. True b. False

53.Prior to the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, most people throughout the world lived in rural rather than urban areas. a. True b. False

54.Urbanization usually occurs due to people moving from rural areas to cities. a. True b. False

55. “Utopia” literally means “trap for humankind.” a. True b. False

56.Oxygen is an example of a renewable resource, as it is a natural resource that can be replenished by plants and trees. a. True b. False

57.Climate change causes more severe droughts; stronger and more prevalent hurricanes, tornadoes, and cyclones; and more rain and flooding. a. True b. False

58.Environmental justice claims that those who are most responsible for climate change suffer the most from it. a. True b. False

59.The modern environmental movement began shortly after the 1989 Exxon Valdez oil spill off the coast of Alaska. a. True b. False

60.The Dakota Access Pipeline (DAPL) protests are an example of a movement that is pursuing environmental justice. a. True b. False

61.List one of the four major factors that New Malthusians credit with influencing reproductive lives in societies that promote large families.

62.Why might a discussion about centenarians be of interest to sociologists?

63.How would a structural functionalist and a conflict theorist differ when describing major problems in cities?

64.What is the difference between the terms “rural” and “urban”?

65.How did U.S. suburbanization of the mid-twentieth century contribute to social inequalities?

66.What are two major problems with suburbs?

67.How do sociologists study the environment?

68.How might a symbolic interactionist view peoples’ environmental practices?

69.How does today’s mainstream environmentalism differ from the environmentalism of previous eras?

70.Describe an innovative sustainable solution to one environmental problem.

Explain how this solution would be effective.

71.What is demography? Identify and explain the three basic variables that demographers use to understand population dynamics.

72.Think about the town or city you live in. What smart-growth principles could be applied to change it for the better?

73.Summarize the changes urban areas in the United States experienced in the years after World War II. Why were these changes important?

74.In a 2018 opinion piece for the New York Times, Todd May asks the question, “Would Human Extinction Be a Tragedy?” While stating that the human species has inherent value, May is critical of the destruction humans are doing to the earth. Which concept introduced in the chapter does such a question and perspective challenge?

75.How is the new ecological paradigm different from the attitudes of human exceptionalism that preceded it?

76.What do environmental sociologists refer to when they talk about “the treadmill of production”?

77.Which analytic subfield within the sociology of the environment do you think best explains how the greenhouse effect came into being? Justify your answer.

78.What are the two major areas that sociologists study when they consider the environment as a social problem? How does the ecological footprint exemplify this?

79.What is environmental justice? Why is it necessary?

80.What are the two elements of the ecological footprint? Discuss ways a U.S. citizen could reduce their ecological footprint for each element.

Answer Key Chapter 15 1. Answer: C 2. Answer: C 3. Answer: D 4. Answer: D 5. Answer: D 6. Answer: D 7. Answer: B 8. Answer: A 9. Answer: B 10.Answer: A 11.Answer: C 12.Answer: D 13.Answer: C 14.Answer: C 15.Answer: B 16.Answer: D 17.Answer: B 18.Answer: A 19.Answer: C 20.Answer: B

21.Answer: D 22.Answer: B 23.Answer: C 24.Answer: A 25.Answer: C 26.Answer: C 27.Answer: D 28.Answer: D 29.Answer: A 30.Answer: C 31.Answer: D 32.Answer: D 33.Answer: C 34.Answer: B 35.Answer: D 36.Answer: D 37.Answer: D 38.Answer: B 39.Answer: A 40.Answer: B 41.Answer: A 42.Answer: D

43.Answer: D 44.Answer: D 45.Answer: C 46.Answer: A 47.Answer: D 48.Answer: D 49.Answer: D 50.Answer: D 51.Answer: A 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: A 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: B 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: A 58.Answer: B 59.Answer: B 60.Answer: A 61.Answer: Answers may vary, but could include religion, financial support, government policies, or cultural influences.

62.Answer: Answers vary, but a good answer

would explain that centenarians represent an interesting subject for sociologists who study demography.

Students can make the case that more people living longer lives leads to a change in population, and they can connect this idea to theories of population change.

63.Answer: Answers will vary, but the structural functionalist would emphasize problems of instability while the conflict theorist would emphasize social inequalities.

64.Answer: “Rural” refers to that which relates to sparsely settled areas. “Urban” refers to that which relates to cities and typically describes densely populated areas.

65.Answer: The GI Bill program that helped veterans obtain subsidized home loans was mostly denied to Black veterans.

Redlining, restrictive covenants, and “sundown towns,”

or towns where Black people weren’t welcome after dark, contributed to keeping the populations of these new suburbs as white as possible. The repercussions of these historical trends persist in contemporary racial inequalities.

66.Answer: Answers will vary, but they should touch on at least two of the following: long commutes, little contact with neighbors, racial segregation, and urban sprawl.

67.Answer: Answers will vary but should discuss how sociologists study the ways in which societies depend on the natural world.

Sociologists examine how cultural values and beliefs influence views about and usage of the environment. They also seek to understand the politics and economics of natural resources, along with the social construction of conflicts,

problems, and solutions that are a result of our relationship to the natural world.

68.Answer: A symbolic interactionist might examine the microlevel decisions people make on a daily basis, such as how they travel to work, what foods they eat, and the types of clothing they purchase.

They also might focus on the stigma associated with certain practices and how people might differ regarding their front-stage and backstage behavior.

69.Answer: Answers will vary, but students should describe the conservation era as well as the modern environmental movement.

Differences such as enhanced organization, improved promotional campaigns, and increased reliance on scientific expertise should be presented when describing mainstream

environmentalism.

70.Answer: Answers will vary.

Details regarding why the solution would be effective are necessary.

71.Answer: Demography can be defined as the study of the size, composition, distribution of, and changes to the human population.

The three basic demographic variables that are crucial to understanding population dynamics are fertility rates (the average number of births relative to the total population), mortality rates (the number of deaths that can be expected relative to the total population), and migration (including immigrants who arrive in a region and emigrants who leave it).

The best answers will also mention infant mortality, internal migration, and the net migration rate.

72.Answer: The textbook lists a series of innovations that

follow smartgrowth principles, including pedestrian-friendly streets and a greater mix of housing, commercial, and retail properties.

Smart growth could also be achieved through the preservation of open space and other environmental amenities that make it more pleasant to live in a large city, such as public art, easily accessible bathrooms, and water fountains.

The most important item on this list is mixed-use zoning, which involves creating housing and retail areas with much greater overlap as opposed to suburbs that strictly separate the places where we live, work, and shop. A good answer should list specific changes that could be made to a particular community, including items from the list above, but any answer that follows the principles of smart growth (reducing sprawl and

preventing flight to the suburbs) is a good answer.

73.Answer: The most important change in urban areas after World War II was the increasing shift toward the suburbs.

Increasing levels of postwar prosperity made suburbs and home ownership attractive to many, although suburbs were strictly segregated along racial lines.

Suburbanization was not just a response to new levels of postwar prosperity; it also reflected a retreat from some of the problems associated with city living, such as close quarters, noise, and crime.

As more families were able to afford single-family homes, large yards with proverbial white picket fences and two-car garages became the image of the American Dream.

Suburban life allows families to avoid some of the problems associated with city living, but it has its own problems: long commutes,

little contact between neighbors, and de facto racial segregation of housing and schools. Some observers have also criticized the monotonous uniformity of suburbs, claiming that they promote listless personalities, conformity, and escapism. The decades-long shift of population to the suburbs has accelerated and expanded throughout the nation, with more families moving farther and farther away into what have been called the “exurbs.”

The best answers will also mention urban or suburban sprawl, which is a derogatory term applied to the peripheral expansion of urban boundaries associated with irresponsible or poorly planned development.

According to critics, areas affected by urban sprawl are often unsightly and characterized by a homogenous

landscape of housing subdivisions, office parks, and corner strip malls without character or green space.

74.Answer: May is challenging human exceptionalism, the anthropocentric perspective also known as anthropocentrism.

This is the idea that the needs and desires of human beings should take priority over concerns about other species or the natural environment.

75.Answer: Historically, Americans have been particularly anthropocentric.

From an anthropocentric perspective, humans perceive nature as something to master or to conquer. Nature is believed to be inexhaustible, and hence can be manipulated or used with impunity in order to serve humankind.

Consumption is equated with success. This is consistent with the Judeo-Christian

belief in “man’s” dominion over the earth. Western culture thus perpetuates human exceptionalism, which is an attitude that humans are exempt from natural ecological limits. Progress through industrialization supports the notion that culture and technology will provide us with ways to overcome any environmental challenge.

In contrast, the new ecological paradigm views humans as part of the ecosystem, merely one of many species that interact with the natural environment.

Nature has limits we must respect, and this may, in turn, constrain economic development. The new ecological paradigm recognizes that human activity can have both intended and unintended consequences that shape social life and life on the planet. It also suggests that humans are part of a system that must be maintained in

balance.

76.Answer: “The treadmill of production” is a term that grew out of the study of the political economy of the environment.

It focuses on how economic factors influence the way organizations use the environment and how this use is often supported by accompanying political systems and policies.

Specifically, the “treadmill of production” describes the process by which contemporary industrial societies are built on the premise of progress. There is an emphasis on conquering nature and using natural resources to fuel production and expand profits.

Government policies and economic systems have frequently supported this belief in progress.

Progress has usually meant both the generation of great wealth for some and an abundance of goods and services for many, but it has come at a price.

That price is

increased environmental degradation and the social problems that typically go along with it. Like a treadmill, there seems to be no place at which this process will end, short of exhaustion.

77.Answer: The text lists four major analytic frameworks: the political economy of the environment, attitudes about the environment, environmental movements, and sustainable development. In theory, any one of these could be the correct answer as long as it could be justified.

The political economy of the environment is the most obvious answer. Good answers would point out that this is the area that looks at how economic factors influence the way organizations (typically corporations) use the environment and how this use is often supported by political systems and policies, which, in this case, means how we

burn fossil fuels to produce power and transportation.

Attitudes about the environment is also a possible answer.

Good answers would talk about how an attitude of human exceptionalism would lead people to believe that we are exempt from natural ecological limits and that technology will allow us to overcome any environmental challenge.

Environmental movements is a much less likely answer, but a case could be made for it. The answer would have to point out that the early environmental movement focused on conservation, which would not have led it to worry about greenhouse gases. It was not until the modern environmental movement and mainstream environmentalism that people began to think about pollution in this way.

Sustainable development is

also an unlikely answer, but it could work. The answer would have to show that the development aspirations of all countries cannot be met by following the path that industrialized nations have already taken, because the world’s ecosystems cannot support it. This explains both why the greenhouse effect exists and why people are worried about it.

78.Answer: The first area is the problem of consumption, with a focus on the depletion of nonrenewable resources. The second area includes all the problems of waste, including the sorts of pollution generated by modern industrial economies such as water contamination, greenhouse gas emissions, overflowing landfills, light pollution, and noise pollution. The ecological footprint also includes these two major areas (consumption and

waste). A good answer will also note that both areas recognize the social aspects of environmental problems.

79.Answer: Environmental justice is the idea that access to environmental equality, or living in a healthy environment, is a basic human right.

The environmental justice movement represents a significant branch of the environmental movement and is also an example of grassroots organization. The environmental justice movement emerged as a response to environmental inequities, threats to public health, and differential treatment of certain communities regarding ecological concerns. Despite significant improvements in environmental protections, there are still millions of people in the United States who live in communities threatened by ecological hazards.

The poor and

minorities are disproportionately at risk and bear a greater portion of the nation’s environmental problems. The best answers will mention the related concept of environmental racism, which occurs when an environmental policy or practice negatively affects individuals, groups, or communities based on race.

Research on environmental justice is one of the fastest-growing areas of scholarship within environmental sociology.

80.Answer: The elements of an ecological footprint are (1) “an estimation of the land and water area required to produce all the goods an individual consumes” and (2) the process “to assimilate all the waste an individual generates.” The students’ examples should draw on both elements.

Examples should be specific to U.S. consumption habits because the current ecological footprint of the

average American is approximately 20 acres, about five times the global average share of the earth’s resources.

Name: ___________________________ Class: _________________ Date: __________

Chapter 16 1. Which of the following statements about social change is true? a. It occurs exclusively during unmistakable periods in history. b. It happens quickly. c. It occurs rarely. d. It is always happening.

2. Which major change in policing was supposed to reduce police violence against civilians? a. defunding the police b. militarizing the police c. professionalizing the police d. training the police

3. What is the transformation of a culture over time called? a. social revolution b. cultural evolution c. cultural iteration d. social change

4. What are the periods in which large-scale social change occurs so rapidly that whole societies are dramatically redefined? a. contagion theory eras b. mass behavioral evolutions c. social revolutions d. the tragedy of the commons

5. In recent years, salsa has overtaken ketchup as America’s most popular condiment. This is an example of

a. resource mobilization. b. social change. c. cultural leveling. d. the political power of Hispanics.

6. Experts have posited that Syria’s change from a stable to an unstable country is partly due to an extensive drought. This means that the recent social change in Syria is partly due to a. a major physical event. b. wide-scale demographic changes. c. an innovation or discovery. d. war.

7. Traditionally, parents teach children, not the other way around. However, it is now common for parents to call their children for help in performing a simple task on a computer, such as attaching a file to an email. What creates situations in which parents must turn to their children for help? a. war b. emergent norms c. social dilemmas d. social change

8. Demographic factors, discoveries and inventions, and __________ are three of the main ways by which social change occurs. a. political regime changes b. major physical events c. war d. disease

9. Approximately 12,000 years ago, people began to domesticate grain in what we now call the Middle East. This involved a process that slowly spread around the world over the next 6,000 to 7,000 years. In 1984, 8 percent of U.S. households had a computer, but that number was above 70 percent in 2008. How do these two things relate to social change?

a. Neither is an example of social change. b. Both are examples of social change that occurred at different rates. c. The change in agriculture was a social change, but not the change in computer ownership. d. The change in computer ownership was a social change, but not the change in agriculture.

10.The majority of households in the United States now have personal computers.

The federal government has encouraged this trend for many reasons, including increased productivity, better education, and a better-informed public. At the same time, there has been an increase in acute injuries related to computers or computer tools. This is an example of a. the way individuals can change the world. b. a fad or a temporary trend. c. the unintended consequences of social change. d. the rapid pace of change.

11.__________ is the theory of collective behavior that explains how a “mob mentality” takes over and rational thought disappears when crowds come together. a. Regressive action b. Relative deprivation theory c. Contagion theory d. Emergent norm theory

12.An individual contributes to National Public Radio (NPR) even though they do not listen to it every day. They also know that other people who do listen to it daily do not contribute. This is an example of what sociological concept? a. public goods dilemma b. tragedy of the commons c. mass society theory d. relative deprivation theory

13.Many people think that nuclear proliferation can be best understood as a tragedy

of the commons. Which of the following might they propose as a solution if someone sees nuclear proliferation this way? a. a global grassroots movement demanding that governments destroy nuclear warheads b. a better missile defense system that could make nuclear missiles obsolete c. a series of technical innovations that could make nuclear inspections more effective by making illegal reactors easier to detect d. better bomb shelters and new medical techniques to treat radiation poisoning

14.Individual fishing boats may harvest more fish each year in order to maximize profits while, as a result, threatening the fish population with extinction. This is an example of a. a public goods dilemma. b. the tragedy of the commons. c. relative deprivation. d. sustainable consumption.

15.You are walking across campus and see a large group of students gathered outside the student union listening to someone talk. You stop and try to listen, but you cannot get close enough. You ask another member of the crowd what is happening, and you are told that someone was proselytizing, and some students gathered to listen while others argued with them. What does this tell you about crowds? a. A crowd does not have to share a geographic location. b. People in any crowd have many different motivations. c. Crowds are illogical. d. People lose their individuality and become part of something like a collective mind when they join a crowd.

16.__________ occurs when a large number of people either collectively or individually engage in similar behaviors. a. Collective behavior b. Riots

c. Mass behavior d. Contagion

17.Litter may not be the most pressing problem facing our society, but many people still wish that our streets and parks had less trash strewn about. However, it is difficult to convince people to clean these public areas, which is a problem that sociologists would call a. a public goods dilemma. b. the tragedy of the commons. c. resource mobilization theory. d. community policing.

18.In trying to understand the evacuation during the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center, B. E. Aguirre, Dennis Wenger, and Gabriela Vigo argue that the more “the search for meaning in the milling process focuses upon defining the situation as serious,the quicker should be the mobilization of people and the initiation of collective behavior.” What type of theory are they using to make this prediction? a. technological determinism b. emergent norm theory c. contagion theory d. cultural diffusion

19.An office has a “coffee fund,” which is an old coffee can into which people can toss change any time they pour a cup of coffee. The fund can be used to buy coffee and supplies for the office when more is needed. However, one individual always takes coffee and never puts any money in the fund, which makes him a a. dilemma. b. resource mobilizer. c. free rider. d. prisoner.

20.In 1968, Garrett Hardin described the tragedy of the commons. The classic example of the commons is a pasture where any community member can graze

their livestock. What would be the modern equivalent of the commons? a. mass public entertainment, such as the circus and rock concerts b. natural resources, such as water, air, forests, and plants c. the internet d. shopping malls and retailers

21.Two groups in Lincoln, Nebraska, held rallies about health care during the summer of 2009, one supporting and one opposing legislation proposed to overhaul America’s healthcare system. At one point the two groups went beyond holding signs and shouting slogans, and tempers flared. Objects were thrown, shoving occurred, and the police had to step in to break up the a. social movement. b. riot. c. rally. d. march.

22.A situation in which behavior that is rational for the individual, but when practiced by many people can lead to collective disaster, is known as a. a social movement. b. mass behavior. c. a social dilemma. d. a riot.

23.Large numbers of people form a __________ when they come together. a. crowd b. collective behavior group c. riot d. fad

24.How does a fad differ from fashion? a. Fads can mark you as belonging to a certain social group; fashion is widespread in society.

b. Fashion changes; fads are stable, if only among a small group of people. c. Fads become very popular for short periods; fashions are widespread styles of behavior that may last longer. d. Fads and fashions are the same thing.

25.According to Armand Mauss, what happens in the “incipient” stage of a social movement? a. The social movement begins to fade away. b. The very bureaucracies and institutions that it initially challenged absorb the movement. c. The public begins to take notice of an issue and define it as a problem. d. Members of the social movement begin to organize and select leaders.

26.The Black Lives Matter (BLM) movement is a. an international movement whose local demonstrations, like the one centered on Wall Street, call attention to the vast inequalities created and maintained by corporate capitalism. b. a nationwide and even international movement committed to eliminating systemic racism, increasing economic justice, and eradicating police brutality against Black people. c. a nationwide movement that arose to combat sexual assault and harassment in response to high-profile cases in Hollywood. d. an international movement of parents who claim health or religious reasons to justify their refusal to vaccinate their children against preventable diseases like mumps and measles.

27.For many years, there have been efforts to organize teaching assistants on college campuses and form a union. These efforts often fail because of practical reasons, such as limited numbers of volunteers, the fact that leaders graduate and leave, and organizers’ limited money for supplies. What theory is most associated with these reasons? a. resource mobilization b. relative deprivation c. mass society d. technological diffusion

28.MoveOn.org was one of the first groups to successfully organize people around issues like partisan bickering and the power of corporate lobbies in Washington.

This was, in large part, because it used innovative technology to locate, recruit, and organize supporters. This is exactly what __________ theory would predict. a. mass society b. relative deprivation c. emergent social movement d. resource mobilization

29.The Nineteenth Amendment to the Constitution, Nazism, birth control, and Protestantism all a. began in the twentieth century. b. are the products of social movements. c. have had a negative effect on society. d. are the products of a single charismatic leader.

30.According to relative deprivation theory, people join social movements because a. they are filling a psychological need to belong to something. b. social movements are a necessary part of a system of social stratification. c. joining a social movement is a rational response to inequality or oppression. d. social movements are good places to meet people and network.

31.A major achievement of social movements geared toward increasing employment equality for minorities and women has been the widespread adoption of equal employment officers in many large organizations. According to Armand Mauss, which stage of a social movement does this represent? a. success b. failure c. coalescence d. bureaucratization

32.Regressive or reactionary social movements are always a. the most common type of social movement. b. motivated by prejudice or hate. c. working to make sure things stay the same or even turn them back to an earlier point in history. d. motivated by a desire to protect the environment.

33.Modern technology has made it possible for individuals who work in traditionally urban jobs, such as stockbrokers, to live in rural areas. What concept is this an example of? a. rural rebound b. urban boomerang c. mass society theory d. a regressive movement

34.Which of the following people would be most likely to join a social movement? a. a young woman who attends college and is involved in campus government and volunteers for local and state political campaigns b. a disaffected loner taking lots of math classes but without a real social life or a good outlet for forming relationships c. a young man from the lower class who gets a job in a campus cafeteria and notices how well-off the students he serves are d. a single mother who works nights as a stocker at a grocery store and has relatives both in the Deep South and on the West Coast

35.The “decline” phase of social movements is interesting because a. after a movement declines, it always perishes. b. after a movement declines, it is possible that the movement changes and continues. c. the coalescence phase comes right afterward. d. social movements always decline quickly after they begin.

36.A social movement’s long-term development can sometimes look a lot like

a. revolution. b. failure. c. social transformation. d. reform.

37.What is one reason the poor might participate less in social movements compared to college students with adequate financial support? a. Social issues do not matter to the poor. b. The poor have a different culture, leading them to value different things. c. They worry more about their children’s futures. d. They may have to work multiple jobs, leaving little energy for activism.

38.Activists supporting the LGBTQ rights social movement in the United States secured a repeal of the “Don’t ask, don’t tell” law in 2010 and a Supreme Court ruling in favor of same-sex marriages in 2015. What type of social movement does this example represent? a. regressive b. progressive c. retrogressive d. pregressive

39.The framing theory of social movements examines a. how participants give meaning to their struggles for social change. b. how practical considerations such as fundraising and media coverage affect social movements. c. why collective behavior occurs in certain patterns. d. which social goals ought to be pursued.

40.Many young people today face an unprecedented problem, which is what to do when their parents or older family members try to follow them on a social media platform such as Instagram. Technology has given us unprecedented ways to document our lives online, but some are not quite sure how to share this new development with older generations. What is this problem called?

a. technological determinism b. cultural imperialism c. regressive social change d. cultural lag

41.The political theorist Benjamin Barber argues that exported American movies are not just mindless entertainment because they “sell” what might be considered “American values and ideals” to the world. What term or concept could describe these exports? a. postmodernity b. cultural lag c. technological determinism d. cultural imperialism

42.What is it called when there is uneven distribution of technology between different parts of a society or different parts of the world? a. the digital divide b. technological determinism c. postmodern technology d. technological qualification

43.The dissemination of beliefs and practices from one cultural group to another is called a. cultural diffusion. b. cultural leveling. c. cultural lag. d. culture shock.

44.The decline of traditional communities, an increase in individual autonomy and diverse thinking, and a strong belief in the power of science and technology to improve the world are typical of a. the less-developed world. b. modernity.

c. postmodernity. d. traditional societies.

45.The English Premier League broadcasts its games to hundreds of millions of households in more than 200 countries and is reportedly watched by more than a billion people each week. This is what Marshall McLuhan would call a. a social movement. b. a global village. c. television. d. faith in technology.

46.What term characterizes postindustrial societies by including a focus on the production and management of information, and skepticism of science and technology? a. postaxial b. postmodernity c. post-techno d. posthumous

47.In what way has Bhutan resisted the forces of globalization? a. Shopping is only allowed between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. b. The country has no electricity. c. Internet merchants are banned. d. There are no chain stores in the capital city.

48.What is the process called by which societies lose their uniqueness and start to resemble one another? a. cultural lag b. research mobilization c. cultural leveling d. cultural imperialism

49.Many individuals have noticed that the U.S. economy seems increasingly focused on producing and managing information rather than on making things. What term or concept could describe this shift? a. postmodernism b. technological determinism c. emergent social movements d. mass behavior

50.What theoretical perspective argues that technology plays a defining role in shaping society? a. technological determinism b. symbolic interactionism c. structural functionalism d. idealism

51.The January 6, 2021, insurrection at the U.S. Capitol is an example of collective behavior. a. True b. False

52.Social change happens only at times of great upheaval like the French Revolution or the Civil War. a. True b. False

53.Technology often plays a major role in social change. For instance, the development of cell phone cameras has led to multiple recordings of white police officers killing unarmed Black people. Social media then allowed these recordings to spread widely, which helped spark massive antiracist protests in 2020.

However, because the deaths of Michael Brown, Botham Jean, Tamir Rice, and Breonna Taylor were not recorded on video, they were not given significant media attention. a. True

b. False

54.Fast fashion has been created out of consumers’ desire to have the “same look” as soon as it becomes popular. a. True b. False

55.All successful social movements are eventually incorporated into institutions. a. True b. False

56.Contagion theory is one of the earliest theories developed to study collective action. a. True b. False

57.The idea that the poorest and most oppressed individuals tend not to participate in social movements is exemplified in Cesar Chavez’s attempt to organize migrant farmer workers. a. True b. False

58.Gerrymandering is an illegal tactic used only by Democrats to disenfranchise members of the Republican Party and the demographic groups associated with it. a. True b. False

59.Activism is always progressive. a. True b. False

60.Virtual communities support socializing, but not activism. a. True b. False

61.What are three ways in which social change happens? Provide examples of each.

62.Some changes that occur during moments of social change are deliberate, while others are unintended. Provide one example of social change and an unintended consequence.

63.What is the difference between contagion theory and emergent norm theory?

64.Luis and Mason go to their middle school dance. However, once they get to the dance floor, they, along with many of their classmates, feel too anxious to dance and opt to stand by the wall. However, when they see their science teacher, Mrs. Evers, copy a TikTok dance trend, Mason and some other students feel inspired to dance, and they even show Mrs. Evers some newer dance trends. Can this situation be classified as an example of contagion theory or emergent norm theory? Please explain your reasoning.

65.Marquis plans to open a food truck that serves food grown and prepared from the local community garden. He believes food should be ethically sourced and undergo minimal processing, and that meals should be crafted with care. Is Marquis promoting a progressive or regressive social movement?

66.List and describe the three frames that social movements move through as members work toward their goals.

67.Describe the stages of a social movement according to Armand Mauss.

68.What role did the civil rights movement play in shaping the understanding that not all individuals join social movements because of the desire for belonging?

69.What is the relationship between cultural diffusion and cultural leveling?

70.What is cultural imperialism? Give a real-life example of how it occurs.

71.Compare the way Marshall McLuhan, associated with “the global village,” and Garrett Hardin, associated with “the tragedy of the commons,” thought about social change.

72.People tend to act differently in groups than they do alone. Describe the two sociological theories that explain why individual behavior might change in a crowd.

73.What are the two different classes of social dilemmas? Identify them and describe how each works.

74.How are the features of mass behavior (fads, fashions, and social dilemmas) different and how are they similar?

75.In late 2010, Mohamed Bouazizi, a young Tunisian street vendor, set himself on fire and died in an act of defiance and desperation after local authorities confiscated his stall and publicly humiliated him. At the time, Bouazizi’s situation struck a chord with other young Tunisians suffering from autocratic rule, a poor economic situation, and a lack of opportunity. Bouazizi’s plight received wider attention in early 2011 when a video of him went viral on Facebook, YouTube, and other social networking sites. Millions of people around the world noticed and soon began to get involved. This spawned a social movement for democracy in Tunisia, Egypt, and eventually the greater Arab world, ending with the overthrowing of several dictatorships. How do Mauss’s social movement stages help us understand the development of this social movement?

76.Why do people join social movements? Compare competing theories and discuss the assumptions behind them.

77.What is the difference between social movements organized around regressive social change and those organized around progressive social change? Give an example for each type of movement.

78.Marshall McLuhan believed that, in the future, the world would be less fragmented into different societies and become more of a “global village.” What did he mean by a global village, and why did he think it would form?

79.Chapter 16 argues that modern society is transforming into a postmodern society.

Compare the features of modernity with those of postmodernity.

80.Imagine that you started a social movement to provide all K–12 students with a free in-school breakfast. How might your social movement change over time based on the stages in a social movement as identified by Armand Mauss?

Answer Key Chapter 16 1. Answer: D 2. Answer: C 3. Answer: D 4. Answer: C 5. Answer: B 6. Answer: A 7. Answer: D 8. Answer: B 9. Answer: B 10.Answer: C 11.Answer: C 12.Answer: A 13.Answer: A 14.Answer: B 15.Answer: B 16.Answer: C 17.Answer: A 18.Answer: B 19.Answer: C 20.Answer: B

21.Answer: B 22.Answer: C 23.Answer: A 24.Answer: C 25.Answer: C 26.Answer: B 27.Answer: A 28.Answer: D 29.Answer: B 30.Answer: C 31.Answer: D 32.Answer: C 33.Answer: A 34.Answer: A 35.Answer: B 36.Answer: B 37.Answer: D 38.Answer: B 39.Answer: A 40.Answer: D 41.Answer: D 42.Answer: A

43.Answer: A 44.Answer: B 45.Answer: B 46.Answer: B 47.Answer: D 48.Answer: C 49.Answer: A 50.Answer: A 51.Answer: A 52.Answer: B 53.Answer: B 54.Answer: A 55.Answer: A 56.Answer: A 57.Answer: B 58.Answer: B 59.Answer: B 60.Answer: B 61.Answer: Social change can happen through major physical events like tornadoes and hurricanes. One example is Hurricane Katrina, which led to many changes in New

Orleans. Social change can also occur through demographic factors, such as the aging of Baby Boomers. Finally, social change can occur through discoveries and innovations. The internet has led to many changes that society is still adapting to.

62.Answer: Answers will vary.

One possible response is that the introduction of automobiles was meant to make traveling a faster, cleaner, and more personalized experience, but it came with several unintended consequences.

The first is the pollution emitted by gas-fueled vehicles, which contributes significantly to degraded air quality and climate change.

Another consequence is that over 30,000 individuals lose their lives yearly in car accidents. A third consequence is that the design of American cities and infrastructure has changed to prioritize car travel

to such an extreme that the country has become cardependent.

63.Answer: Contagion theory and emergent norm theory are both theories of social behavior.

However, whereas contagion theory argues that people lose the ability to reason for themselves, emergent norm theory claims that crowd members make their own decisions about behavior.

64.Answer: This scenario is best described as an example of emergent norm theory. Emergent norm theory assumes that individual members of a crowd make their own decisions about behavior and that norms are created through others’ acceptance or rejection of these behaviors. In this example, Mason and a few students decided to dance after witnessing Mrs. Evers dance. As

other students joined in, they accepted dancing as the norm at the school dance.

65.Answer: Marquis is promoting a regressive movement. In response to today’s fast and processed food, Marquis is promoting a type of meal that calls back to when people prepared and ate food fresh and grown within their local community.

66.Answer: Social movements progress through three frames: diagnostic, prognostic, and motivational. The diagnostic frame defines the social problem. The prognostic frame lays out the strategies for solving the problem.

Motivational frames urge participants to engage in the actions they have decided will support the desired change.

67.Answer: Armand Mauss argues that social movements go

through four distinct stages. In the incipient stage, the public takes notice of something and defines it as a problem. In the second stage, individuals begin to coalesce or organize around that issue. In the third stage, the movement becomes “bureaucratized,” or incorporated into older social institutions. In the fourth stage, the movement declines, either by becoming so successful that it is incorporated into the dominant culture or by fading away.

68.Answer: Theorists who observed people participating in the civil rights movement found that those participating were not disaffected loners but highly engaged individuals seeking to address perceived injustices. Joining the civil rights movement provided an opportunity to respond to inequality and

oppression. This observation led theorists to propose relative deprivation theory.

69.Answer: Cultural diffusion occurs when ideas, practices, products, and technologies spread from one society to another.

A prime instance of this phenomenon is the global expansion of McDonald's restaurants from the United States into other nations.

Cultural leveling takes place when previously distinct cultures become increasingly homogeneous.

With the presence of McDonald's in many countries outside the United States, some cities in these countries have begun to resemble U.S. cities.

70.Answer: The term “cultural imperialism” refers to the process by which a country can be “conquered” by ideas rather than by force. Cultural imperialism is

made much easier by features of the global village that allow the media to cross national borders and cultural boundaries. It is almost impossible to block or prevent the reception of satellite and internet communications by audiences anywhere in the world. This sets up a new kind of tension in the struggle for power and influence; it is now possible for a country to be “occupied” (a term usually describing a military presence) by an invisible invader that arrives through airwaves and wireless networks.

Examples should fit the definition and emphasize not just the transfusion of culture but also the idea that it “takes over” another culture.

71.Answer: Though any level of detail about these two thinkers is good, there are two key places where their thinking is clearly

in contrast. The first, and somewhat more obvious, is that Hardin investigates negative examples of social change, like the collapse of the fishing industry due to overfishing, whereas McLuhan predicts positive social change, such as the development of a global village as we are united through media technologies. The second, somewhat less obvious point of contrast involves the role of technology in social change.

Hardin specifically says that there are no technical solutions to the social dilemmas he studies, while McLuhan explicitly counts on technology to bring about positive social change.

There are few points of obvious similarity other than that both McLuhan and Hardin are concerned with the future and with social change. The best

answers might point out that both figures are interested in the evolution of the ways in which social groups extend beyond national borders.

72.Answer: Chapter 16 describes both contagion theory and emergent norm theory.

Contagion theory suggests that when individuals come together, a single and unified crowd or mob mentality results and individuality and rational thought disappear as the external stimulus of the crowd takes over.

Chapter 16 argues that although this theory may seem useful when looking at phenomena like soccer “hooligans,” it does not fully explain the wide range of collective behavior beyond the “mindless mob.”

Emergent norm theory argues that collective behavior is not as uniform as contagion theory

suggests and that a number of factors motivate individuals to participate in crowd-based activity. The underlying assumption of this theory is that a group is guided by norms and, as a result, the behavior and actions of those in a crowd are negotiated and structured to fit within the collective action that is occurring.

So, though it may appear that a crowd is one large indistinguishable mass, the individuals who make up a crowd can have varying understandings of what their roles are within the crowd and the meaning of their actions.

73.Answer: There are two classes of social dilemmas: tragedies of the commons and public goods dilemmas, which essentially operate in inverse ways.

Garrett Hardin most famously described the tragedy of the

commons. The term “commons” derives from commonly held pasture shared by a community and upon which anyone could graze their livestock.

Because access to the commons was free and without restriction, individuals had the incentive to put as many head of livestock on the commons as possible, thereby increasing their personal gain. But as each individual made the same decision based on self-interest, the commons inevitably became overgrazed. When a common resource is used beyond its carrying capacity, it eventually collapses. It can be said that in a tragedy of the commons, the benefit is to the individual, but all share the cost.

Hardin states that social dilemmas are a “class of human problems which can be classified as having ‘no technical solution.’” In order

to deal with these problems, people must change their behaviors.

Solutions must come from members of society.

A public goods dilemma is one in which individuals must pay a cost to contribute to a collective resource from which they may or may not benefit.

Blood donors are the example of a public goods dilemma used in the text. People who take advantage of a public good but who have not contributed to its creation are called free riders. They make no personal investment and instead rely on others to do the hard work of providing a public good. It can be said that in a public goods dilemma, the cost is to the individual, but all share the benefit.

74.Answer: All answers should point out that fads and fashions are much more widely recognized by the

general public, but that fads, fashions, and social dilemmas involve large groups of people engaging in similar behavior without having to be in the same geographic location.

Fads and fashions are much more likely to involve activities or behaviors that lead to a unified group identity, so they tend to involve behaviors that relate to appearance, language, or social activities.

Social dilemmas do not normally result in a group identity and involve behaviors that, although rational for individuals, lead to collective disasters. The best answers might give examples of fads, fashions, and social dilemmas or mention that social dilemmas include both the tragedy of the commons and social goods dilemmas.

75.Answer: Responses should include

that the four social movement stages—incipient, coalescence, bureaucratization, and decline—are in evidence in this example. A postmodern twist is the incredible power of the internet and social networking sites to mobilize massive groups of people across the globe in a short period.

76.Answer: Mass society theory argues that people join social movements because they are attracted not by the movement’s ideals but by the refuge that the movement offers “from the anxieties, barrenness, and meaninglessness of an individual existence.” In other words, individuals join social movements to satisfy a psychological need for belonging.

Relative deprivation theory argues that people join social movements as a rational response to inequality and oppression. In

addition, social movements provide opportunities for the oppressed to “redistribute political and economic power democratically and fairly.”

The best answers will also point out that mass society theory is, by and large, suspicious of social movements and the changes they may bring, while relative deprivation theory views social movements in a much more positive light.

77.Answer: Social movements that are organized around regressive or reactionary change explicitly resist certain social changes, working to make sure that things stay the same or even move backward to an earlier form of social order. The text’s example of a regressive movement is Matt Hale’s World Church of the Creator, a white supremacist group in Illinois with members

who want to stop the ethnic and religious integration of America and live in a homogeneous, all-white society.

The chapter also mentions the voluntary simplicity movement and the Slow Food movement as examples.

Progressive, or forward-thinking, social change motivates many social movements. The textbook’s examples of progressive movements largely involve change driven by technology; the main example is the “rural rebound” resulting from technology, which allows workers to telecommute from anywhere in the world. Thus, highpowered stockbrokers need not live in Manhattan and work in a “pit” on Wall Street; they can move to Eagle County, Colorado, or Walworth County, Wisconsin, and enjoy cheaper

real estate, less crime, and more natural beauty while still being able to do their jobs.

78.Answer: The term “global village” describes a world in which everyone is united by a shared culture that McLuhan believed would be created through new communications technology, especially television. In the early 1960s, television was spreading rapidly.

McLuhan imagined that new technology could re-create a sense of intimate community by linking people in disparate locations through broadcasts watched around the world. Just as tribe members had once gathered to share stories around the light of a campfire, people could now sit in the glow of their television screens, making television into a kind of “virtual campfire” and those watching it together members of a virtual

community or a global village.

79.Answer: Modernity refers to the forms of social organization characteristic of industrialized societies, which include the decline of traditional community and an increase in individual autonomy and diversity of beliefs. It is also associated with an orientation toward the future that includes a strong belief in the ability of science and technology to improve our quality of life.

Modernity began with the Industrial Revolution, which led to a decline in rates of infant mortality, an increase in life expectancy, and the cure or suppression of a number of diseases that used to kill many people annually.

With these benefits have come increases in income inequality, violent crime, and child poverty.

Postmodernity refers to the forms

of social organization characteristic of postindustrial societies, which focus on ideas and information and question the achievements of science and technology.

Postmodern critics argue that modern social institutions have failed to solve important social problems and have created new problems.

80.Answer: Answers may vary but students should provide examples of their social movement as part of the process described

by Mauss. For example, in the incipient stage, students may observe that some children do not have access to free breakfast at school. To address this issue, students began to organize, or coalesce, by holding planning meetings with school board members and like-minded others. As the movement gains momentum, they

bureaucratize.

This is when the movement starts to establish itself by hiring staff and board members, raising funds to pay for breakfasts and cafeteria staff, and lobbying government officials and corporate partners for support.

Ultimately, if the movement is successful, all K– 12 children can enjoy a free breakfast at school. If it is not, students can discuss how the movement influenced society, such as more parents sending their children to school with breakfast.